Docstoc

Accounting Accounting

Document Sample
Accounting Accounting Powered By Docstoc
					                 Accounting
                 Associate in Applied Science Degree
                 	 The	 field	 of	 accounting	 is	 dynamic,	 exciting,	
Accounting


                 growing	and	currently	in	need	of	paraprofessionals.	
                                                                                                                 Curriculum
                 The	Accounting	program	seeks	to	meet	this	need	by	             Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
                 preparing	students	for	various	entry-level	account-            ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                     3
                 ing	positions	in	governmental	agencies,	private	and	           ACC	 111	     Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)	        4
                 public	corporations,	and	small	business	firms.                 BUS	 101	     Introduction	to	Business	(3/0)	                  3
                 	 Graduates	can	begin	their	career	as	junior	accoun-           MAT	135	      Intermediate	Algebra	with	Applications	(4/0)
                 tants,	 assistant	 auditors,	 bookkeepers,	 or	 accounting	    	    	        OR	                                              4
                 clerks.	Recent	graduates	have	obtained	positions	with	         MAT	141	      College	Algebra	and	Applications	(4/0)	
                 the	State	of	New	Jersey,	The	Clark	Group,	Bell	Atlan-          IST	 101	     Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	       3
                 tic,	Congoleum	Corporation,	the	City	of	Trenton,	Edu-          	      	      	

                 cational	Testing	Service,	and	AGFA	Division	of	Miles.          ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	                            3
                 	 Courses	offered	include	income	taxation,	not-for-            ACC	 112	     Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)	                           4
                 profit	 accounting,	 auditing,	 and	 cost	 accounting.	        ACC	 201	     Intermediate	Accounting	I	(3/1)	                                     3
                 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:           BUS	 107	     Business	Law	I	(3/0)	                                                3
                    •	perform	all	the	steps	of	the	accounting	cycle	for	sole	   —	 —	         General	Education	elective1	                                         3
                      proprietorships,	partnerships,	and	corporations;          	      	      	


                    •	compute	and	record	financial	transactions	that	are	       ACC	 202	     Intermediate	Accounting	II	(3/1)	                                    3
                      unique	to	governmental	and	not-for-profit	institu-        ACC	 215	     Cost	Accounting	(3/1)	                                               3
                      tions	such	as	hospitals,	colleges,	and	universities;      ACC	 207	     Computerized	Accounting	(2/2)	                                       3
                    •	analyze	financial	statements,	prepare	managerial	         CIS	 175	     PC	Applications:	Spreadsheets	(2/2)	                                 3
                      reports,	and	suggest	appropriate	actions	to	alleviate	    HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                                 2
                      or	eliminate	problems;                                    —	 —	         General	Education	elective1	                                         3
                                                                                	      	      	
                    •	implement	an	effective	system	of	internal	control;
                                                                                ACC	 204	     Auditing	(3/1)	                                  3
                    •	utilize	the	computer	to	record	accounting	informa-
                                                                                ACC	 214	     Accounting	for	Non-Profit	Organizations	(3/0)	 3
                      tion	and	perform	spreadsheet	analysis.
                                                                                ECO	 112	     Microeconomics	(3/0)	                            3
                 	 Students	 may	 study	 full-time	 or	 part-time.	 Most	
                                                                                BUS	 296	     International	Business	Practice	Firm	(1/5)2	
                 courses	are	offered	both	day	and	evening;	advanced	
                                                                                	    	        OR	                                              3
                 accounting	courses	may	be	offered	only	at	night.
                                                                                BUS	 —	       Business	elective3
                 	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
                                                                                —	 —	         Elective	                                        3
                 diploma	or	its	equivalent.                                     	                                                          	_____	
                                                                                	      	      	                                                                  65

                                                                                NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                                                to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                                                1
                                                                                  Select two courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,
                                                                                  Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                                                  Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education. At least one of
                                                                                  these courses must be from an area other than Social Science.
                                                                                2
                                                                                  If BUS 296 is selected, the course fulfills a Diversity and Global Perspective general
                                                                                  education requirement. Students may then use one general education elective as a
                                                                                  free elective.
                                                                                3
                                                                                  BUS 205 (Business Statistics) recommended.
                                                                                † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                                                                Students must earn a minimum grade of C in all accounting (ACC) courses to graduate.




             2
             0
             0
             6
             -
             2
             0
             0
             9


         54                                                                                                                                  609.586.4800
                                            Accounting and Management
                             Associate in Applied Science Degree in Business Management
	 Graduates	 of	 the	 Accounting	 and	 Management	




                                                                                                                                                           Accounting and Management
option	 of	 the	 Management	 program	 are	 awarded	                                           Curriculum
the	Associate	in	Applied	Science	Degree	in	Business	        Code		                 Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
Management.	 The	 Management	 programs	 equip	              BUS		101	              Introduction	to	Business	(3/0)	                3
graduates	with	specific	technical	skills	as	well	as	a	      OST		 111	             Basic	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	          3
general	overview	of	the	field	of	business.                  ENG		101	              English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	Accounting	and	Man-           —	     —	              Elective	                                      3
agement	option	will	be	qualified	to	obtain	entry-level	     MAT	135		              Intermediate	Algebra	with	Applications	(4/0)
positions	 in	 management	 and	 accounting,	 and	 will	     	        	             OR1	                                           4
be	able	to:                                                 MAT		141	              College	Algebra	and	Applications	(or	higher)	
  •	analyze	and	record	financial	transactions               	        	         	

  	 for	a	business;                                         ENG		102	              English	Composition	II	(3/0)
  •	 analyze	financial	statements	and	prepare               	        	             OR1	                                                        3
  	 managerial	reports;                                     ENG		112	              English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)
  •	 utilize	the	computer	to	record	accounting              HPE	 	110	             Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                        2
  	 information	and	perform	spreadsheet	analysis;           —	     —	              General	Education	elective2	                                3
  •	 use	terminology	common	to	the	business                 ACC		 111	             Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)	                   4
  	 environment	for	effective	communication;                IST		 101	             Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	                  3
  •	 demonstrate	familiarity	with	software	applications	    MKT		101	              Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	                              3
     used	in	the	industry;                                  	        	         	

  •	 analyze/resolve	problems	common	to	entry-level         ACC		 112	             Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)	                  4
  	 accounting	positions;                                   BUS		230	              International	Business	(3/0)	                               3
  •	 communicate	information	effectively	in	both	written	   BUS		209	              Business	Letter	&	Report	Writing	(3/0)	                     3
     and	oral	modes	of	delivery;                            ECO	 	103	             Basic	Economics	(3/0)	
  •	 comprehend	how	the	global	economy	and	interna-         	        	             OR1	
     tional	events	affect	domestic	business	decisions.      ECO		 111	             Macroeconomics	(3/0)	                                       3		 	
	 Students	 may	 study	 full-time	 or	 part-time,	 and	     	        	             OR1
may	receive	credit	for	previous	training	by	applying	       ECO		 112	             Microeconomics	(3/0)
for	 credit-by-examination,	 credit-by-experience,	 or	     —		 —	                 Elective	                                                   3
                                                            	              	       	
credit-by-articulation.	 Contact	 the	 Accounting	 pro-
gram	coordinator	for	additional	information.                CIS		 175		          PC	Applications:	Spreadsheets	(2/2)	           3
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	          ACC		 207	           Computerized	Accounting	(2/2)	                 3
diploma	or	its	equivalent.                                  BUS		210	            Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	                3
                                                            —		 —	               General	Education	elective2	                   3
                                                            BUS		296	            International	Business	Practice	Firm	(1/5)
                                                            	        	           OR	                                            3
                                                            BUS	 —	              Business	elective
                                                            	                                                               	_____	
                                                            	        	         	                                               65

                                                            NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                            to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                            1
                                                                Select in consultation with an academic advisor.
                                                            2
                                                                Select courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,
                                                                Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                                Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                            † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.


                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       6
                                                                                                                                                       -
                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                           55
                                  Administrative Professional
                                  Associate in Applied Science Degree in Office Systems Technology
                                  	 Law,	 medicine,	 advertising,	 public	 relations,	 travel	
Administrative Professional


                                  –	the	professional	office	support	person	can	enter	any	
                                                                                                                           A.A.S. Curriculum
                                  one	of	these	fields	with	marketable	skills	that	demand	        Code		         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
                                  good	 salaries.	 With	 the	 advent	 of	 new	 technologies	     ENG	 101	      English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
                                  and	the	globalization	of	business,	the	role	of	the	office	     IST	 101	      Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	     3
                                  worker	 has	 become	 more	 attractive	 and	 challenging	       OST	 111	      Basic	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	          3
                                  than	ever.	Today’s	office	support	person	is	considered	        BUS	 105	      Communication	Skills	for	Business	(3/0)	       3
                                  an	integral	part	of	the	administrative	executive	support	      BUS	 103	      Business	Mathematics	(3/0)
                                  team	 and	 is	 routinely	 involved	 in	 decision-making	 as	   	    	         OR	                                         3-4
                                  well	as	office	applications.                                   MAT	—	         approved	Mathematics	elective1	
                                  	 Successful	graduates	of	this	program	will	be	able	to:        	      	       	


                                    •	 demonstrate	proficiency	in	office	skill	areas,	           ENG	 102	 English	Composition	II	(3/0)
                                       with	emphasis	on	computer	applications	and	               	    	         OR	                                             3
                                       communication;                                            ENG	 112	      English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)
                                    •	 demonstrate	proficiency	in	all	other	aspects	             BUS	 101	      Introduction	to	Business	(3/0)	                 3
                                       of	office	support	responsibility,	including	tele-         OST	 219	      Word	Processing	Concepts	&	Applications	(2/2)	 3
                                       phone	use,	records	management,	routine	cor-               —	 —	          General	Education	elective2	               					3
                                       respondence,	decision	making,	setting	priorities,	        ACC	 106	      Office	Accounting	I	(3/0)
                                       arranging	for	meetings	and	conferences,	making	           	    	         OR	                                          3-4
                                       travel	arrangements	and	preparing	itineraries;            ACC	111	       Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)
                                    •	 understand	the	importance	of	interpersonal                	      	       	

                                    	 relations	and	international	business	protocol;             OST	 112	      Advanced	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	                             3
                                    •	 attain	a	position	in	industry	in	any	one	of	many	         CIS	 173	      PC	Applications:	Database	(2/2)	                                     3
                                       office	support	functions,	such	as	administrative	         BUS	 209	      Business	Letter	&	Report	Writing	(3/0)	                              3
                                       assistant,	executive	secretary,	or	word	processor.        BUS	 210	      Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	                                      3
                                  	 The	 Administrative	 Professional	 program	 offers	          CIS	 175	      PC	Applications:	Spreadsheets	(2/2)	                                 3
                                                                                                 	      	       	
                                  training	in	the	latest	technology	in	keyboarding,	word	
                                  processing,	spreadsheet,	presentation,	and	database	           OST	 222	      Current	Topics	in	Office	Administration	(2/2)	   3
                                  applications	 as	 well	 as	 job	 placement	 assistance	        OST	 223	      Advanced	Word	Processing		
                                  through	the	college’s	Career	Services	office.                  	    	         Applications	(2/2)	                              3
                                  	 Students	may	receive	credit	for	previous	training	in	        CIS	 182	      PC	Applications:	Presentations	(2/2)	            3
                                  the	skills	area	by	applying	for	credit-by-exam,	credit-        BUS	 296	      International	Business	Practice	Firm	(1/5)
                                  by-experience,	or	credit-by-articulation.	Contact	the	         	    	         OR	                                              3
                                  Administrative	Professional	program	coordinator	for	           BUS	 230	      International	Business	(3/0)	
                                  additional	information.                                        —	 —	          General	Education	elective2	                     3
                                                                                                 HPE	 110	      Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	             2	
                                  	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	             	                                                          	_____
                                  diploma	or	its	equivalent.                                     	      	       	                                                             62-64

                                  Note:	Computer	application	courses	are	mapped	to	
                                                                                                 1
                                                                                                   BUS 103 (Business Mathematics) is recommended for students who do not plan to
                                                                                                   transfer to a four-year institution, and MAT 108, 120, or 135 are recommended for
                                  certification	exams.                                             those students who plan to transfer.
                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                   Select courses from at least two of the following general education categories: Social
                                  Also	see:	Business	Software	Applications                         Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity
                                                                                                   and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                                                                 † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                                                                                 NOTE: Students must earn a minimum grade of C in BUS 105, 209; CIS 175, 182;
                                                                                                 OST 111, 112, 205, 219, 222, and 223 to graduate.


                              2
                              0
                              0
                              6
                              -
                              2
                              0
                              0
                              9


                        56                                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
                                                                   Administrative Support
                                                                                             Certificate of Proficiency
    This	 certificate	 program	 is	 designed	 for	 students	




                                                                                                                                                 Administrative Support
who	wish	to	develop	entry-level	skills	in	a	short	time	
                                                                                  Certificate Curriculum
or	for	those	already	employed	who	wish	to	upgrade	             Code		       Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
their	 skills.	 The	 acquired	 skills	 enable	 successful	     ENG	 101	    English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
graduates	of	the	program	to	attain	one	of	many	pos-            OST	 111	    Basic	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	          3
sible	office	support	positions	in	business.                    IST	 101	    Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	     3
    Successful	graduates	of	this	program	will	be	able	to:      BUS	 105	    Communication	Skills	for	Business	(3/0)	       3
   •	use	a	range	of	computer	software	programs		 	             ACC	 106	    Office	Accounting	I	(3/0)
      as	tools	to	complete	common	business	projects;           	    	       OR	                                         3-4
   •	produce	documents	that	are	formatted		            	       ACC	 111	    Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)
      according	to	standard	business	practices;                	     	      	


   •	perform	a	variety	of	general	office	functions;            BUS	 209	    Business	Letter	and	Report	Writing	(3/0)	        3
   •	apply	correct	grammar,	punctuation,	and		 	               OST	 112	    Advanced	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	         3
      word	usage	principles	in	producing                       CIS	 173	    PC	Applications:	Database	(2/2)	                 3
   			mailable	documents;                                      OST	 222	    Current	Topics	in	Office	Administration	(2/2)	   3
   •	compose	routine	business	correspondence;	                 OST	 219	    Word	Processing	Concepts	and
   •	understand	the	importance	of	interpersonal	skills.        	    	       Applications	(2/2)	                              3
    Students	 may	 study	 full-time	 or	 part-time.	 Cred-     CIS	 175	    PC	Applications:	Spreadsheets	(2/2)	             3	
                                                               	                                                        	_____
its	 earned	 in	 the	 Administrative	 Support	 certificate	    	     	      	                                            33-34
program	 may	 be	 applied	 toward	 the	 Administrative	
Professional	Associate	in	Applied	Science	degree.              NOTE: Students must earn a minimum grade of C in BUS 105; CIS 175; OST 111,
    Students	 may	 receive	 credit	 for	 previous	 training	   112, 205, 219, and 222 to graduate.
in	the	skills	area	by	applying	for	credit-by-examina-
tion,	 credit-by-experience,	 or	 credit-by-articulation.	
Contact	the	Administrative	Support	program	coordi-
nator	for	additional	information.
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	di-
ploma	or	its	equivalent	with	one	year	of	mathematics.

Note:	Computer	 application	courses	are	mapped	to	
certification	exams.




                                                                                                                                             2
                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                             6
                                                                                                                                             -
                                                                                                                                             2
                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                             9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                 57
                         Advertising Design
                         Associate in Applied Science Degree in Visual Arts
                         	 The	Advertising	Design	A.A.S.	degree	prepares	stu-
Advertising Design


                         dents	for	positions	as	designers,	graphic	communica-
                                                                                                                           Curriculum
                         tors,	 and	 assistant	 art	 directors.	 These	 positions	 are	   Code		         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
                         most	often	found	in	advertising	agencies,	design	firms,	         ENG	 101	      English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                     3
                         corporate	 communication	 departments,	 interactive	             —	 —	          Art	History	or	Mass	Media	elective	(3/0)1	       3
                         multimedia	studios,	and	the	television	industry.                 ART	 102	      Basic	Drawing	(1/4)	                             3
                         	 It	 also	 prepares	 students	 for	 advanced	 study	 in	        ART	 105	      Two-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                    3
                         graphic	design,	advertising	design,	web	design,	or	vi-           DMA	105	       Introduction	to	Computer	Art	(1/4)	              3
                         sual	communication.	The	option	parallels	the	first	two	          ART	 106	      Three-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                  3
                                                                                          	        	     	
                         years	of	education	at	a	majority	of	undergraduate	uni-
                         versities	and	art	colleges,	with	an	emphasis	on	career	          ADV	 101	 Advertising	Design	I	(1/4)	                                             3
                         training	for	gainful	employment.                                 ADV	 110	 Typography	I:	Basics	of	Graphic	Design	(1/4)	                           3
                         	 The	design	sequence	emphasizes	the	development	                ART	 104	 Life	Drawing	(1/4)	                                                     3
                         of	 creative	 thinking	 and	 forms	 of	 visual	 communi-         DMA	110	 Digital	Imaging	(1/4)	                                                   3
                         cation	 while	 introducing	 students	 to	 the	 skills	 and	      ART	 123	 History	of	Modern	Art	(3/0)	                                            3
                                                                                          	        	     	
                         techniques	 used	 to	 create	 these	 visual	 images.	 Most	
                                                                                          ADV	 210	      Typography	II:	Desktop	Publishing	(1/4)	                           3
                         coursework	takes	place	in	a	studio	using	regularly	up-
                                                                                          ADV	 201	      Advertising	Design	II	(1/4)	                                       3
                         graded	 professional-quality	 hardware	 and	 software.	
                                                                                          PHO	101	       Introduction	to	Photography	(3/2)	                                 3
                         Applying	 Macintosh	 as	 well	 as	 PC	 platforms,	 the	
                                                                                          DMA	145	       Web	Design	I	(1/4)	                                                3
                         equipment	 used	 at	 MCCC	 is	 the	 same	 as	 that	 most	
                                                                                          —	 —	          Social	Science	elective2	                                          3
                         commonly	 used	 by	 agencies,	 studios,	 and	 corporate	         	        	     	

                         art	departments.                                                 ADV	 202	      Advertising	Design	III	(1/4)	                  3
                         	 The	successful	graduate	in	the	Advertising	Design	             ADV	 220	      Illustration	I	(1/4)	                          3
                         option	will	be	able	to:                                          —	 —	          Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective	        3
                            •	 operate	a	computer	for	design	purposes;                    ENG	 112	      English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)3	     3
                            •	 understand	typography;                                     HPE	 110	      Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	           2
                            •	 communicate	well	with	design	principles:	layout,           —	 —	          Mathematics	elective4	                         3
                                                                                          	                                                         	_____	
                            	 balance,	and	color;
                                                                                          	        	     	                                             65	
                            •	 understand	principles	of	professional	printing	for	
                               the	creation	of	newsletters,	posters,	books,	print	        NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                               brochures	and	ads,	billboards,	and	collateral	materials;   to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                            •	 design	corporate	logos	and	write	tag	lines;                1
                                                                                              Select ART 121, 122, 124, or CMN 101.
                            •	 understand	the	development	of	a	website;                   2
                                                                                            PSY 101 is highly recommended.
                                •		design	a	website;                                      3
                                                                                            Students who plan to transfer to a four-year college should take ENG 102 and CMN
                                   •		show	competence	in	writing	and	presenting	            111 or 112 instead of ENG 112.
                                    project	strategy;                                     4
                                                                                            Select in consultation with an academic advisor. Students planning a four-year degree
                                     •		complete	a	professional	portfolio	to	enter	the	     are advised to take MAT 108 or 120.
                                      job	market	or	to	transfer	to	a	four-year	college.   † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                      				The	program	may	be	pursued	on	a	full-time	      NOTE: Students must earn a minimum grade of C in ADV 101, 201, 202, 210;
                                                                                          ART 105; DMA 105 and 145 to graduate.
                                       or	 part-time	 basis.	 Some	 courses	 may	 only	
                                          be	offered	during	the	day.




                     2
                     0
                     0
                     6
                     -
                     2
                     0
                     0
                     9

                                         Erin Stout
                58                                                                                                                                     609.586.4800
                                                                                     3-D Animation
                                                                                    Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	 3-D	 Animation	 Certificate	 prepares	 students	




                                                                                                                                  3-D Animation
for	 positions	 as	 3-D	 production	 artists,	 animators,	
                                                                                    Curriculum
and	 modelers.	 Typical	 employers	 include	 animation	      Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
studios;	advertising	agencies;	design	firms;	television,	    ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                     3
film	and	video	effects	houses;	and	other	branches	of	        ART	 105	 Two-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                    3
the	entertainment	industry.                                  DMA	105	 Introduction	to	Computer	Art	(1/4)	               3
	 The	successful	graduate	in	the	3-D	Animation	cer-
                                                             DMA	120	 3-D	Modeling	I	(1/4)	                             3
tificate	program	will	be	able	to:
   •	 understand	the	pre-production	process,	including	      ART	 102	 Basic	Drawing	(1/4)	                             3
      character	design	and	storyboarding;                    ART	 104	 Life	Drawing	(1/4)	                              3
   •	 visualize	and	animate	story	ideas;                     DMA	125	 Pre-production	Design	(1/4)	                      3
   •	 apply	animation	and	storytelling	principles	to	        DMA	225	 Computer	Animation	I	(1/4)	                       3
      specific	animation	projects;                           DMA	224	 3-D	Modeling	II	(1/4)	                            3
   •	 use	design	principles	to	create	3-D	computer           DMA	226	 Computer	Animation	II	(1/4)	                      3
   	 animations	that	communicate	effectively;                DMA	250	 Current	Topics	in	Digital	Media	Arts	(1/4)	       3
   •	 use	professional	3-D	modeling	and	animation	           	                                                       	____	
      software	applications;                                 	    		   	                                               33
   •	 solve	design	problems,	which	contain	change	
      over	time,	3-D	models,	camera	positions,	lighting,	
      and	textures;
   •	 create	a	professional	portfolio	to	serve	in	the
   	 pursuit	of	further	education	or	employment.




                                                                                                                              2
                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                              6
                                                                                                                              -
                                                                                                                              2
                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                              9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                  59
                            Architectural and Building
                            Construction Technology
                            Associate in Applied Science Degree
Architectural Studies


                            	 The	Architectural	and	Building	Construction	Tech-
                            nology	program	prepares	graduates	for	employment	in	                                     A.A.S. Curriculum
                            field	and	office	positions	with	architects	or	engineers.      Code		          Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
                            Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:          ABT	 120	       Architectural	Technology	Graphics	(2/6)	        4
                               •	 assist	architects	in	the	preparation	of	plans	and	      ABT	 109	       Construction	Materials	(2/0)	                   2
                                  specifications	for	buildings;                           MAT	110	        Elementary	Technical	Mathematics	(3/0)1	        3
                               •	 assist	surveyors	in	field	work	at	construction	sites;   DRA	190	        Introduction	to	Computer	Drafting–AutoCAD	(1/2)	2
                               •	 use	basic	surveying	equipment;                          ENG	 101	       English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                                                                                          	        	      	
                               •	 prepare	construction	specifications	and	estimates;      ABT	 124	       Architectural	Working	Drawings	(2/6)	                          4
                               •	 inspect	certain	areas	of	construction	to	ensure		       ENG	 112	       English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	                      3
                                  compliance	with	specifications;                         ABT	 132	       Architectural	Computer	Drafting	(1/2)	                         2
                               •	 assist	plant	engineers	in	building	operation            CIV	 104	       Applied	Mechanics	(3/0)	                                       3
                               	 and	maintenance;                                         ABT	 104	       Codes	for	Construction	and	Design	(4/0)	                       4
                               •	 assist	architects	and	engineers	in	the	basic		 	        	        	      	

                                                                                          DRA	217	        Structural	Steel	Design	and	Drafting	(1/4)	                    3
                                  computational	areas	of	building	design.                 CIV	 237	       Mechanics	of	Materials	Fundamentals	(3/3)	                     4
                            	 Students	may	study	full-time	or	part-time.	However,	        CIV	 101	       Surveying	I	(2/3)	                                             3
                            some	courses	are	offered	during	day	hours	only.	Ad-           ABT	 210	       Construction	Drawings	(2/2)	                                   3
                            mission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	diploma	        —	 —	           General	Education	elective2	                                   3
                            or	its	equivalent	with	one	year	of	algebra.                   	        	      	

                            	 MCCC	 is	 located	 in	 close	 proximity	 to	 many	 gov-     ABT	 220	       Reinforced	Concrete	Structures	(2/3)	                        3
                            ernmental	offices	and	architectural	and	consulting	en-        CIV	 234	       Specifications	and	Estimates	(1/2)	                          2
                                                                                          PHY	 111	       Physical	Science	Concepts	(2/2)	                             3
                            gineering	 firms.	 Cooperative	 education	 opportunities	     —	 —	           General	Education	elective2	                                 3
                            are	available.                                                HPE	 110	       Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                         2
                            	 Students	 wishing	 to	 transfer	 and	 pursue	 a	 bache-     —	 —	           General	Education	elective2	                                 3
                                                                                          	                                                                        	_____	
                            lor’s	 degree	 are	 encouraged	 to	 take	 advanced	 math-
                                                                                          	        	      	                                                            62
                            ematics	 (including	 calculus),	 college	 physics,	 Fluid	
                            Mechanics,	 and	 Surveying	 II.	 Graduates	 who	 do	 so	      NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                            can	receive	full	junior	status	toward	a	B.S.	degree	in	       to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                            the	Construction	Engineering	Technology	program	at	           1
                                                                                            Or approved higher level mathematics, preferably MAT 115.
                            New	 Jersey	 Institute	 of	 Technology	 (NJIT)	 and	 other	   2
                                                                                            Select from at least two of the following general education categories: Social
                            four-year	institutions.                                         Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity
                                                                                            and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                                                          †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                            Architectural Technology
                            Certificate of Proficiency

                            	 The	 certificate	 program	 in	 Architectural	 Technol-
                            ogy	 prepares	 students	 for	 employment	 as	 architec-                              Certificate Curriculum
                            tural	technicians	who	prepare	architectural	drawings	         Code		          Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
                            both	by	hand	and	with	microcomputer-based	drafting	           ABT	 120	       Architectural	Technology	Graphics	(2/6)	       4
                            systems.	Admission	requires	a	high	school	diploma	or	         ABT	 109	       Construction	Materials	(2/0)	                  2
                            equivalent	with	one	year	of	algebra	or	applied	math-          ABT	 124	       Architectural	Working	Drawings–AutoCad	(2/6)	 4
                        2   ematics.	 The	 complete	 program	 is	 available	 through	     DRA	190	        Introduction	to	Computer	Drafting	(1/2)	       2
                        0                                                                 MAT	110	        Elementary	Technical	Mathematics	(3/0)	        3
                        0   daytime	attendance	either	full-time	or	part-time.	Some	
                                                                                          CIV	 101	       Surveying	I	(2/3)	                             3
                        6   courses	are	offered	during	day	hours	only.
                                                                                          ENG	 101	       English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
                        -                                                                 —	 —	           Elective	                                      3
                        2                                                                 —	 —	           Technical	electives1	                          6
                        0                                                                 	                                                         	_____	
                        0                                                                 	        	      	                                                            30
                        9                                                                 1
                                                                                              Select from ABT 104, 132, 210, 299.


                  60                                                                                                                                609.586.4800
                                                                                                         Architecture
                                                                                           Associate in Science Degree
	 The	 Architecture	 transfer	 program	 parallels	 the	




                                                                                                                                                           Architecture
first	 two	 years	 of	 education	 at	 a	 majority	 of	 under-
                                                                                               Curriculum
graduate	schools	of	architecture.	It	offers	a	balance	          Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                              Credits
of	 academic	 and	 design	 courses.	 The	 academic	             ARC	 121	     Architecture	Basic	Design	I	(1/8)	                             5
courses	 provide	 students	with	 a	 broad	base	 of	 gen-        ARC	 125	     Architecture	and	the	Environment	(3/0)	                        3
eral	 knowledge	 which	 widens	 their	 outlook	 and	 in-        ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                   3
creases	their	ability	to	evaluate	issues	and	make	en-           —	 —	         Visual	Arts	studio	elective1	                                  3
lightened	 decisions.	 The	 design	 courses	 emphasize	         CMN	112	      Public	Speaking	(3/0)	                                         3
the	development	of	skills	in	architectural	conceptu-            	      	      	

alization	and	design	decision-making.	They	include	             ARC	 104	     Computers	in	Architecture	(1/4)	                                 3
both	 traditional	 methods	 of	 architectural	 graphics	        ARC	 123	     Architecture	Basic	Design	II	(1/8)	                              5
and	 model	 building	 as	 well	 as	 use	 of	 the	 computer	     ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                    3
as	 a	 three-dimensional	 design	 study	 tool.	 Together,	      MAT	146	      Pre-Calculus	(4/0)2	                                             4
the	 academic	 courses	 and	 design	 courses	 form	 the	        HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                             2
foundation	needed	for	advancement	in	architectural	             	      	      	


education	and,	later,	in	professional	practice.                 ARC	 122	     History	of	Architecture	to	1860	(3/0)	                           3
	 In	 addition	 to	 the	 required	 coursework,	 the	 fac-       ARC	 227	     Architecture	Design	I	(1/8)	                                     5
ulty-sponsored	 chapter	 of	 the	 American	 Institute	 of	      —	 —	         Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective3	                       3-4
Architecture	Students	(AIAS)	provides	students	with	            —	 —	         Social	Science	elective	                                         3
                                                                	      	      	
an	opportunity	to	enrich	their	education	through	par-
                                                                ARC	 124	     History	and	Theory	of	Modern	Architecture	(3/0)	 3
ticipation	in	field	trips	and	a	variety	of	architecture-
                                                                ARC	 134	     Construction	for	Architecture	(3/0)	              3
related	extracurricular	activities.
                                                                ARC	 228	     Architecture	Design	II	(1/8)	                     5
	 Since	 architecture	 programs	 vary	 among	 senior	
                                                                —	 —	         Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective3	        3-4
colleges	and	admission	is	highly	competitive,	faculty	
                                                                —	 —	         General	Education	elective4	                      3
assistance	is	readily	available	to	students	preparing	          	                                                         	 ______	
design	portfolios	and	investigating	potential	transfer	         	      	      	                                                          65-67
institutions.	 The	 architecture	 faculty	 are	 registered	
architects.                                                     NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                                to assure maximum transfer of credits.
	 Admission	to	the	Architecture	program	requires	a	             1
                                                                  ART 103 is highly recommended. Consult academic advisor for alternatives.
high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	 equivalent	 with	 at	 least	    2
                                                                  Or approved higher level mathematics.
one	 year	 of	 science	 (biology,	 chemistry,	 or	 physics)	    3
                                                                  Students may elect to take four-credit courses in science and technology. PHY 101
and	two	years	of	algebra.	Courses	in	the	visual	arts	             and 102 are highly recommended.
are	highly	recommended.                                         4
                                                                  Select from the following general education categories: Social
	 The	 program	 may	 be	 pursued	 full-time	 or	 part-            Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual
time.	Although	many	of	the	required	courses	are	of-               and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global Perspective,
                                                                  Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General
fered	in	the	evening,	the	complete	program	requires	              Education.
some	daytime	attendance.




                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       6
                                                                                                                                                       -
                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       9

                                                                                                            Claudia de Leeuw
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                           61
                            Automotive Technology
                            DaimlerChrysler College Automotive Program (CAP)
                            Associate in Applied Science Degree
Automotive Technology


                            	 The	 DaimlerChrysler	 College	 Automotive	 Pro-
                            gram	 (CAP)	 prepares	 graduates	 for	 employment	 as	                                       Curriculum
                            automotive	 technicians	 in	 new	 car	 dealerships	 of	      Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
                            the	DaimlerChrysler	Corporation.	Enrollees	are	em-           AUT	 110	     Introduction	to	Automotive	Electronics	(3/1)	    3
                            ployed	 part-time	 at	 a	 participating	 dealership,	 ob-    AUT	 111	     Automotive	Service	Fundamentals	(2/6)	           5
                            taining	valuable	hands-on	experience.                        ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                     3
                            	 Graduates	 diagnose	 and	 repair	 the	 full	 range	 of	    	      	      	

                            mechanical	and	electrical	malfunctions	in	late	mod-          AUT	 112	     Automotive	Fuel	Systems	(2/2)	                                      3
                            el	 automobiles	 and	 trucks.	 They	 remain	 current	 in	    AUT	 113	     Suspension,	Steering	and	Alignment	(2/4)	                           4
                            the	 field	 through	 available	 ongoing	 dealer-based	       AUT	 122	     Internship	in	Automotive	Technology	I	                              1
                            training	 and	 manufacturer-issued	 service	 informa-        MAT	110	      Elementary	Technical	Mathematics	(3/0)	                             3
                            tion.	The	program	has	achieved	“Master	Technician”	          	      	      	

                            certification	by	the	National	Automotive	Technician	         AUT	 211	     Automotive	Emissions	and
                            Education	Foundation	(NATEF).                                	    	        Driveability	Diagnosis	(2/2)	                                       3
                            	 Mercer	developed	the	program	with	the	assistance	          AUT	 212	     Automotive	Air	Conditioning	(2/2)	                                  3
                            of	the	DaimlerChrysler	Corporation	and	area	Chrysler/	       AUT	 123	     Internship	in	Automotive	Technology	II	                             1
                            Dodge/Jeep	 dealers,	 and	 maintains	 a	 close	 working	     ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	                           3
                                                                                         	      	      	
                            relationship	 with	 these	 organizations.	 The	 vehicles,	
                            equipment,	and	service	information	used	in	instruc-          AUT	 115	     Automotive	Brake	Systems	(2/4)	                                     4
                            tion	are	DaimlerChrysler	Corporation	products.               AUT	 114	     Automotive	Electricity	and	Electronics	(2/2)	                       3
                            	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	           AUT	 221	     Internship	in	Automotive	Technology	III	                            1
                            diploma	or	its	equivalent	and	a	strong	interest	in	a	        —	 —	         General	Education	elective1	                                        3
                            career	in	automotive	technology.	Admission	is	com-           HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                                2
                                                                                         	      	      	
                            petitive	 and	 determined	 by	 basic	 skill	 levels,	 pro-
                                                                                         AUT	 213	     Engine	Service	(2/4)	                                               4
                            gram-specific	testing,	and	a	personal	interview	with	
                                                                                         AUT	 224	     Manual	Transmissions	&	Drivelines	(2/3)	                            3
                            program	 representatives.	 Academic	 foundations	 re-
                                                                                         AUT	 222	     Internship	in	Automotive	Technology	IV	                             1
                            quirements	should	be	completed	before	starting	au-
                                                                                         —	 —	         General	Education	elective1	                                        3
                            tomotive	classes.                                            	      	      	
                            	 The	program	may	be	completed	in	two	years,	begin-          AUT	 225	     Automatic	Transmission	Service	(2/3)	          3
                            ning	in	the	Fall	semester	and	with	Summer	session	at-        IST	 101	     Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	     3
                            tendance	required	each	year.	Instruction	is	organized	       AUT	 223	     Internship	in	Automotive	Technology	V	         1
                            in	 a	 concentrated	 seven-week	 session	 format.	 Stu-      —	 —	         General	Education	elective1	                   3
                            dents	attend	the	automotive	classes	Monday	through	          	                                                        	_____	
                            Thursday,	 completing	 academic	 support	 classes	 in	       	      	      	                                             66
                            the	 afternoon	 or	 evening.	 Each	 session	 includes	 an	
                                                                                         NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                            eight-week	internship	at	a	dealership.	The	automotive	       to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                            classes	meet	at	the	Assunpink	Campus	of	the	Mercer	          1
                                                                                           Select courses from at least two of the following general education categories: Social
                            County	Technical	Schools,	across	from	MCCC’s	West	             Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity
                            Windsor	campus	on	Old	Trenton	Road.                            and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                                                         †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                        2
                        0
                        0
                        6
                        -
                        2
                        0
                        0
                        9


                  62                                                                                                                                  609.586.4800
                                                Aviation Customer Relations
                                                                        Associate in Applied Science Degree




                                                                                                                                                          Aviation Customer Relations
	 The	Aviation	Customer	Relations	program	provides	
students	 with	 fundamental	 knowledge	 of	 various	                                         Curriculum
transportation	 systems	 and	 with	 the	 skills	 to	 func-   Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
tion	as	flight	attendants,	ticket	agents,	travel	agents	     ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
and	in	other	related	customer	service	positions	with	        IST	 101	     Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	      3
the	travel	industry.	Courses	provide	the	student	with	       HOS	123	      Introduction	to	Travel	and	Tourism	(3/0)	       3
knowledge	of	both	FAA	and	DOT	requirements.                  HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	            2
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:       OST	 111	     Basic	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	           3
   •	 perform	customer	relations	staff	functions	with	       —	 —	         Foreign	Language	elective1	                     3
      air	carriers,	commuter	airlines,	travel	agencies,	     	      	      	

      and	other	aviation-related	businesses;                 ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                      3
   •	 use	interpersonal	skills	to	communicate	effec-         AVI	 102	     Aviation	Transportation	(3/0)	                                     3
      tively	about	services	and	programs	offered	to	         PHY	 111	     Physical	Science	Concepts	(2/2)	                                   3
      the	traveling	public;                                  SOC	 101	     Introduction	to	Sociology	(3/0)	                                   3
   •	 communicate	effectively	with	the	international	        —	 —	         Foreign	Language	elective1	                                        3
      air	traveler;                                          	      	      	

   •	 perform	essential	office	functions	with	proficien-     GEO	 102	     Cultural	Geography	(3/0)	                                          3
      cy,	utilizing	computer	information	systems.            CMN	111	      Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                                 3
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	           PSY	 101	     Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                                     3
diploma	 or	 its	 equivalent.	 The	 college	 has	 direct	    AVI	 101	     Aerospace	Development	(3/0)	                                       3
transfer	 options	 with	 Thomas	 Edison	 State	 College,	    —	 —	         Foreign	Language	elective1	                                        3
                                                             	      	      	
Embry-Riddle	Aeronautical	University,	Metropolitan	
State	 College,	 and	 St.	 Francis	 College.	 Cooperative	   PSY	 204	     Social	Psychology	(3/0)	                                           3
education	programs	also	are	available.                       HOS	124	      Computerized	Reservations	(3/0)2	                                  3
                                                             HPE	 302	     First	Aid	(2/0)	                                                   2
                                                             BUS	 103	     Business	Mathematics	(3/0)
                                                             	    	        OR	                                                             3-4
                                                             MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective3
                                                             AVI	 111	     Flight	Concepts	(2/0)	                                          2
                                                             BUS	 209	     Business	Letter	and	Report	Writing	(3/0)	                       3	
                                                             	                                                                         _____
                                                             	      	      	                                                           63-64

                                                             NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                             to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                             1
                                                               It is recommended that all three language electives be in the same foreign language.
                                                               At least two of the language electives must be in the same foreign language.
                                                             2
                                                               BUS 296 (International Business Practice Firm) may be substituted for HOS 124. It
                                                               is recommended that students interested in careers with travel agencies or airline
                                                               reservations take BUS 296.
                                                             3
                                                               Select from approved MAT courses.
                                                             †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                                                                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      6
                                                                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                          63
                                 Aviation Flight Technology
                                 Associate in Applied Science Degree
                                 	 The	Aviation	Flight	Technology	program	is	accred-
Aviation Flight Technology


                                 ited	by	the	Aviation	Accreditation	Board	Internation-                                                 Curriculum
                                 al	and	provides	flight	instruction	for	the	Private	and	               Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                Credits
                                 Commercial	certificates	and	Instrument	rating.                        AVI	 101	     Aerospace	Development	(3/0)	                                     3
                                 	 In	 order	 to	 complete	 the	 program,	 every	 student	             AVI	 131	     Commercial	Pilot	I	(3/0)	                                        3
                                 must	 successfully	 pass	 the	 FAA	 Private,	 Commer-                 AVI	 113	     Flight	I	(1/3)1		                                                2
                                 cial,	and	Instrument	computer	examinations	and	be	                    MAT	115	      Algebra	&	Trigonometry	I	(3/0)2	                                 3
                                 certified	 as	 a	 commercial	 pilot	 with	 instrument	 rat-           ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                     3
                                 ing.	Ninety-seven	percent	of	Mercer’s	students	have	                  HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                             2
                                 passed	 the	 examinations	 on	 the	 first	 attempt.	 The	             	      	      	

                                 college	 is	 an	 approved	 examining	 authority;	 FAA	                AVI	 132	     Commercial	Pilot	II	(3/0)	                                         3
                                 computer	tests	are	conducted	at	the	college.                          AVI	 114	     Flight	II	(1/3)1		                                                 2
                                 	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will:                           AVI	 105	     Aviation	Weather	(3/0)	                                            3
                                    •	 obtain	the	appropriate	ground	and	flight	certificates;          MAT	116	      Algebra	&	Trigonometry	II	(3/0)2	                                  3
                                    •	 fill	related	aviation	positions	requiring	specific	             ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                      3
                                       aviation	knowledge	with	airport	service	opera-                  CMN	112	      Public	Speaking	(3/0)	                                             3
                                       tors	located	at	numerous	airports	in	the	United	                	      	      	

                                       States	and	possessions.                                         AVI	 231	     Commercial	Pilot	III	(3/0)	                                        3
                                 	 Most	of	the	aviation	courses	are	offered	during	the	                AVI	 203	     Aircraft	Components	(3/0)	                                         3
                                 day,	 and	 certain	 ones	 may	 be	 available	 during	 the	            AVI	 213	     Flight	III	(1/4)1		                                                3
                                 evening.	 Cooperative	 education	 opportunities	 are	                 PHY	 101	     College	Physics	(3/3)	                                             4
                                 also	available.                                                       —	 —	         General	Education	elective3	                                       3
                                                                                                       	      	      	
                                 	 A	career	with	the	major	airlines	may	require	a	four-
                                 year	 baccalaureate	degree.	There	are	direct	 transfer	               AVI	   102	   Aviation	Transportation	(3/0)	                 3
                                 agreements	 with	 Embry-Riddle	 Aeronautical	 Uni-                    AVI	   214	   Flight	IV	(1/4)1		                             3
                                 versity,	Florida	Institute	of	Technology,	Metropolitan	               AVI	   215	   Aerodynamics	(2/2)	                            3
                                 State	College,	Thomas	Edison	State	College,	South-                    —	     —	     General	Education	elective3	                   3
                                 ern	Illinois	University,	Dowling	College,	and	Central	                IST	   101	   Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	     3	
                                                                                                       AVI	   208	   Aviation	Seminar	                              1
                                 Missouri	State	University.                                            	                                                        	_____	
                                 	 Students	 in	 the	 Aviation	 Flight	 Technology	 pro-               	      	      	                                             65
                                 gram	 receive	 classroom	 and	 laboratory	 instruction	
                                  on	the	West	Windsor	Campus,	while	flight	training	                   1
                                                                                                         Special fee required; hours to be arranged.
                                             takes	 place	 at	 our	 fixed	 base	 operation	 at	
                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                         Or higher level mathematics.
                                               Trenton-Mercer	Airport.	The	college	has	its	
                                                                                                       3
                                                                                                         Select two courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,
                                                                                                         Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                own	 fleet	 of	 11	 aircraft	 and	 employs	 the	         Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education (PSY 101
                                                flight	instructors.                                      recommended).
                                                			An	active	advisory	commission	consisting	           †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                               of	experts	from	the	government	and	civilian	            Students must earn a minimum grade of C in AVI 113, 114, 131, 132, 213, 214, 215,
                                                  areas	 of	 aviation	 recommends	 changes	            231, and MAT 115 to graduate.
                                                  necessary	to	maintain	a	quality	program.
                                                  	 	 	 	 Admission	 to	 the	 program	 requires	 a	
                                                     high	 school	 diploma	 with	 one	 year	 of	
                                                          algebra.	High	school	courses	in	trigo-
                                                            nometry	and	physics	are	an	advan-
                                                             tage.	 Proof	 of	 citizenship	 or	 TSA	
                                                             approval	is	required	for	enrollment	
                                                             in	the	Flight	program.	Before	flight	
                             2                             training	begins,	an	aviation	medical	
                             0                            will	be	required.	Contact	the	Aviation	
                             0
                             6                           program	coordinator	for	details.
                             -                     	 Graduates	 of	 the	 program	 often	 re-
                             2                     turn	 to	 take	 a	 flight	 training	 course	 to-
                             0                     ward	the	certified	flight	instructor	and/or	
                             0                   multi-engine	rating.
                             9

                                                  Anastasia Sollner
                       64                                                                                                                                          609.586.4800
                                             Aviation Flight Technology: CFI
                                                                                                      Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	 Aviation	 Flight	 Technology:	 CFI	 Certificate	




                                                                                                                                         Aviation Flight Technology: CFI
is	designed	to	qualify	graduates	to	become	flight	in-
                                                                                                     Curriculum
structors.	This	position	is	a	beginning	step	to	becom-             Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	           Credits
ing	a	professional	pilot.                                          ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                3
	 To	succeed	in	a	career	as	a	pilot	for	a	major	airline,	          AVI	 113	        Flight	I	(1/3)1	                            2
a	candidate	must	possess	a	college	degree.	Many	stu-               AVI	 131	        Commercial	Pilot	I	(3/0)	                   3
dents	who	already	possess	an	associate	and/or	a	bac-               AVI	 105	        Aviation	Weather	(3/0)	                     3
calaureate	 degree	 can	 qualify	 for	 these	 competitive	         AVI	 114	        Flight	II	(1/3)1	                           2
positions	after	they	attain	their	flight	credentials	and	          AVI	 132	        Commercial	Pilot	II	(3/0)	                  3
experience.	Students	without	previous	college	expe-                AVI	 215	        Aerodynamics	(2/2)	                         3
rience	 can	 pursue	 this	 certificate	 and	 then	 later,	 if	     AVI	 213	        Flight	III	(1/4)1	                          3
they	wish,	apply	the	credits	toward	the	A.A.S.	degree	             AVI	 231	        Commercial	Pilot	III	(3/0)	                 3
in	Aviation	Flight	Technology.                                     AVI	 214	        Flight	IV	(1/4)1	                           3
	 Successful	graduates	of	this	program	are	able	to:                AVI	 331	        Flight	Instructor	–	Airplane	(3/0)	         3
                                                                   	                                                       	_____	
   •	 give	flight	instruction	for	the	private	pilot	certificate;
                                                                   	        	       	                                         31
   •	 teach	ground	school	for	the	private	certificate;
   •	 demonstrate	the	flight	characteristics	of	a                  1
                                                                       Special fee required; hours to be arranged.
   	 single-engine	aircraft	for	sales	and	maintenance;
   •	 fly	power	line,	fish	spotting,	traffic	patrol	and		
      parachute	drops,	and	tow	aerial	banners;
   •	 work	as	flight	schedulers	with	fixed	base	operators.
	 Proof	of	citizenship	or	TSA	approval	is	required	for	
enrollment	in	the	Flight	program.	Before	flight	train-
ing	begins,	an	aviation	medical	will	be	required.	Con-
tact	the	Aviation	program	coordinator	for	details.
	 All	of	the	credits	earned	in	this	certificate	except	
the	flight	instructor	course	apply	to	the	A.A.S.	degree	
in	Aviation	Flight	Technology.	Additionally,	all	of	the	
certificate	credits	are	transferable	to	Thomas	Edison	
State	College’s	associate	and	baccalaureate	programs	
in	Aviation.




                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                     6
                                                                                                                                     -
                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                     9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                         65
                          Aviation Management
                          Associate in Science Degree
                          	 The	 Aviation	 Management	 program	 provides	 the	
Aviation Management


                          student	 with	 a	 background	 in	 business	 administra-
                                                                                                                        Curriculum
                          tion	and	related	technical	knowledge	in	aviation.	In	         Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                Credits
                          most	cases,	the	graduate	of	this	program	should	seek	         BUS	 101	     Introduction	to	Business	(3/0)	                                  3
                          a	 four-year	 baccalaureate	 degree.	 Aviation	 manage-       AVI	 101	     Aerospace	Development	(3/0)	                                     3
                          ment	 has	 evolved	 into	 a	 career	 discipline	 that	 re-    ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                     3
                          quires	a	variety	of	skills.                                   MAT	141	      College	Algebra	&	Applications	(4/0)	                            4
                          	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:        PSY	 101	     Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                                   3
                             •	 utilize	business	information	processing	systems	to	     	      	      	

                                improve	management	control	in	aviation	businesses;      ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                      3
                             •	 interpret	financial	statements	and	prepare	budgets;     ACC	 111	     Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)	                          4
                             •	 perform	staff	functions	in	marketing,	sales,	and	gen-   MAT	146	      Pre-Calculus	(4/0)	                                                4	
                                eral	management	with	aviation-related	businesses;       MKT	101	      Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	                                     3
                             •	 interpret	and	apply	FAA	regulations	and	proce-          AVI	 102	     Aviation	Transportation	(3/0)	                                     3
                                dures	to	aviation-related	businesses.                   	      	      	


                          	 There	 are	 direct	 transfer	 options	 with	 Embry-Rid-     ACC	 112	     Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)	                         4
                          dle	 Aeronautical	 University,	 Metropolitan	 State	 Col-     ECO	 111	     Macroeconomics	(3/0)	                                              3
                          lege,	St.	Francis	College,	Southern	Illinois	University,	     PHY	 111	     Physical	Science	Concepts	(2/2)	                                   3
                          Thomas	Edison	State	College,	and	Florida	Institute	of	        BUS	 210	     Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	                                    3
                          Technology.	Although	many	graduates	transfer	to	four-         —	 —	         General	Education	elective1	                                       3
                                                                                        	      	      	
                          year	colleges,	graduates	also	enter	the	private	sector	in	
                                                                                        CMN	111	      Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	             3
                          entry-level	management	positions	with	manufacturers,	
                                                                                        HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	           2
                          airline	authorities,	airport	service	operations,	commut-
                                                                                        IST	 101	     Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	     3
                          er	air	services,	and	corporate	flight	operations.
                                                                                        BUS	 107	     Business	Law	I	(3/0)	                          3
                          	 Students	 may	 study	 full-time	 or	 part-time.	 Most	
                                                                                        ECO	 112	     Microeconomics	(3/0)	                          3
                          courses	are	offered	during	the	day	and	evening.	Ad-           	                                                        	_____	
                          mission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	diploma	        	      	      	                                             63
                          or	its	equivalent	with	two	years	of	high	school	math.
                                                                                        NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                                                        to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                                                        1
                                                                                          Select courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,
                                                                                          Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                                                          Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                                                        †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                      2
                      0
                      0
                      6
                      -
                      2
                      0
                      0
                      9


                 66                                                                                                                                609.586.4800
                                      Banking and Financial Services
                              Associate in Applied Science Degree in Business Management
	 The	Banking	and	Financial	Services	option	of	the	




                                                                                                                                                          Banking and Financial Services
Management	 program	 is	 a	 joint	 program	 between	
                                                                                             Curriculum
the	American	Institute	of	Banking	(AIB)	and	Mercer	          Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                Credits
County	 Community	 College.	 It	 is	 designed	 for	 stu-     BUS	 101	     Introduction	to	Business	(3/0)	                                  3
dents,	 both	 full-time	 and	 part-time,	 who	 desire	 to	   OST	 111	     Basic	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	                            3
specialize	 in	 banking.	 The	 option	 prepares	 persons	    ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                     3
for	 entry-level	 positions	 in	 banking	 and	 increases	    BNK	 130	     Principles	of	Banking*	(3/0)	                                    3
knowledge	and	opportunities	for	currently	employed	          BUS	 103	     Business	Mathematics	(3/0)
banking	professionals.                                       	    	        OR	                                                             3-4
	 Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:                      MAT		—	       Mathematics	elective
  •	 use	terminology	common	to	the	banking                   	      	      	

  	 environment	for	effective	communication;                 ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)
  •	 demonstrate	skills	necessary	to	operate	equipment		     	    	        OR	                                                                3
     commonly	used	in	banking;                               ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)
  •	 determine	and	develop	personal	qualities	needed         HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                               2
  	 to	function	effectively	with	individuals	and             BUS	 210	     Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	                                    3
  	 organizations	in	business;                               BNK	 132	     Law	and	Banking:	Applications*	(3/0)	                              3
  •	 apply	effective	principles	of	supervision	in            BNK	 232	     Commercial	Lending*	(3/0)
  	 performing	first-level	management	duties	in              	    	        OR	                                                                3
  	 banking	operations;                                      BNK	 235	     Consumer	Lending*	(3/0)	
  •	 analyze/resolve	problems	common	to	entry-level		        MKT	101	      Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	                                     3
     banking	positions.                                      	      	      	


	 Students	may	apply	the	courses	needed	for	a	School	        ACC	 111	     Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)	                          4
of	Banking	program	diploma	from	AIB	(24	credits)	to-         BUS	 209	     Business	Letter	and	Report	Writing	(3/0)	                          3
ward	this	A.A.S.	degree	option.	Mercer	accepts	up	to	        BNK	 	—	      Business	Banking	elective*	(3/0)1	                                 3
12	credits	from	specified	AIB	(BNK)	courses	toward	          —	 	—	        Elective	                                                          3
this	A.A.S.	option	while	AIB	accepts	MCCC	courses	           IST	 101	     Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	                         3
                                                             	      	      	
in	accounting,	English	composition,	economics,	com-
                                                             ACC	 112	     Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)	      4
puter	 concepts,	 business	 communications,	 business	
                                                             ECO	 103	     Basic	Economics	(3/0)	                          3
math,	and	principles	of	management	toward	the	AIB	
                                                             —	 	—	        General	Education	elective2	                    3
School	of	Banking	program	diploma.
                                                             —	 	—	        General	Education	elective2	                    3
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
                                                             —	 	—	        Elective	                                       3	
diploma	or	its	equivalent.                                   	                                                        	_____
                                                             	      	      	                                           64-65

                                                             * Courses taught by American Institute of Banking (AIB).
                                                               Schedule and fees determined by AIB.
                                                             1
                                                               Acceptable banking electives:
                                                               BNK 231 Money and Banking*
                                                               BNK 232 Commercial Lending*
                                                               BNK 234 Introduction to Mortgage Lending*
                                                               BNK 235 Consumer Lending*
                                                               BNK 236 Trust Operations*
                                                               BNK 237 Law and Banking: Principles*
                                                             2
                                                               Select two courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,
                                                               Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                               Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education. At least one of
                                                               these courses must be from a category other than Social Science.
                                                             †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                                                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      6
                                                                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                          67
              Biology
              Associate in Science Degree in Liberal Arts and Sciences
              	 The	Biology	option	of	the	Liberal	Arts	and	Scienc-
Biology

                                                                                                             Curriculum
              es	program	primarily	prepares	graduates	for	transfer	
              into	the	junior	year	of	programs	such	as	ecology,	con-           Code		       Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                             Credits
              servation,	biology,	microbiology,	pharmacy,	forestry,	           ENG	 101	    English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                  3
              entomology,	 biotechnology,	 and	 preprofessional	               BIO	 101	    General	Biology	I	(3/3)	                                      4
              fields	 of	 medicine	 and	 dentistry.	 Biology	 graduates	       CHE	 101	    General	Chemistry	I	(3/3)	                                    4
              have	 transferred	 to	 colleges	 throughout	 Pennsylva-          CMN	111	     Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)
              nia,	 New	 Jersey	 and	 the	 Northeast,	 including	 Rider	       	    	       OR	                                                             3
              University,	 Temple	 University,	 Cornell	 University,	          CMN	112	     Public	Speaking	(3/0)	
              Rutgers	University,	and	The	College	of	New	Jersey.               	     	      	

              	 Recent	 graduates	 have	 been	 employed	 by	 firms	            ENG	 102	    English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                   3
              such	 as	 Bristol-Myers	 Squibb,	 Johnson	 &	 Johnson,	          MAT	146	     Pre-Calculus	(4/0)	                                             4
              and	various	New	Jersey	governmental	departments.	                BIO	 102	    General	Biology	II	(3/3)	                                       4
              Others	have	successfully	completed	medical,	dental,	             CHE	 102	    General	Chemistry	II	(3/3)	                                     4
                                                                               	     	      	                                                                   	
              chiropractic,	 pharmaceutical,	 physical/occupational	
              therapy,	 physician’s	 assistant,	 veterinary	 medicine,	        BIO	 —	 Biology	elective2	                                                   4
              and	other	graduate	programs.                                     —	 —	 Technical	electives3	                                                  8
              	 The	biology	facilities	include	a	24-station	multimedia	        —	 —	 General	Education	elective1	                                           3
                                                                               	     	      	
              computer	laboratory	as	well	as	specially	equipped	labo-
                                                                               HPE	 110	    Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                          2
              ratories	 for	 microbiology,	 genetics/molecular	 biology,	
                                                                               BIO	 —	      Biology	elective2	                                            4
              and	anatomy/physiology.	Students	learn	a	wide	variety	
                                                                               —	 —	        Technical	elective3	                                          4
              of	investigative	techniques,	including	microscopy,	spec-
                                                                               —	 —	        General	Education	elective1	                                  3
              trophotometry,	and	gel	electrophoresis.	Real-life	systems	
                                                                               —	 —	        General	Education	elective1	                                  3
              are	studied	through	field	trips	to	sites	in	the	New	Jersey	      	                                                                      	_____	
              Pinelands	 and	 elsewhere.	 A	 special	 honors	 sequence	        	     	      	                                                             60
              provides	eligible	students	with	the	opportunity	to	partici-
                                                                               1
                                                                                 At least one, but no more than two, must be Social Science electives. Choose from
              pate	in	a	research	project	under	the	supervision	of	fac-
                                                                                 the following approved general education electives: ART 121, 122, 123, 124, 125,
              ulty	at	nearby	Rider	University	and	other	institutions.            126; ECO 103, 111, 112; GEO 102; MUS 103, 224, 225; PHI 102, 113, 204, 205, 209;
              	 Most	courses	may	be	completed	through	part-time	                 PHO 110; POL 101, 102, 201, 211, 220; REL 101, 102, 211, 235; SOC 101, 102, 103,
              study	in	the	evening.	Course	selection	and	program	                203; SSC 201; THR 101, 110; all FRE, GER, ITA, HIS, PSY courses; all SPA courses
                                                                                 except SPA 107 and 108; all literature courses above ENG 200.
              of	study	must	be	approved	by	an	academic	advisor.                2
                                                                                 Approved biology electives: BIO 201, 202, 203, 204, 208. Final grade must be C or
              	 Admission	 to	 the	 Biology	 option	 requires	 a	 high	          above for biology majors.
                         school	 diploma	 or	 equivalent	 with	 at	 least	     3
                                                                                 Approved technical electives: Select from approved list of BIO, CHE, MAT, PHY,
                             one	 year	 of	 science	 (biology,	 chemistry,	      and COS courses available from biology advisors or Science & Health Professions
                               or	physics)	and	two	years	of	academic	            division office.
                               mathematics.	Successful	completion	of	          †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                               the	Biology	option	results	in	the	award	
                                of	 the	 Associate	 in	 Science	 degree	 in	
                                Liberal	Arts	and	Sciences.




          2
          0
          0
          6
          -
          2
          0
          0
          9

                              Kendra Johnson
      68                                                                                                                                609.586.4800
                                                                Business Administration
                                                                                            Associate in Science Degree




                                                                                                                                                             Business Administration
	 The	 Business	 Administration	 program	 is	 designed	                                         Curriculum
for	 the	 student	 who	 plans	 to	 earn	 a	 business-related	
baccalaureate	 degree	 at	 a	 four-year	 college	 or	 univer-   Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                Credits
sity.	Eighty	percent	of	graduates	successfully	transfer	to	     ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                     3
four-year	colleges.	Direct	transfer	options	accommodate	        HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                             2
transfer	to	many	in-state	and	out-of-state	institutions.        CMN	111	      Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	
                                                                	    	        OR	                                                                3
	 Graduates	of	the	program	demonstrate	competen-                CMN	112	      Public	Speaking	(3/0)	
cies	in	introductory	courses	in	accounting,	business	           BUS	 107	     Business	Law	I	(3/0)1	                                             3
law,	economics,	and	statistics	as	well	as	other	busi-           —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                       3
ness-related	courses	consistent	with	acceptance	into	           	      	      	                                                                      	

junior	status	at	a	four-year	college.                           BUS	 230	     International	Business	(3/0)1	                                     3
	 Graduates	have	transferred	to	colleges	and	univer-            ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                      3
sities	nationwide,	including	Rutgers	University,	Rider	         —	 —	         Natural	Science	elective3	                                         3
University,	The	College	of	New	Jersey,	Drexel	Univer-           —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                       3
sity,	Temple	University,	and	New	York	University.               MAT	146	      Pre-Calculus	Mathematics	II	(3/0)	                                 4
	 Students	 may	 study	 full-time	 or	 part-time.	 While	       	      	      	                                                                      	


most	courses	are	offered	both	day	and	evening,	certain	         ACC	 111	     Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)	                          4
specialized	courses	may	be	offered	only	in	the	evening.	        BUS	 205	     Business	Statistics	I	(3/0)	                                       3
Business	Administration	students	also	have	the	op-              IST	 101	     Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	
tion	of	taking	courses	through	the	Flexible	Learning	           	    	        OR	                                                                3
in	 Business	 (FLB)	 Program,	 which	 offers	 nine-week	        IST	 102	     Computer	Concepts	with	Programming	(2/2)	
courses	 on	 Friday	 evenings	 or	 during	 the	 day	 on	        ECO	 111	     Macroeconomics	(3/0)	                                              3	
Saturday.	Sessions	run	continually	through	the	year	            MAT	151	      Calculus	I	(4/0)	
(with	 a	 one-week	 break	 between	 most	 sessions)	 so	        	    	        OR	                                                                4
students	are	able	to	complete	their	coursework	in	a	            MAT	149	      Calculus	for	Social	Sciences	or	Business	(4/0)	
                                                                	      	      	
shorter	 period	 of	 time.	 FLB	 offers	 core	 business	 re-
                                                                ACC	 112	     Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)	                        4
quirements	 as	 well	 as	 electives.	 For	 more	 informa-
                                                                BUS	 206	     Business	Statistics	II	(3/0)	                                     3
tion,	contact	the	FLB	coordinator.
                                                                ECO	 112	     Microeconomics	(3/0)	                                             3
	 Admission	to	the	Business	Administration	program	
                                                                —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                      3
requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	 equivalent.	 A	
                                                                —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                      3
strong	background	in	mathematics	is	very	helpful.               	                                                                            	____	
                                                                	      	      	                                                                63

                                                                NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                                to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                                1
                                                                  MKT 101 or BUS 210 are acceptable substitutes. Students should check with their
                                                                  advisor before registering for these courses.
                                                                2
                                                                  Select four courses from at least two of the following general education categories:
                                                                  Social Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts,
                                                                  Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General
                                                                  Education.
                                                                3
                                                                  This course must be a laboratory science.
                                                                †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                                                                                                                                                         2
                                                                                                                                                         0
                                                                                                                                                         0
                                                                                                                                                         6
                                                                                                                                                         -
                                                                                                                                                         2
                                                                                                                                                         0
                                                                                                                                                         0
                                                                                                                                                         9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                             69
                                     Business Software Applications
                                     Associate in Applied Science Degree in Business Management
                                     	 Graduates	of	the	Business	Software	Applications	
Business Software Applications


                                     option	of	the	Management	program	are	awarded	the	
                                                                                                                                            Curriculum
                                     Associate	 in	 Applied	 Science	 Degree	 in	 Business	              Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
                                     Management.	 The	 Management	 programs	 equip	                      BUS		101	        Introduction	to	Business	(3/0)	                 3
                                     graduates	with	specific	technical	skills	as	well	as	a	              OST		111	        Basic	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	           3
                                     general	overview	of	the	field	of	business.                          ENG		101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                                     	 Successful	 graduates	 of	 the	 Business	 Software	 Ap-           OST		219	        Word	Processing	Concepts	&	Applications	(2/2)	 3
                                     plications	 option	 will	 be	 qualified	 to	 obtain	 entry-level	   BUS		103	        Business	Mathematics	(3/0)
                                     office	support	positions	in	business,	and	will	be	able	to:          	    	           OR	                                           3-4
                                       •	 demonstrate	facility	with	current	word	processing,	            MAT		141	        College	Algebra	and	Applications	(or	higher)¹
                                          spreadsheet,	and	database	software	applications;               	        	       	

                                       •	 demonstrate	familiarity	with	office	equipment	                 ENG		102	        English	Composition	II	(3/0)¹
                                          used	in	business;                                              	     	          OR	                                                                  3
                                       •	 analyze/resolve	problems	related	to	software	                  ENG		112	        English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)
                                          applications;                                                  HPE		110	        Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                                 2
                                       •	 use	terminology	common	to	the	business                         —	 —	            General	Education	elective²	                                         3
                                       	 environment	for	effective	communication;                        CIS		 173	       PC	Applications:	Database	(2/2)	                                     3
                                       •	 communicate	information	effectively	in	both	                   IST		 101	       Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	                           3
                                          written	and	oral	modes	of	delivery;                                  1
                                                                                                         MKT		 01	        Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	                                       3
                                       •	 comprehend	how	the	global	economy	and	interna-                 	        	       	


                                          tional	events	affect	domestic	business	decisions.              ACC		106	 Office	Accounting	I	(3/0)
                                     	 Students	may	study	full-time	or	part-time,	and	may	re-            	     	    OR	                                                                    3-4
                                     ceive	credit	for	previous	training	in	the	skills	area	by	ap-        ACC		111	 Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)¹
                                     plying	for	credit-by-examination,	credit-by-experience,	or	         BUS		230	 International	Business	(3/0)	                                               3
                                     credit-by-articulation.	Contact	the	Administrative	Profes-          BUS		209	 Business	Letter	&	Report	Writing	(3/0)	                                     3
                                     sional	program	coordinator	for	additional	information.              ECO		103	 Basic	Economics	(3/0)¹
                                     	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	                  	     	    OR	
                                     diploma	or	its	equivalent.                                          ECO		111	 Macroeconomics	(3/0)¹	                                                      3
                                                                                                         	     	    OR	
                                                                                                         ECO		112	 Microeconomics	(3/0)¹
                                                                                                         CIS		 175		PC	Applications:	Spreadsheets	(2/2)	                                       3
                                                                                                         	        	       	

                                                                                                         ACC		205	        Office	Accounting	II	(3/0)
                                                                                                         	    	           OR	                                            3-4
                                                                                                         ACC		112	        Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)¹	
                                                                                                         BUS		210	        Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	                  3
                                                                                                         —	 —	            General	Education	elective²	                     3
                                                                                                         BUS		296	        International	Business	Practice	Firm	(1/5)
                                                                                                         	    	           OR	                                              3
                                                                                                         BUS	 —	          Business	elective
                                                                                                         —		 —	           Elective	                                        3
                                                                                                         	                                                            	_____ 	
                                                                                                         	        	       	                                                            62-65
                                                                                                         ¹Students intending to transfer to a baccalaureate program should take ENG 102;
                                                                                                             MAT 141, College Algebra, or a higher level MAT course as their math elective;
                                                                                                             ECO 111 or 112 as their economi cs course; and ACC 111 and 112 to fulfill their
                                                                                                             accounting requirement.
                                                                                                         ² Select courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,
                                                                                                             Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                 2
                                                                                                             Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                 0
                                 0                                                                       † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                 6
                                 -
                                 2
                                 0
                                 0
                                 9


                           70                                                                                                                                            609.586.4800
Catering Management
Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	Catering	Management	Certificate	of	Proficien-




                                                                                                                              Catering Management
cy	prepares	individuals	to	operate	their	own	catering/
                                                                                   Curriculum
banquet	business	and	to	work	effectively	in	the	pro-       Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	             Credits
fession.	Graduates	have	skills	to	coordinate	the	vari-     ENG	 101	   English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                  3
ous	culinary,	artistic	and	business	activities	required	   BUS	 103	   Business	Mathematics	(3/0)	                   3
to	be	successful	in	the	catering	industry.	The	program	    BUS	 313	   Small	Business	Management	(3/0)	              3
enables	students	to	create	successful	menus	for	their	     HOS	108	    Sanitation	and	Safety	in	
customers,	together	with	the	ability	to	purchase	and	      	    	      Food	Service	Operations	(3/0)	               3
price	supplies	and	services	profitably.                    HOS	101	    Food	Preparation	I	(1/4)	                    3
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:     HOS	102	    Volume	Food	Preparation	(1/4)	               3
  	•	demonstrate	a	wide	variety	of	culinary	skills;        HOS	204	    Hospitality	Marketing	(3/0)	                 3
  	•	develop	cost-effective,	customer-accepted	menus;      HOS	205	    Menu	Planning/Costing	&	Design	(2/0)	        2
  	•	plan	and	organize	a	catered	activity;                 HOS	208	    Hospitality	Law	(3/0)	                       3
  	•	use	safe	and	sanitary	practices	in	preparing	and	     HOS	211	    Garde	Manger	and	Buffet
     serving	culinary	creations;                           	    	      Planning	-	Basic	(1/3)	                      2
  	•	purchase	food	and	non-food	supplies	for	the	          HOS	212	    Garde	Manger	and	Buffet	
  	 catering	operation;                                    	    	      Planning	-	Advanced	(1/3)	                   2
                                                           	                                                    	_____	
  	•	understand	legal	and	financial	management
                                                           	   	       	                                           30
  	 aspects	of	catering;
  	•	produce	high-quality	food	products	with
  	 artistic	designs;
  	•	prepare	a	business	plan;
  	•	demonstrate	management	and	organizational	
     skills.
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school
diploma	or	its	equivalent.




                                                                                                                          2
                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                          6
                                                                                                                          -
                                                                                                                          2
                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                          9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                              71
                           Chef Apprenticeship
                           and Pastry Chef Apprenticeship option
                           Associate in Applied Science Degree
Chef Apprenticeships


                           	 The	 Chef	 Apprenticeship	 program	 and	 the	 Pas-
                           try	Chef	Apprenticeship	option	prepare	graduates	to	
                                                                                                                          Curriculum
                           begin	 careers	 as	 certified	 professional	 chefs	 or	 pas-       	
                                                                                          Code	         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                 Credits
                           try	chefs.	Through	a	combination	of	on-the-job	skill	          HOS	101	      Food	Preparation	(1/4)	                                           3
                           training	 and	 professional	 education,	 students	 learn	      HOS	108	      Sanitation	and	Safety	in
                           the	necessary	concepts,	techniques	and	tools	to	suc-           	   	         Food	Service	Operations	(3/0)	                                      3
                           ceed	within	the	hospitality	industry.                          HOS	220	      Chef	Apprenticeship	I	(0/1000)	                                     1
                           	 Through	the	apprenticeship	training	and	education	           	      	      	

                           system,	graduates	are	eligible	to	earn	Journeyperson	          HOS	109	 Advanced	Culinary	Arts	(1/4)	                                            3
                           documentation	 from	 the	 U.S.	 Department	 of	 Labor	         IST		 101	 Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	                             3
                           and	 the	 New	 Jersey	 Department	 of	 Education.	 This	       HOS	221	 Chef	Apprenticeship	II	(0/1000)	                                         1
                           credential	is	valuable	when	seeking	employment	and	            	      	      	


                           professional	advancement.                                      HOS	102	 Volume	Food	Preparation	(1/4)	                                           3
                           	 Coursework	 is	 coordinated	 with	 6000	 hours	 of	          BUS	 103	 Business	Mathematics	(3/0)	                                             3
                                                                                          	      	      	
                           documented	 on-the-job	 training	 under	 the	 supervi-
                                                                                          HPE	 101	 Basic	Concepts	of	Nutrition	(3/0)	                                      3
                           sion	of	a	certified	chef.	It	normally	requires	three	to	
                                                                                          HOS	301	 Professional	Baking	I	(1/4)	                                             3
                           four	years	of	part-time	study	combined	with	full-time	
                                                                                          HOS	222	 Chef	Apprenticeship	III	(0/1000)	                                        1
                           work.	The	program	is	offered	in	cooperation	with	the	          	      	      	
                           U.S.	Department	of	Labor,	Bureau	of	Apprenticeship	            HOS	205	 Menu	Planning/Costing	and	Design	(2/0)	                                  2
                           Training,	New	Jersey	Department	of	Education,	and	             ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                            3
                           participating	food	service	employers.                          	      	      	
                           	 Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:                        HOS	203	      Hospitality	Purchasing	(3/0)	                                       3
                             •	 demonstrate	proficiency	in	a	variety	of                   ENG	102	      English	Composition	II	(3/0)
                             	 professionally	recognized	culinary	skills;                 	    	        OR	                                                                 3
                             •	 work	in	any	production	or	food	preparation                ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)
                             	 station	within	a	food	service	department;                  HOS	223	      Chef	Apprenticeship	IV	(0/1000)	                                    1
                             •	 use	safe	and	sanitary	practices	within	any	food	          	      	      	

                                production	department;                                    ACC	 108	 Hospitality	Accounting	(3/0)	                 3
                             •	 effectively	supervise	and	train	kitchen	personnel;        HOS	211	 Garde	Manger	&	Buffet	Planning	-	Basic	(1/3)*	 2
                             •	 create	appropriate	menus	and	recipes;                     	      	      	

                             •	 purchase	products	needed	by	the	food                          	
                                                                                          HOS	212	      Garde	Manger	&	Buffet	Planning	-	Advanced	(1/3)*	                   2
                             	 service	organization;                                      ACC		109	     Food,	Beverage	&	Labor	Cost	Control	(3/0)	                          3
                             •	 design	and	plan	buffets	relevant	to	the	needs             HOS	224	      Chef	Apprenticeship	V	(0/1000)	                                     1
                             	 of	the	consumer;                                           HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	and	Fitness	(1/2)†	                              2
                             •	 effectively	contribute	to	the	advancement                 	      	      	


                             	 of	the	culinary	field;                                     —	 —	 General	Education	elective1	                                                3
                             •	 demonstrate	effective	leadership;                         —	 —	 General	Education	elective1	                                                3
                                                                                          	      	      	
                             •	 demonstrate	professional	written	and	verbal	
                                                                                          —	 —	 General	Education	elective1	                                              3
                                communication	and	computation	skills.
                                                                                          BUS	 240	 Human	Resource	Management	(3/0)	                                      3
                           	 The	 recommended	 semester	 sequence	 is	 for	 stu-
                                                                                          HOS	225	 Chef	Apprenticeship	VI	(0/1000)	                                       1
                           dents	who	attend	classes	part	time	while	working	full	         	                                                                           	_____	
                           time	 at	 their	 apprenticeship	 training	 foodservice	 fa-    	      	      	                                                                 65
                           cility.	Students	may	require	more	time	to	complete	all	        * For the Pastry Chef Apprenticeship option, replace these two courses with:
                           major	requirements.                                              HOS 311 Professional Baking II (1/4)        3 credits
                           	 Many	of	the	credits	earned	in	acquiring	the	A.A.S.	            HOS 322 Professional Baking III (1/3)       2 credits
                           degree	 can	 be	 applied	 to	 the	 B.S.	 degree	 offered	      1
                                                                                            Select three courses from at least two of the following general education categories:
                       2                                                                    Social Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts,
                       0   through	 an	 articulation	 agreement	 with	 the	 Univer-
                                                                                            Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General
                       0   sity	of	Delaware.	Adjustments	to	the	sequence	may	be	            Education (HOS 115, Food and Culture, recommended).
                       6   required	to	meet	the	individual	student’s	educational	         †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                       -   circumstances.
                       2
                       0   	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
                       0   diploma	or	its	equivalent.
                       9


                  72                                                                                                                                   609.586.4800
                                                                                                               Chemistry
                                        Associate in Science Degree in Liberal Arts and Sciences
	 The	Chemistry	option	of	the	Liberal	Arts	and	Sci-




                                                                                                                                                         Chemistry
ences	 program	 prepares	 students	 for	 transfer	 into	
                                                                                              Curriculum
baccalaureate	 programs	 leading	 to	 careers	 in	 fields	     Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                              Credits
such	 as	 industrial	 chemistry,	 chemical	 engineering,	      ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                   3
chemical	 sales	 and	 service,	 environmental	 technol-        CHE	 101	     General	Chemistry	I	(3/3)	                                     4
ogy,	medicine,	pharmacy,	and	education.                        —	 —	         Technical	elective1	                                           4
	 Chemistry	 graduates	 transfer	 to	 institutions	            CMN	111	      Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)
throughout	 the	 region,	 including	 Rutgers	 University,	     	    	        OR	                                                              3
The	College	of	New	Jersey,	Rider	University,	Delaware	         CMN	112	      Public	Speaking	(3/0)	                                            	
Valley	College,	University	of	Pennsylvania,	Seton	Hall	        —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                     3	
University,	 Syracuse	 University,	 Temple	 University,	       	      	      	
New	Jersey	Institute	of	Technology	(NJIT),	New	York	           ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                    3
University,	 Fairleigh	 Dickinson	 University,	 Stevens	       MAT	146	      Pre-Calculus	(4/0)	                                              4
Institute	of	Technology,	and	chiropractic	schools.	In	         CHE	 102	     General	Chemistry	II	(3/3)	                                      4
addition	to	those	who	have	succeeded	in	pharmacy,	
                                                               —	 —	         Technical	elective1	                                             4
dentistry,	 medicine,	 and	 engineering	 professions,	         	      	      	
many	graduates	have	secured	employment	directly	in	            CHE	 —	       Chemistry	elective3	                                           4-5
local	laboratories	at	FMC,	Bristol-Myers	Squibb,	NL	           MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective4	                                           4
Chemicals,	Lucent	Technologies,	Johnson	&	Johnson,	
                                                               —	 —	         Technical	elective1	                                             4
the	NJ	State	Police	Laboratory,	and	elsewhere.
                                                               HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                             2
	 Students	routinely	use	electronic	balances,	spec-
                                                               —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                     3
troscopes,	calorimeters,	lasers,	and	electrical	devices	       	      	      	
in	the	laboratory.	Computer	applications	for	data	col-
                                                               CHE	 —	       Chemistry	elective3	                                         4-5
lection	 and	 analysis	 are	 introduced	 in	 the	 General	
                                                               MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective4	                                         4
Chemistry	sequence.	Other	software	packages	assist	
                                                               —	 —	         Technical	elective1	                                           4
students	with	the	mastery	of	concepts	and	problem-
                                                               —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                   3	
solving	skills.	Second-year	courses	introduce	special-         	                                                                       	_____
ized	instrumentation	for	chromatographic	separations	          	      	      	                                                          64-66
and	spectroscopic	identification	of	compounds.
	 Recent	equipment	upgrades	include	a	new	infrared	            1
                                                                 Technical electives: Select from approved list of CHE, BIO, MAT, PHY, and COS
spectrophotometer	and	two	new	gas	chromatographs	                courses available from Science & Health Professions division office.
with	 computer	 interfaces.	 MCCC	 and	 Rider	 Uni-
                                                               2
                                                                 At least one, but no more than two, must be Social Science electives. Choose from
                                                                 the following approved general education electives: ART 121, 122, 123, 124, 125,
versity	 are	 principal	 partners	 in	 a	 National	 Science	     126; ECO 103, 111, 112; GEO 102; MUS 103, 224, 225; PHI 102, 113, 204,
Foundation	project	to	give	Mercer	students	Internet	             205, 209; PHO 110; POL 101, 102, 201, 211, 220; REL 101, 102, 211,
access	to	Rider’s	newly	installed	300Mz	FT-NMR	for	              235; SOC 101, 102, 103, 203; SSC 201; THR 101, 110; all FRE,
spectral	 analyses.	 An	 honors	 sequence	 allows	 stu-          GER, ITA, HIS, PSY courses; all SPA courses except SPA 107 and
dents	 to	 conduct	 research	 under	 the	 supervision	 of	       108; all literature courses above ENG 200.
Rider	or	Princeton	University	faculty.
                                                               3
                                                                 Chemistry electives: CHE 201, 202, 205, 210. Final grade must be
                                                                 C or above for chemistry majors.
	 Part-time	evening	study	is	encouraged	for	those	who	         4
                                                                 Mathematics electives: MAT 151, 152, 201, 251, 252.
are	currently	employed.	Course	selection	and	program	
                                                               †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
of	study	must	be	approved	by	an	academic	advisor.
	 Admission	to	the	Chemistry	option	requires	a	high	
school	diploma	or	equivalent	with	at	least	one	year	
of	 science	 (biology,	 chemistry,	 or	 physics)	 and	 two	
years	of	academic	mathematics.	Students	who	com-
plete	the	Chemistry	option	earn	the	Associate	in	Sci-
ence	degree	in	Liberal	Arts	and	Sciences.


                                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     6
                                                                                                                                                     -
                                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     9

                                                                                                            Tehmina Nasreen
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                         73
                                   Civil Engineering Technology
                                   Associate in Applied Science Degree
                                   	 The	Civil	Engineering	Technology	program	prepares	
Civil Engineering Technology


                                   students	for	employment	in	field	and	office	positions	
                                                                                                                                  Curriculum
                                   with	 architects,	 engineers,	 and	 government	 agencies	      Code	         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                 Credits
                                   as	 engineering	 aides;	 construction,	 highway	 or	 ma-       MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective	(3/0)1	                                   3-4
                                   terials	technicians;	transit	operators;	or	estimators.	        —	 —	         Natural	Science	elective2	                                     3-4
                                   Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:           CIV	 101	     Surveying	I	(2/3)	                                               3
                                     •	 assist	engineers	in	the	preparation	of	designs	for	       ENT	 116	     Engineering	Graphics	(1/2)	                                      2
                                        highways	and	for	steel	and	concrete                       DRA	190	      Introduction	to	Computer	Drafting	–
                                     	 buildings	and	bridges;                                     	    	        AutoCAD	(1/2)	                                                      2
                                     •	 function	as	a	first-line	supervisor                       ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                        3
                                     	 at	a	construction	site;                                    	      	      	

                                     •	 inspect	highways	during	construction	to	ensure	           MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective	(3/0)1	                                     3-4
                                        compliance	with	applicable	specifications;                —	 —	         Natural	Science	elective2	                                       3-4
                                     •	 perform	route/construction	surveys	using	survey	          CIV	 102	     Surveying	II	(2/3)	                                                3
                                        equipment	and	methods;                                    CIV	 106	     Mechanics	(3/0)	                                                   3
                                     •	 serve	as	a	laboratory	technician	in	the	testing	          ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	With	Speech	(3/0)	                          3
                                        and	analysis	of	various	construction	materials;           	      	      	


                                     •	 serve	as	a	salesperson/technician	in	supplying	           —	     —	     General	Education	elective3	                                        3
                                        construction	materials;                                   —	     —	     General	Education	elective3	                                        3
                                     •	 prepare	various	construction	and	civil	engineer-          CIV	   229	   Mechanics	of	Materials	(3/3)	                                       4
                                        ing	drawings,	both	manually	and	with	a	micro-             CIV	   227	   Structural	Steel	Design	(2/3)	                                      3
                                        computer-based	drafting	system.                           CIV	   223	   Fluid	Mechanics	(3/3)	                                              4
                                                                                                  	      	      	
                                   	 MCCC	 is	 located	 near	 the	 central	 offices	 of	 many	
                                                                                                  —	 —	         General	Education	elective3	                3
                                   New	 Jersey	 governmental	 agencies.	 Graduates	 have	
                                                                                                  CIV	 228	     Reinforced	Concrete	Design	(2/3)	           3
                                   found	 employment	 in	 county,	 state,	 and	 municipal	
                                                                                                  CIV	 216	     Highway	Engineering	(2/2)	                  3
                                   departments	 of	 engineering	 and	 with	 many	 local	 civil	
                                                                                                  —	 —	         Technical	elective4	                        2
                                   engineering	consultants.	Cooperative	education	oppor-
                                                                                                  HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	        2
                                   tunities	are	available.
                                                                                                  IST		 102	    Computer	Concepts	with	Programming	(2/2)	     	
                                   	 Admission	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	
                                                                                                  	     	       OR	                                         3
                                   equivalent	 with	 one	 year	 of	 algebra.	 Students	 may	
                                                                                                  IST		 109	    Introduction	to	Programming	(2/2)	
                                   study	full-time	or	part-time,	but	some	required	cours-         	                                                    	_____ 	
                                   es	may	be	offered	only	during	evening	hours.                   	      	      	                                                            64-68
                                   	 Graduates	 wishing	 to	 pursue	 studies	 leading	 to	
                                   a	bachelor’s	degree	can	transfer	into	the	junior	year	         NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                                                                  to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                   at	many	institutions.	Temple	University,	New	Jersey	           1
                                                                                                    Select mathematics electives in consultation with an advisor. Students must either
                                   Institute	 of	 Technology	 (NJIT),	 Pennsylvania	 State	         have competence in trigonometry or be enrolled in MAT 110 or 115 when taking CIV
                                   University,	 and	 Fairleigh	 Dickinson	 University	 are	         101. Students who begin their mathematics electives with MAT 110 or lower must
                                   among	the	institutions	accepting	Mercer	graduates.               also take MAT 141. Students planning to earn the bachelor’s degree should complete
                                                                                                    MAT 115 and 116 or MAT 146 and 151.
                                                                                                  2
                                                                                                    This requirement may be satisfied with PHY 111 plus one other course from the
                                                                                                    science/technology electives list. Students planning to earn the bachelor’s degree
                                                                                                    should take PHY 101 and 102 to satisfy the requirement.
                                                                                                  3
                                                                                                    Select courses from at least two of the following general education categories: Social
                                                                                                    Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity
                                                                                                    and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                                                                  4
                                                                                                    Select CIV 234 or 299 with advisor approval.
                                                                                                  †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.


                               2
                               0
                               0
                               6
                               -
                               2
                               0
                               0
                               9


                         74                                                                                                                                   609.586.4800
                                                                                              Communication
                                             Associate in Arts Degree in Liberal Arts and Sciences
	 The	 Communication	 option	 prepares	 students	 to	




                                                                                                                                                            Communication
transfer	into	a	baccalaureate	degree	program.	It	pro-
                                                                                                 Curriculum
vides	experience	in	a	variety	of	areas	associated	with	        Code	   	             Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	            Credits
communication	 careers.	 Courses	 offer	 exposure	 to	         ENG	 101	             English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                 3
journalism,	 broadcasting,	 creative	 writing,	 and	 oral	     CMN	 111	             Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	
and	visual	communication	skills.                               	       	             OR	                                          3
	 High-level	 written	 communication	 skills	 are	             CMN	 112	             Public	Speaking	(3/0)	
fostered	 by	 a	 12-credit	 writing	 requirement.	 Verbal	     CMN	 141	             Introduction	to	TV	Production	(2/2)	         3
communication	 is	 enhanced	 through	 six	 credits	 of	        CMN	 151	             Introduction	to	Radio	(2/2)	                 3
speech	courses.	Practical	and	theoretical	knowledge	           IST	 101	             Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)1	 3
of	radio	and	television	is	provided	through	six	cred-          	             	       	

its	 of	 broadcasting	 courses.	 A	 three-credit	 overview	    ENG	       102	       English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                             3
course	 concentrates	 on	 the	 role	 of	 mass	 media	 in	      CMN	       101	       Mass	Media	(3/0)	                                         3
society.	The	six-credit	aesthetic	perspective	require-         MAT	        —	        Mathematics	elective2	                                  3-4	
ment	broadens	students’	abilities	in	communicating.            —	          —	        Social	Science	elective	                                  3	
	 Along	with	these	required	courses	and	general	edu-           —	          —	        Speech	elective3	                                         3	
cation	electives,	students	select	specific	elective	courses	   —	          —	        Visual	and	Performing	Arts	elective4	                     3
which	allow	them	to	further	their	studies	in	the	commu-        	             	       	

nication	fields	which	interest	them.	In	making	elective	       CMN	       131	       Journalism	I	(3/0)	                                       3
choices,	students	should	determine	the	requirements	of	        —	          —	        Communication	elective5	                                  3
the	college	to	which	they	wish	to	transfer.                    —	          —	        Laboratory	Science	elective6	                             3
	 Although	many	of	the	required	courses	are	offered	           —	          —	        Historical	Perspective	elective	                          3
in	 the	 evening,	 the	 complete	 program	 may	 require	       —	          —	        Diversity	and	Global	Perspective	elective	                3
some	 daytime	 attendance.	 The	 successful	 graduate	         	             	       	

of	the	Communication	option	is	awarded	the	Associ-             HPE	 110	 Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                                  2
ate	in	Arts	degree	in	Liberal	Arts	and	Sciences.               —	    —	 Visual	and	Performing	Arts	elective4	                                  3
	 Colleges	and	universities	that	students	have	trans-          —	    —	 Social	Science	elective	                                               3
ferred	 to	 include	 New	 Jersey	 City	 University,	 New	      —	    —	 Quantitative	Understanding	elective	
York	 University,	 Rider	 University,	 Rowan	 Universi-        	       	 OR	
ty,	 Rutgers	 University,	 Syracuse	 University,	 Temple	      —	    —	 Natural	Science	elective	                                              3
University,	The	College	of	New	Jersey,	University	of	          	       	 OR
Colorado,	and	University	of	Maryland.                          —	    —	 Technology	elective
                                                               —	    —	 Historical	Perspective	elective	                                     3
                                                               —	    —	 Communication	or	Writing	elective7	                                  3 	
                                                               	                                                                        	_____
                                                               	      	          	                                                       65-66
                                                               NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                               to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                               1
                                                                 A higher level IST or COS general education course is suggested for those students
                                                                 with extensive prior computer background.
                                                               2
                                                                 Select MAT 108, 138, or 120.
                                                               3
                                                                 CMN 111 and 112 are not allowed as this elective.
                                                                 Select CMN 125, 201, 211, 212, 214, or 231.
                                                               4
                                                                 Select from THR 101, 104; ART 102, 105, 106, 121, 122, 123, 124, 145; PHO 101.
                                                               5
                                                                 Select from CMN 102, 107, 122, 125, 161, 212, 214, 231, 274.
                                                               6
                                                                 Select at least one general education science course with laboratory having codes of
                                                                 BIO (excluding BIO 114 and 115), CHE, or PHY.
                                                               7
                                                                 Select from CMN 122, 125, 161, 214, 231; ENG 215, 218.
                                                               †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.                                                   2
                                                               Students must earn a minimum grade of C in all ENG and CMN courses to graduate.          0
                                                                                                                                                        0
                                                                                                                                                        6
                                                                                                                                                        -
                                                                                                                                                        2
                                                                                                                                                        0
                                                                                                                                                        0
                                                                                                                                                        9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                            75
                                        Communication: Speech and Theatre
                                        Associate in Arts Degree in Liberal Arts and Sciences
                                        	 The	Communication:	Speech	and	Theatre	option	
Communication: Speech and Theatre


                                        of	 the	 Liberal	 Arts	 and	 Sciences	 program	 prepares	
                                                                                                                                             Curriculum
                                        students	to	transfer	into	the	junior	year	of	a	bacca-             Code		                 Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                          Credits
                                        laureate	 degree	 program	 in	 such	 fields	 as	 theatre,	        ENG		 101	             English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                               3
                                        speech,	and	communication.	With	the	aid	of	college	               THR		 101	             Introduction	to	Theatre	(3/0)	                             3
                                        advising	 and	 counseling	 services,	 individuals	 plan-          THR		 104	             Fundamentals	of	Acting	(2/2)	                              3
                                        ning	 careers	 in	 these	 fields	 should	 select	 elective	       CMN		112	              Public	Speaking	(3/0)	                                     3
                                        subjects	which	best	meet	their	educational	needs.	All	            DAN	 	103	             Modern	Dance	I	(0/3)	                                      2
                                        students	 should	 determine	 the	 requirements	 of	 the	          MAT	 —	                Mathematics	elective1	                                     3	
                                        college	to	which	they	wish	to	transfer.                           	              	       	

                                        	 Successful	graduates	of	this	program	will	be	able	to:           ENG		 102	             English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                 3
                                           •	 understand	the	vocabulary	and	the	major	con-                CMN		101	              Mass	Media	(3/0)	                                             3
                                              cepts	used	in	theatre,	speech,	communication,	              THR		 105	             Acting	II:	Principles	of	Characterization	(2/2)	              3
                                              the	social	sciences,	and	the	natural	sciences;              —	     —	              Social	Science	elective	                                      3
                                           •	 perform	a	series	of	thinking	tasks	including	               CMN		212	              Oral	Interpretation	(2/2)	                                    3
                                                                                                          	              	       	
                                              speculation,	analysis,	and	synthesis
                                                                                                          MAT		 —	               Mathematics	elective1	                                        3
                                           	 (i.e.,	abstract	reasoning);
                                                                                                          —	     —	              Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective	                       3
                                           •	utilize	research	materials	and	approaches;
                                                                                                          HIS		 110	             Film	and	History	(3/0)	                                       3
                                           •	perform	in	theatrical	productions;
                                                                                                          THR		 102	             Stagecraft	(2/2)	                                             3
                                           •	deliver	prepared	and	extemporaneous	speeches.
                                                                                                          CMN		151	              Introduction	to	Radio	(2/2)	
                                        	 Students	are	expected	to	become	involved	in	the	
                                                                                                          	        	             OR	                                                           3
                                        technical,	 managerial,	 and	 performance	 aspects	
                                                                                                          CMN	 141	              Introduction	to	TV	Production	(2/2)	
                                        of	 college	 theatre	 productions.	 They	 may	 also	 par-
                                                                                                          HPE		 110	             Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                          2
                                        ticipate	in	the	college	radio	(WMCC)	and	television	              	              	       	
                                        (MCTV)	stations.                                                  THR		 217	             Theatre	Production	(1/5)
                                        	 The	 program	 may	 be	 pursued	 part-	 or	 full-time.	          	        	             OR	                                                           3
                                        Theatre	courses	are	offered	during	the	afternoon	and	             THR		 103	             Play	Production	(2/2)
                                        early	evening.	Students	are	required	to	attend	some	              —
                                                                                                          	 	    —	              Social	Science	elective	                                        3
                                        day	classes	in	order	to	complete	the	program.	Admis-              HIS	 —	                Historical	Perspective	elective	                                3
                                        sion	requires	a	high	school	diploma	or	its	equivalent.            —	     —	              Lab	Science	elective2	                                          3
                                        	 Awarded	 the	 Associate	 in	 Arts	 degree	 in	 Liberal	         THR	 212	              Central	Voices	in	World	Drama	(3/0)	                            3
                                                Arts	and	Sciences,	successful	graduates	of	the	           	                                                                               	 	____
                                                   Communication:	Speech	and	Theatre	option	              	        	         	                         																																									64	
                                                     customarily	transfer	to	baccalaureate	insti-
                                                                                                          1
                                                       tutions	such	as	Temple	University,	Rider	              MAT 108 and 120 recommended. Other math electives should be selected in
                                                                                                              consultation with an academic advisor to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                       University,	 The	 College	 of	 New	 Jersey,	
                                                                                                          2
                                                       and	Rutgers	University	among	others.                 Select at least one general education science course with laboratory having codes
                                                                                                            BIO (excluding BIO 114 and 115), CHE, or PHY.
                                                      	      Those	 not	 immediately	 pursuing	 ad-
                                                                                                          † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                                        ditional	degree	work	may	pursue	employ-
                                                         ment	 in	 professional	 careers	 in	 theatre,	
                                                          mass	communication,	advertising,	public	
                                                           relations,	marketing,	and	much	more.




                                    2
                                    0
                                    0
                                    6
                                    -
                                    2
                                    0
                                    0
                                    9

                                                         Michelle Wood
                                76                                                                                                                                     609.586.4800
                                                             Computer Aided Design
                                                                                            Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	 Computer	 Aided	 Design	 (CAD)	 certificate	 pro-




                                                                                                                                                     Computer Aided Design
gram	prepares	students	for	entry-level	positions	as	CAD	                                   Curriculum
technicians	in	business,	industry	and	government.            Code		       Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                             Credits
	 CAD	 technicians	 generally	 work	 in	 the	 offices	 of	   ENG	 101	    English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                  3
manufacturing,	construction,	and	architectural	firms	        ENT	 116	    Engineering	Graphics	(1/2)	                                   2
developing	 complete	 sets	 of	 working	 drawings	 and	      	    	       OR
plans,	along	with	parts	used,	specifications,	and	cost	      ABT	 120	    Architectural	Technology	Graphics	(2/6)	                        4
of	materials	estimates.                                      DRA	190	     Introduction	to	Computer	Drafting	–
	 Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:                      	    	       AutoCAD	(1/2)	                                                2
  •	 present	technical	information	in	graphic	form	          DRA	238	     Advanced	Computer	Aided	Design	(2/2)	                         3
     from	oral	or	written	instructions;                      ABT	 132	    Architectural	Computer	Drafting	(1/2)	                        2
  •	 prepare	complete	working	and	assembly	draw-             —	 —	        Technical	electives1	                                       5-6
                                                             	                                                                     	_____ 	
     ings	of	manufactured	parts;
                                                             	     	      	                                                         17-20
  •	 develop	both	two-	and	three-dimensional	views	
     of	technical	objects	or	assemblies;                     NOTE: Proficiency in basic algebra is required.
  •	 accurately	dimension	various	objects,	assem-            1
                                                               Select DRA 191, 248; CGR 120; IST 101 or 102. Exceptions need advisor approval.
     blies,	or	structures;
  •	 produce	finished	plots	of	drawings	for	both
  	 internal	and	external	use.
	 Admission	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its		
equivalent.	Prior	exposure	to	drafting	or	CAD	is	help-
ful.	This	program	is	intended	for	part-time	students;	
some	 required	 courses	 may	 be	 offered	 only	 during	
the	evening,	and	some	may	be	offered	only	in	alter-
nate	years.	It	is	essential	that	students	plan	ahead	in	
consultation	with	the	program	coordinator.
	 MCCC	 is	 located	 near	 major	 engineering	 and	 ar-
chitectural	 firms	 which	 provide	 employment	 oppor-
tunities	for	qualified	graduates.




                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                                 6
                                                                                                                                                 -
                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                                 9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                     77
                       Computer Science
                       Associate in Science Degree in Liberal Arts and Sciences
                       Certificate of Proficiency
Computer Science


                       	 The	 Computer	 Science	 programs	 serve	 two	 distinct	
                       groups	of	students.	The	Associate	in	Science	degree	op-
                                                                                                                      A.S. Curriculum
                       tion	prepares	graduates	for	transfer	as	juniors	to	colleges	     Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                 Credits
                       and	universities	offering	baccalaureate	majors	in	com-           ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                      3
                       puter	 science,	 information	 systems,	 and	 related	 fields.	   MAT	151	         Calculus	I	(4/0)	                                                 4
                       Mercer	has	dual	admission	and	articulation	agreements	           CMN	111	         Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                                3
                       with	Rutgers	University,	The	College	of	New	Jersey,	and	         COS	 101	        Introduction	to	Computer	Science	(3/2)	                           4
                       New	Jersey	Institute	of	Technology	(NJIT).                       	        	       	


                       	 The	Certificate	of	Proficiency	program	is	designed	            COS	 102	        Computer	Science	I	–
                       for	students	who	have	previously	completed	degrees	              	    	           Algorithms	and	Programming	(3/2)	                                  4
                       in	 mathematics,	 science,	 or	 engineering.	 Certificate	       MAT	152	         Calculus	II	(4/0)	                                                 4
                       students	 gain	 marketable	 programming	 skills	 which	          —	 —	            Social	Science	elective	                                           3
                       complement	their	previous	academic	study.	In	addi-               HPE	 110	        Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                               2
                       tion,	the	Certificate	program	satisfies	many	Computer	           ENG	 102	        English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                      3
                                                                                        	        	       	
                       Science	master’s	degree	“bridge”	requirements.
                                                                                        COS	 231	        Fundamentals	of	Computer	Architecture
                       	 Successful	 Computer	 Science	 graduates	 will	 be	
                                                                                        	    	           and	Assembly	Language	(3/2)	                                      4
                       able	to:
                                                                                        —	 —	            Natural	Science	elective1	                                      4-5
                         •	 apply	the	fundamental	concepts	and	techniques		
                                                                                        MAT	251	         Calculus	III	(4/0)
                            of	computation,	algorithms,	and	program	design		
                                                                                        	    	           OR	                                                                4
                            to	a	specific	problem	in	a	variety	of	applied	fields;
                                                                                        MAT	201	         Probability	&	Statistics	for	Science
                         •	 provide	detailed	specifications,	analyze	the
                                                                                        	    	           &	Engineering	(4/0)
                         	 problem,	and	design	a	solution	that	functions	as		
                                                                                        —	 —	            General	Education	elective2	                                       3
                            desired,	has	satisfactory	performance,	is	reliable		        	        	       	
                            and	maintainable,	and	meets	desired	cost	criteria;          —	 —	            COS/IST/MAT	elective3	                        3-4
                         •	 apply	a	firm	understanding	in	areas	of                      COS	 204	        Discrete	Mathematical	Structures	(4/0)	         4
                         	 mathematics	and	science;                                     COS	 210	        Computer	Science	II	–	Data	Structures	(3/2)	    4
                         •	 discuss	the	societal	implications	of	the	work               —	 —	            Natural	Science	elective1	                      4
                         	 being	performed.                                             —	 —	            General	Education	elective2	                    3
                       	 Admission	to	the	A.S.	option	requires	a	high	school	           	                                                           	_____ 	
                       diploma	or	equivalent	with	four	years	of	college-prep	           	        	       	                                           63-65
                       mathematics.	One	or	more	years	of	high	school	sci-
                       ence	 is	 recommended.	 While	 acceptance	 may	 be	
                       granted	for	students	not	prepared	to	begin	the	mathe-                                    Certificate Curriculum
                       matics	sequence	of	courses	at	the	calculus	level,	these	         Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
                       students	should	begin	the	mathematics	sequence	at	               ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                       the	level	determined	by	placement	test	results.                  MAT	151	         Calculus	I	(4/0)	                               4
                       	 A	student	must	earn	a	grade	of	C	or	higher	in	core	            COS	 101	        Introduction	to	Computer	Science	(3/2)	         4
                       courses	to	progress	in	the	program.	Computer	science,	           COS	 102	        Computer	Science	I	–	
                       mathematics	and	lab	science	courses	are	considered	              	    	           Algorithms	and	Programming	(3/2)	               4
                       to	be	curriculum	core	courses.                                   MAT	152	         Calculus	II	(4/0)	                              4
                                                                                        COS	 210	        Computer	Science	II	–	Data	Structures	(3/2)	    4
                                                                                        COS	 231	        Fundamentals	of	Computer	Architecture
                                                                                        	    	           and	Assembly	Language	(3/2)	                    4
                                                                                        —	 —	            COS/IST/MAT	elective3	                        3-4 	
                                                                                        	                                                           	_____
                                                                                        	        	       	                                           30-31
                   2
                   0                                                                    1
                                                                                            Choose from PHY 117-217, BIO 101-102, CHE 101-102.
                   0
                   6
                                                                                        2
                                                                                            Select courses from at least two of the following general education categories: Social
                                                                                            Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity
                   -
                                                                                            and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                   2
                   0                                                                    3
                                                                                            Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor.
                   0                                                                    †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                   9


              78                                                                                                                                      609.586.4800
                                                                                         Criminal Justice
                                                                                 Corrections option*
                                                       Associate in Science Degree in Criminal Justice




                                                                                                                                                Criminal Justice
	 The	 Corrections	 option	 of	 the	 Criminal	 Justice	
program	addresses	the	professional	and	educational	                                            Curriculum
needs	of	students	interested	in	careers	in	corrections	
                                                                 Code		       Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                 Credits
and	of	personnel	already	employed	in	the	field	who	
                                                                 CRJ	 101	    Introduction	to	the	Criminal
desire	to	increase	their	proficiency	or	to	improve	their	
                                                                 	    	       Justice	System	(3/0)	                             3
professional	career	opportunities.
                                                                 CRJ	 103	    Introduction	to	Corrections	(3/0)	                3
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:
                                                                 SOC	 101	    Introduction	to	Sociology	(3/0)	
   •	discuss	the	history	and	philosophy	of	the
                                                                 	    	       OR	                                               3
   	 components	of	the	criminal	justice	system;
                                                                 SOC	102	     Social	Problems	(3/0)
   •	discuss	the	role	of	the	corrections	officer	in
                                                                 ENG	 101	    English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                      3	
   	 contemporary	America;
                                                                 HIS	 101	    History	of	Western	Civilization	to	1648	(3/0)
   •	compare	and	contrast	historically	the	philoso-
                                                                 	    	       OR	                                               3
     phies	of	rehabilitation	and	punishment;
                                                                 HIS	 102	    History	of	Western	Civilization	Since	1648	(3/0)
   •	describe	both	traditional	and	new	practices                 	     	      	
   	 being	employed	in	correctional	institutions.                SOC	 205	    Criminology	(3/0)	                                       3
	 Although	some	of	the	coursework	is	presented	in	               ENG	 102	    English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                            3
the	daytime,	the	complete	option	requires	some	eve-              PSY	 101	    Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                           3
ning	attendance.	Corrections	may	be	pursued	either	              HIS	 	—	     History	elective	                                        3	
full-time	 or	 part-time.	 During	 the	 sophomore	 year,	        MAT		—	      Mathematics	elective1	                                 3-4
cooperative	education	is	available	for	students	inter-           	     	      	

ested	 in	 the	 realistic	 application	 of	 corrections	 and	    CRJ	 212	    Juvenile	Justice	(3/0)	                                  3
criminal	justice	theory	to	the	correctional	system.              CMN	111	     Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                       3
	 Admission	to	the	Corrections	option	requires	a	high	           SOC	 209	    Racial,	Ethnic	&	Minority	Groups	(3/0)	                  3
school	diploma	or	equivalent	and	English	competen-               HPE	 110	    Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                     2
cy	as	demonstrated	by	placement	testing.	Graduates	              —	 —	        Natural	Science	elective2	                               3
of	the	State	and	County	Basic	Training	Course	of	the	            —	 —	        Elective	                                                3
New	 Jersey	 Correctional	 Officers	 Training	 Academy	          	     	      	

may	receive	six	credits	of	advanced	standing	in	the	             CRJ	 211	    Community	Corrections	(3/0)	                  3
Corrections	option.                                              IST	 101	    Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	    3
	 Applicants	 should	 be	 aware	 that	 institutions,	            POL	 	—	     Political	Science	elective	                   3
agencies,	 and	 offices	 of	 the	 criminal	 justice	 system	     	—	 	—	      Elective	                                     3	
establish	 mental,	 physical,	 and	 character	 require-          —	 	—	       Elective	                                     3
                                                                 	                                                    	_______	
ments.	Persons	interested	in	this	option	are	advised	            	     	      	                                                    62-63
to	gain	an	awareness	of	the	specific	requirements	for	
their	desired	work	setting.                                      1
                                                                  Select one from MAT 108, 120, 135.
	 Graduates	 of	 this	 option	 have	 secured	 positions	         2
                                                                  Select one from BIO 101, 113; CHE 101, 106; PHY 101, 111, 112.
with	county,	state	and	federal	correctional	agencies,	           †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
as	well	as	probation	and	parole	departments.	Gradu-
ates	 have	 also	 gone	 on	 to	 pursue	 careers	 in	 social	    *See also the Law Enforcement option on page 80.
welfare,	criminology,	and	law.
	 Students	have	transferred	to	such	four-year	institu-
tions	 as	 The	 College	 of	 New	 Jersey,	 Temple	 Univer-
sity,	 John	 Jay	 College	 of	 Criminal	 Justice,	 and	 Rut-
gers	 University.	 To	 enable	 transfer	 to	 baccalaureate	
institutions	without	loss	of	credit	and	with	full	junior	
status,	 transfer	 agreements	 have	 been	 secured	 with	                                                                                   2
John	Jay	College	of	Criminal	Justice,	New	Jersey	City	                                                                                      0
University	and	Richard	Stockton	College	of	New	Jer-                                                                                         0
sey.	Students	interested	in	these	opportunities	should	                                                                                     6
                                                                                                                                            -
contact	 a	 Criminal	 Justice	 program	 advisor	 early	 in	                                                                                 2
their	coursework.                                                                                                                           0
                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                            9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                79
                       Criminal Justice
                       Law Enforcement option*
                       Associate in Science Degree in Criminal Justice
Criminal Justice


                       	 The	Law	Enforcement	option	of	the	Criminal	Jus-
                       tice	 program	 caters	 to	 the	 professional	 and	 educa-                                        Curriculum
                       tional	needs	of	students	interested	in	careers	in	law	
                       enforcement	and	of	current	law	enforcement	person-               Code	  	       Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                       Credits
                       nel	who	desire	to	increase	their	proficiency	or	to	im-           CRJ	 101	 Introduction	to	the	Criminal
                       prove	their	professional	career	opportunities.                   	      	       Justice	System	(3/0)	                                   3
                       	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:           ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                 3
                          •	 discuss	the	history	and	philosophy	of	the                  PSY	 101	 Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                               3
                          	 components	of	the	criminal	justice	system;                  SOC	101	 Introduction	to	Sociology	(3/0)	                                	
                          •	 describe	the	formal	and	informal	political	and             	      	       OR	                                                     3	
                          	 community	structures	that	affect	criminal                   SOC	102	 Social	Problems	(3/0)	
                          	 justice	agencies;                                           HIS	 101	 History	of	Western	Civilization	to	1648	(3/0)
                          •	 describe	the	fundamental	concepts	and	principles		         	      	       OR	                                                     3	
                             of	management	and	administration	employed	in		             HIS	 102	 History	of	Western	Civilization	Since	1648	(3/0)
                             various	police	agencies;                                   	      	       	

                          •	 discuss	the	roles	of	various	criminal	justice              CRJ	 202	 Criminal	Law	(3/0)	                                          3
                          	 professionals.                                              ENG	 102	 English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                3
                       	 Although	some	of	the	coursework	is	presented	dur-              SOC	 205	 Criminology	(3/0)	                                           3
                       ing	the	day,	the	complete	option	requires	some	eve-              HIS	 	—	 History	elective	                                             3	
                       ning	 attendance.	 The	 option	 may	 be	 pursued	 either	        MAT		—	 Mathematics	elective1	                                       3-4
                       full-time	or	part-time.	During	the	sophomore	year,	co-           	      	       	

                       operative	education	is	available	for	students	interest-          CRJ	 206	 Police	Administration	(3/0)	                                 3
                       ed	in	the	realistic	application	of	law	enforcement	and	          CMN	111	 Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                            3
                       criminal	justice	theory	to	the	criminal	justice	system.          HPE	 110	 Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                         2
                       	 Admission	 to	 Law	 Enforcement	 requires	 a	 high	            POL	 	—	 Political	Science	elective	                                   3
                       school	diploma	or	equivalent	and	English	competency	             	—	 	—		 Natural	Science	elective2	                                    3
                       as	demonstrated	by	placement	testing.	Graduates	of	the	
                                                                                        	—	 	—	 Elective	                                                      3
                       Basic	Course	for	Police	Officers	may	receive	12	credits	         	      	       	
                       of	advanced	standing	in	the	Law	Enforcement	option.
                                                                                        CRJ	 102	 Police	in	the	Community	(3/0)	                               3
                       	 Applicants	 should	 be	 aware	 that	 institutions,	 agen-
                       cies,	and	offices	of	the	criminal	justice	system	establish	      IST	 101	 Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	                   3
                       mental,	physical,	and	character	requirements.	Persons	           CRJ	 	—	 Criminal	Justice	elective3	                                   3
                              interested	 in	 this	 option	 are	 advised	 to	 gain	 an	 —	 	—	 Elective	                                                       3
                                     awareness	 of	 the	 specific	 requirements	 for	   —	 	—	 Elective	                                                       3
                                                                                        	                                                                 ______
                                        their	desired	work	setting.                     	      	       	                                                   62-63
                                         	 Graduates	of	this	option	have	secured	
                                         positions	 with	 city,	 county,	 state,	 and	  1
                                                                                          Select one from MAT 108, 120, 135.
                                      federal	 law	 enforcement	 agencies	 as	 well	    2
                                                                                          Select one from BIO 101, 113; CHE 101, 106; PHY 101, 111, 112.
                                      as	 private	 security	 organizations.	 Gradu-     3
                                                                                          Select one from CRJ 103, 104, 207, 211, 212.
                                       ates	have	also	gone	on	to	pursue	careers	in	
                                                                                        †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                           law,	criminology,	and	social	welfare.
                                             				Students	have	transferred	to	vari-
                                             ous	 baccalaureate	 institutions	 such	 *See also the Corrections option on page 79.
                                              as	The	College	of	New	Jersey,	Temple	
                                             University,	John	Jay	College	of	Crim-
                                              inal	Justice,	and	Rutgers	University.	
                                              Transfer	 agreements	 with	 John	 Jay	
                                              College	 of	 Criminal	 Justice,	 New	
                                              Jersey	City	University,	and	Richard	
                   2                            Stockton	College	of	New	Jersey	help	
                   0
                   0                           graduates	 transfer	 to	 those	 institu-
                   6                           tions	with	little	or	no	loss	of	credit	
                   -                          and	with	full	junior	status.	Students	
                   2                        interested	in	transferring	should	con-
                   0                    tact	a	Criminal	Justice	program	advisor	
                   0                   early	in	their	coursework.
                   9

                                        Det. Matthew Kemp
              80                                                                                                                             609.586.4800
                                                                                                             Culinology
                                                                                         Associate in Science Degree*




                                                                                                                                                          Culinology
	 CulinologyTM	 refers	 to	 the	 blending	 of	 the	 disci-
plines	 of	 food	 science	 and	 culinary	 arts.	 The	 term	                                     Curriculum
is	 a	 trademark	 of	 the	 Research	 Chefs	 Association,	       Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                               Credits
which	has	approved	MCCC’s	program.	By	combining	                ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                    3
the	knowledge	of	basic	science	with	the	creativity	of	          MAT	151	      Calculus	I	(4/0)	                                               4
culinary	arts,	students	develop	a	skill	set	that	will	en-
                                                                HOS	101	      Food	Preparation	I	(1/4)	                                       3
able	them	to	contribute	to	the	creative	development	
of	new	food	products.                                           HOS	108	      Food	Safety	and	Sanitation	(3/0)	                               3
	 Successful	graduates	of	this	program	will	be	able	to:         HOS	301	      Professional	Baking	I	(1/4)	                                    3
  •	 transfer	directly	to	Rutgers	University	to	                	      	      	


     pursue	a	baccalaureate	degree	in	                          ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                     3
     Interdisciplinary	Food	Science;                            BIO	 101	     General	Biology	I	(3/3)	
  •	 demonstrate	proficiency	in	the	culinary	arts,	             	    	        OR1	                                                              4
     including	menu	and	recipe	development;                     CHE	 101	     General	Chemistry	I	(3/3)	
  •	 pursue	a	career	in	research	and	development	               HOS	102	      Volume	Food	Preparation	(1/4)	                                    3
     of	food	products	and	develop	new	tastes	and	               HOS	115	      Food	and	Culture	(2/2)	                                           3
     flavors,	new	products,	new	ways	to	store	and	              HOS	109	      Advanced	Culinary	Arts	(1/4)	                                     3
     manufacture	foods;                                         	      	      	
  •	 become	involved	with	the	Research	Chefs	                   BIO	 102	     General	Biology	II	(3/3)	
     Association	and	work	toward	RCA	certification.             	    	        OR1	                                                              4
	 Admission	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	       CHE	 102	     General	Chemistry	II	(3/3)	
equivalent	 and	 completion	 of	 pre-calculus	 mathe-
                                                                CMN	112	      Public	Speaking	(3/0)	                                            3
matics.	To	be	admitted	to	the	program,	the	applicant	
must	 demonstrate	 competency	 in	 English,	 reading,	          HOS	302	      Techniques	of	Healthy	Cooking	(1/4)	                              3
and	 mathematics	 as	 determined	 by	 placement	 test-          HOS	207	      Grilling,	Barbecuing,	and	Smoking	(1/4)	
ing.	Individuals	who	do	not	meet	these	admission	re-            	    	        OR	                                                               3
quirements	should	plan	a	preparatory	program	with	              HOS	311	      Professional	Baking	II	(1/4)	
a	faculty	advisor.                                              HOS	211	      Garde	Manger	and	Buffet	Planning	Basic	(1/3)	                     2
                                                                HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                              2
                                                                	      	      	

                                                                HOS	212	      Garde	Manger	and	Buffet	Planning	Advanced	(1/3)	 2
                                                                PHY	 101	     College	Physics	I	(3/3)	                         4
                                                                PSY	 101	     Introduction	to	Psychology	(3/0)	                3
                                                                ECO	 111	     Macroeconomics	(3/0)	
                                                                	    	        OR	                                              3
                                                                ECO	 112	     Microeconomics	(3/0)	
                                                                HOS	202	      Internship	(1/0	+	internship)	                   3
                                                                HOS	322	      Professional	Baking	III	(1/3)2	                  2 	
                                                                	                                                          	____
                                                                	      	      	                                                               66
                                                                1
                                                                  Students may take BIO 101 and 102 or CHE 101 and 102.
                                                                2
                                                                  HOS 322 (Professional Baking III) may be taken out of sequence and without taking
                                                                  HOS 311 (Professional Baking II).
                                                                † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.

                                                              * state approval pending




                                                                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      6
                                                                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      0
                                                                                                                                                      9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                          81
            Dance
            Associate in Arts Degree in Performing Arts
            Associate in Fine Arts Degree in Performing Arts*
Dance


            	 Two	 Dance	 options	 (A.A.	 and	 A.F.A.)	 of	 the	 Per-                           Mercer	 Dance	 Ensemble	 and	 gain	 performance	 experi-
            forming	 Arts	 degree	 program	 provide	 students	 with	                            ence	at	the	college’s	Kelsey	Theatre	as	well	as	in	touring	
            the	 knowledge	 and	 mastery	 of	 fundamental	 dance	                               programs.	 Students	 may	 also	 participate	 in	 MCCC	 the-
            skills	and	prepare	them	for	further	study.                                          atre	productions	as	a	supplemental	artistic	experience.
            	 The	A.A.	option	prepares	students	for	transfer	as	                                	 Employment	opportunities	in	dance	performance	are	
            juniors	into	bachelor	of	arts	programs	in	Dance.                                    highly	 dependent	 on	 individual	 talent.	 Either	 option	
            	 The	A.F.A.	option	combines	conservatory	training	in	                              enhances	 the	 employment	 prospects	 of	 talented	 stu-
            the	performing	arts	—	theatre,	dance,	and	music	—	with	                             dents	through	general	education	and	the	development	
            academic	education	in	the	liberal	arts	and	sciences.                                of	artistic	technique.
            	 Either	 option	 provides	 study	 in	 jazz,	 ballet,	 and	                         	 Admission	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	
            modern	dance	styles.	                                                               equivalent.	Students	must	attend	afternoon	and	evening	
            	 Students	have	the	opportunity	to	participate	in	the	                              courses	in	order	to	complete	the	program.


                                           Curriculum                                                                             Curriculum
                                  Associate in Arts degree                                                        Associate in Fine Arts degree*
                 	
            Code	 	       Course	(lecture/studio	hours)	       Credits                          Code		        Course	(lecture/studio	hours)	                             Credits
            DAN	116	      Studio	Dance	Technique	I	(0/6)	            3                          DAN	116	      Studio	Dance	Technique	I	(0/6)	                                  3
            ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	               3                          THR	 104	     Fundamentals	of	Acting	(2/2)	                                    3
            CMN	111	      Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                                    ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                     3
            	 	 			 	     OR	     	       	        	                 3                          MUS	105	      Fundamentals	of	Music	Theory	(2/2)	                              3
            CMN	112	      Public	Speaking	(3/0)	   	                                            VPA	 228	     Artistic	Collaboration	Workshop	(2/2)	                           3
            MAT	—	 	      Mathematics	elective1	 	                   3                          	      	      	

            HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	       2                          DAN	117	      Studio	Dance	Technique	II	(0/6)	                                   3
            	      	      	                                                                     DAN	101	      Introduction	to	Dance	(2/2)	                                       3
            DAN	117	      Studio	Dance	Technique	II	(0/6)	                                3     DAN	112	      Ballet	II	(0/3)	                                                   2
            DAN	101	      Introduction	to	Dance	(2/2)	                                    3     CMN	111	      Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                                 3
            DAN	112	      Ballet	II	(0/3)	 	         	                                    2     ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                      3
            ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                   3     HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                               2
            HIS	 —	 	     Historical	Perspective	elective	                                3     	      	      	
            —	 —	 	       Social	Science	elective	 	                                      3     DAN	118	      Studio	Dance	Technique	III	(0/6)	                                  3
            	      	      	
                                                                                                DAN	113	      Modern	Dance	II	(0/3)	                                             2
            VPA	 228	     Artistic	Collaboration	Workshop	(2/2)	                          3
                                                                                                —	 —	         Social	Science	elective	                                           3
            DAN	118	      Studio	Dance	Technique	III	(0/6)	                               3
                                                                                                —	 —	         Elective	                                                          3
            MAT	—	 	      Mathematics	elective1	 	                                        3
                                                                                                MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective1	                                             3
            —	 —	 	       Social	Science	elective	 	                                      3
            BIO	 106	     Human	Anatomy	(3/2)	 	                                          4     BIO	 106	     Human	Anatomy	(3/2)	                                               4
                                                                                                	      	      	
            DAN	—	 	      Dance	Technique	elective		                                      2
            	      	      	
                                                                                                DAN	119	      Studio	Dance	Technique	IV	(0/6)	                                 3
            DAN	119	     Studio	Dance	Technique	IV	(0/6)	               3                       DAN	115	      Jazz	Dance	II	(0/3)	                                             2
            —	 —	 	      Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective	        3                       DAN	330	      Special	Studies:	Dance	                                          3
            —	 —	 	      Diversity	and	Global	Perspective	elective	     3                       —	 —	         Diversity	and	Global	Perspective	elective	                       3
            HIS	 —	 	    Historical	Perspective	elective	               3                       —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                     3
                                                                                                	                                                                          	_____	
            —	 —	 	      General	Education	elective2	                   3                       	      	      	                                                                63
            	                                                       	_____
            		     	    		       	        	         	                  64
                                                                                                NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
            NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in      to assure maximum transfer of credits.
        2   order to assure maximum transfer of credits.                                        1
                                                                                                  MAT 108 or 120 recommended.
        0   1
              MAT 108 and 120 recommended.
        0
                                                                                                2
                                                                                                  Select courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,
        6
            2
              Select courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,     Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
              Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and       Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
        -
              Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.        † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
        2
        0   † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                                                                                *pending final statewide review
        0
        9


    82                                                                                                                                                      609.586.4800
                                                                                    Digital Imaging
                                                                                       Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	 Digital	 Imaging	 Certificate	 prepares	 students	




                                                                                                                                    Digital Imaging
for	positions	as	a	digital	retoucher,	digital	imaging	spe-                            Curriculum
cialist,	and	digital	photo	editor	–	positions	most	often	    Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                 Credits
found	in	publishing	houses,	design	firms,	and	digital	       ENG	 101	   English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                      3
imaging	labs.	It	also	prepares	students	for	advanced	        ART	 105	   Two-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                     3
study	in	digital	imaging	or	digital	photography.             ART	 102	   Basic	Drawing	(1/4)	                              3
	 The	successful	graduate	in	the	Digital	Imaging	cer-        ART	 123	   History	of	Modern	Art	(3/0)	                      3
tificate	program	will	be	able	to:                            DMA	105	    Introduction	to	Computer	Art	(1/4)	               3
   •	 retouch	high-resolution	digital	files;
                                                             PHO	203	    Digital	Photography	(1/4)	                        3
   •	 prepare	digital	files	for	publication;
   •	 composite	digital	photographs;                         ADV	 210	   Typography	II	(1/4)	                              3
   •	 manage	and	edit	digital	assets;                        DMA	110	    Digital	Imaging	I	(1/4)	                          3
   •	 use	high-resolution	capture	devices;                   DMA	211	    Digital	Imaging	II	(1/4)	                         3
   •	 use	a	variety	of	digital	output	technologies;          DMA	212	    Digital	Imaging	III	(1/4)	                        3
   •	 adjust	and	manage	color	in	digital	files;              DMA	250	    Current	Topics	in	Digital	Media	Arts	(1/4)	       3
                                                             	                                                         	____	
   •	 use	a	digital	camera;
                                                             	   		      	                                               33
   •	 successfully	develop	and	present	ideas	in	both	
      written	and	oral	formats;
   •	 create	a	professional	portfolio	to	serve	in	the
   	 pursuit	of	further	education	or	employment.




                                                                                                                                2
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                6
                                                                                                                                -
                                                                                                                                2
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                    83
                         Digital Media Arts
                         Associate in Applied Science Degree in Visual Arts
                         	 The	Digital	Media	Arts	A.A.S.	option	of	the	Visual	           	 The	Web Design	concentration	prepares	students	for	
Digital Media Arts


                         Arts	program	prepares	students	for	entry-level	posi-            positions	as	web	designers,	web	animators,	and	interac-
                         tions	 in	 three	 areas:	 3-D	 Animation,	 Web	 Design,	        tive	art	directors	–	positions	most	often	found	in	interac-
                         and	Digital	Imaging.                                            tive	multimedia	studios,	advertising	agencies,	and	design	
                         	 The	 computer	 is	 the	 primary	 tool	 of	 expression	 in	    firms.	It	also	prepares	students	for	advanced	study	in	in-
                         the	program;	however,	emphasis	is	placed	on	the	devel-          teractive	 media	 design.	 The	 successful	 graduate	 in	 the	
                         opment	of	creative	thinking	and	art	and	design	skills.	         Web	Design	concentration	will	be	able	to:
                         Most	coursework	takes	place	in	a	studio	using	regularly	        	 •	design	an	architectural	plan	for	a	website;
                         updated	professional-quality	hardware	and	software	on	          	 •	use	professional	software	applications	to	create	
                         both	Macintosh	and	PC	computer	platforms.                       	 			a	website	with	advanced	design	and	content;
                         	 The	program	may	be	pursued	full-time	or	part-time.	           	 •	use	professional	software	to	create	interactive	
                         Some	courses	may	be	offered	only	during	the	evening.            	 			games	and	educational	modules;
                                                                                         	 •	use	professional	software	to	edit	digital	video	
                         	 The	3-D Animation	concentration	prepares	stu-                 	 			and	audio;
                         dents	for	positions	as	3-D	production	artists,	anima-           	 •	use	design	principles	to	create	web	pages	that	
                         tors,	 and	 modelers.	 Typical	 employers	 include	 ani-        	 			communicate	effectively;
                         mation	 studios;	 advertising	 agencies;	 design	 firms;	       	 •	use	the	principles	of	user	interaction	and
                         television,	 film	 and	 video	 effects	 houses;	 and	 other	    	 			usability	to	create	user-friendly	websites;
                         branches	of	the	entertainment	industry.	The	success-            	 •	create	websites	that	are	accessible	to	and	serve	a
                         ful	graduate	in	the	3-D	Animation	concentration	will	           	 			variety	of	different	user	needs	and	technologies;
                         be	able	to:                                                     	 •	successfully	develop	and	present	ideas	in	both
                            	 •	understand	the	pre-production	process,                   	 			written	and	oral	formats;
                            	 			including	character	design	and	storyboarding;           	 •	create	a	professional	portfolio	to	serve	in	the	pursuit	
                            	 •	visualize	and	animate	story	ideas;                       	 			of	further	education	or	employment.
                            	 •	apply	animation	and	storytelling	principles	to
                            	 			specific	animation	projects;                            	 The	Digital Imaging	concentration	prepares	students	
                            	 •	use	design	principles	to	create	3-D	computer	            for	positions	as	a	digital	retoucher,	digital	imaging	special-
                            	 			animations	that	communicate	effectively;                ist,	and	digital	photo	editor	–	positions	most	often	found	
                            	 •	use	professional	3-D	modeling	and	animation	             in	 publishing	 houses,	 design	 firms,	 and	 digital	 imaging	
                            	 			software	applications;                                  labs.	It	also	prepares	students	for	advanced	study	in	digi-
                            	 •	solve	design	problems,	which	contain	change	             tal	imaging	or	digital	photography.	The	successful	gradu-
                            	 			over	time,	3-D	models,	camera	positions,                ate	in	the	Digital	Imaging	concentration	will	be	able	to:
                               		lighting,	and	textures;                                 	 •	retouch	high-resolution	digital	files;
                                  	 •	 create	a	professional	portfolio	to	serve	in		     	 •	prepare	digital	files	for	publication;
                                   	 	 the	pursuit	of	further	education	or	employment.   	 •	composite	digital	photographs;
                                                                                         	 •	manage	and	edit	digital	assets;
                                                                                         	 •	use	high-resolution	capture	devices;
                                                                                         	 •	use	a	variety	of	digital	output	technologies;
                                                                                         	 •	adjust	and	manage	color	in	digital	files;
                                                                                         	 •	use	a	digital	camera;
                                                                                         	 •	successfully	develop	and	present	ideas	in	both
                                                                                         	 			written	and	oral	formats;
                                                                                         	 •	create	a	professional	portfolio	to	serve	in	the	pursuit	
                                                                                         	 			of	further	education	or	employment.



                     2
                     0
                     0
                     6
                     -
                     2
                     0
                     0
                     9

                                          Martina Monteforte
                84                                                                                                                  609.586.4800
                                                                                                                                                         Digital Media Arts
                         Core Curriculum                                                                    Concentrations
Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                            Credits                        3-D	Animation	Concentration	Electives
ART	 102	     Basic	Drawing	(1/4)	                                         3               	
                                                                                       Code	       Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	            Credits
ART	 105	     Two-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                                3           DMA	125	    Pre-Production	Design	(1/4)	              3
DMA	105	      Introduction	to	Computer	Art	(1/4)	                          3           DMA	225	    Computer	Animation	I	(1/4)	               3
DMA	120	      3-D	Modeling	I	(1/4)	                                        3           DMA	224	    3-D	Modeling	II	(1/4)	                    3
DMA	145	      Web	Design	I	(1/4)	                                          3           DMA	226	    Computer	Animation	II	(1/4)	              3
ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                 3           —	 	—	      Professional	elective5		                  3
	      	      	

ART	 104	     Life	Drawing	(1/4)	                                            3                        Web	Design	Concentration	Electives
ART	 123	     History	of	Modern	Art	(3/0)	                                   3         Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	             Credits
DMA	110	      Digital	Imaging	I	(1/4)	                                       3         DMA	245	    Web	Design	II	(1/4)	                       3
DMA		—	       Concentration	elective	                                        3         DMA	240	    Interactive	Animation	(1/4)	               3
HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                           2         ADV	 110	   Typography	I	(1/4)	                        3
	      	      	
                                                                                       DMA	246	    Web	Design	III	(1/4)	                      3
DMA	135	      Digital	Video	and	Audio	(1/4)	               3                           —	 	—	      Professional	elective5	                    3
DMA		—	       Concentration	elective	                      3
DMA		—	       Concentration	elective	                      3                                      Digital	Imaging	Concentration	Electives
ART	 	—	      Art	History	Elective	(3/0)1	                 3                           Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
—	 	—	        Natural	Science	OR	Technology	Elective	    3-4                           DMA	211	 Digital	Imaging	II	(1/4)	                    3
ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)2	   3                           ADV	 210	 Typography	II	(1/4)	                        3
	      	      	                                                                        PHO	203	 Digital	Photography	(1/4)	                   3
—	 	—	        Mathematics	elective3	                          3                        DMA	212	 Digital	Imaging	III	(1/4)	                   3
—	 	—	        General	Education	elective4	                    3                        —	 	—	 Professional	elective5		                       3
DMA	250	      Current	Topics	in	Digital	Media	Arts	(1/4)	     3
DMA		—	       Concentration	elective	                         3
DMA		—	       Concentration	elective	                         3
	                                                      	 _____ 	
	      	      	                       Total	Credits:	     65-66

NOTE: Students must earn a minimum grade of C in all DMA, ART, PHO, IST,
CMN, and ADV courses.
1
  Select from ART 121, 122, 124, 126; PHO 110; ARC 122 or 124.
2
  Students who plan to transfer to a four-year college should take ENG 102 and CMN
  111 or 112 instead of ENG 112.
3
  MAT 108 or 120 recommended.
4
  Select from the following general education categories: Social Science, Historical
  Perspective, Humanities, Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language,
  Interdisciplinary General Education.
5
  Select in consultation with Digital Media Arts academic advisor.
  For 3-D Animation Concentration select from DMA 211, 240, 245; ART 106; CMN 141.
  For Web Design Concentration select from DMA 211; IST 143; ADV 210, 220; PHO 203.
  For Digital Imaging Concentration select from DMA 245; ADV 220.
† HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     6
                                                                                                                                                     -
                                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                         85
                Education
                Associate in Arts Degree in Liberal Arts and Sciences
                	 The	Education	option	of	the	Liberal	Arts	and	Scienc-
Education


                es	program	introduces	students	to	the	field	of	teaching	
                                                                                                                 Curriculum
                and	prepares	them	to	enter	a	baccalaureate	degree	pro-         Code		         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                    Credits
                gram	in	education.	In	addition	to	studying	the	history,	       ENG	 101	      English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                         3
                philosophy,	 and	 practices	 of	 education,	 students	 are	    EDU	 109	      Introduction	to	Education	(3/0)1	                                    3
                offered	the	opportunity	to	engage	in	service	learning	or	      PSY	 101	      Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                                       3
                field	experience	in	school	settings	under	the	supervi-         MAT	—	         Mathematics	elective2	                                            3-4
                sion	of	experienced	classroom	teachers.                        HIS	 —	        History	elective3,4	                                                 3
                	 Students	 should	 determine	 the	 requirements	 of	          	      	       	

                the	college	to	which	they	wish	to	transfer	and,	with	          ENG	 102	      English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                       3
                the	 aid	 of	 college	 advising	 and	 counseling	 services,	   EDU	 102	      Introduction	to	Exceptional	Children	(3/0)1	          	 	
                select	elective	subjects	accordingly.                          	    	         OR	
                	 Successful	graduates	of	this	program	will	be	able	to:        EDU	 120	      Introduction	to	Early	Childhood	Education	(3/0)1	 3-4
                   •	 understand	the	historical	and	philosophical              	    	         OR	
                   	 foundations	of	American	education;                        EDU	 222	      Early	Literacy	Seminar/Fieldwork	(3/0)1	
                   •	 interpret	current	issues	facing	educators	on	the		       PSY	 206	      Child	Development	(3/0)	                            3
                      basis	of	study	and	research;                             MAT	—	         Mathematics	elective2	                            3-4
                   •	 take	responsibility	for	their	own	learning	as	they			    CMN	112	       Public	Speaking	(3/0)	                                	 	
                      make	the	transition	from	learners	to	teacher/learners;   	    	         OR4	                                                3
                   •	 describe	and	demonstrate	a	variety	of	teaching		         CMN	111	       Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)
                      techniques	and	strategies;                               SOC	 101	      Introduction	to	Sociology	(3/0)
                   •	 create	and	implement	planned	instructional               	    	         OR4	                                                3
                   	 activities	for	individuals,	small	and	large	groups;       SOC	 104	      Sociology	of	Education	(3/0)	
                   •	 describe	and	use	assessment	measures;                    	      	       	


                   •	 develop	their	own	teaching	proficiency	based	on		        HIS	 —	 United	States	History	elective	(3/0)4,5	                                     3
                      study,	research,	and	practice.                           PHI	 —	 Philosophy	elective	(3/0)	                                                   3
                	 This	option	may	be	pursued	part-time	or	full-time	           ENG	 —	 Literature	elective	(3/0)	                                                   3
                and	may	be	completed	by	day	or	night	attendance.               —	 —	 Natural	Science	elective6	                                                   3-4
                	 Admission	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	      ART/MUS	Visual	and	Performing	Arts	elective	                                         3
                                                                               	      	       	
                equivalent,	 one	 year	 of	 science,	 and	 two	 years	 of	
                                                                               —	 —	          Natural	Science	elective6	                    3-4
                mathematics.	 To	 be	 admitted,	 an	 applicant	 must	
                                                                               HPE	 110	      Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	            2
                demonstrate	 competency	 in	 English	 and	 reading	 as	
                                                                               IST	 101	      Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)7	     3
                 determined	by	placement	testing.
                                                                               —	 —	          Diversity	and	Global	Perspective	elective	      3
                       	 Although	this	option	is	designed	as	a	transfer	
                                                                               —	 —	          General	Education	elective4,8	                  3
                        program,	 some	 students	 may	 find	 paraprofes-       	                                                         	_____ 	
                        sional	employment	in	public	or	private	schools.	       	      	       	                                           62-67
                         Individuals	 currently	 holding	 paraprofessional	
                          positions	in	education	may	use	this	program	to	
                                                                               1
                                                                                  With the guidance of the program director, students should select two education
                                                                                  courses (six credits total) depending on their intended transfer institution and their
                                enhance	their	professional	development.           interest in general education, special education, or early childhood education.
                                                                               2
                                                                                  Consult with academic advisor for specific courses.
                                                                               3
                                                                                  Take HIS 101, 102, 112, or 113.
                                                                               4
                                                                                  Check with transfer institution for preference.
                                                                               5
                                                                                  Choose HIS 105 or 106.
                                                                               6
                                                                                  Take lab courses in two different natural sciences (BIO, CHE, or PHY).
                                                                               7
                                                                                  Students who demonstrate computer competence may take a higher level
                                                                                  technology or Natural Science class.
                                                                                8
                                                                                  Students are encouraged to consider PSY 201 (Educational Psychology).
            2                                                                  †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
            0
            0
            6
            -
            2
            0
            0
            9

                           Elaine Harland
        86                                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
                   Education/Special Education Assistant
                                                     Associate in Applied Science in Human Services
	 The	 Education/Special	 Education	 Assistant	 option	




                                                                                                                                                                Education/Special Education Assistant
of	the	Human	Services	program	is	designed	to	meet	the	
                                                                                                 Curriculum
needs	of	students	interested	in	careers	as	education	as-       Code		         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                  Credits
sistants	or	teacher	aides	in	schools,	day	care	centers,	or	    ENG	 101	      English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                       3
similar	institutions.	Individuals	currently	holding	para-      PSY	 101	      Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                                     3
professional	positions	in	education	may	use	this	option	       EDU	 109	      Introduction	to	Education	(3/0)	                                   3
to	enhance	classroom	and	related	skills.                       MAT	108	       Topics	in	Mathematics	(3/0)	
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:         	    	         OR	                                                                   3
   •	 conduct	small	instructional	groups	under	the             MAT	120	       Mathematics	for	Liberal	Arts	(3/0)	
   	 supervision	of	a	teacher;                                 CMN	111	       Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)
   •	 tutor	individual	students	in	selected	subjects;          	    	         OR	                                                                   3
   •	 implement	lesson	plans	that	have	specific	goals		        CMN	112	       Public	Speaking	(3/0)
      and	procedures;                                          	      	       	

   •	 operate	standard	support	audio/visual,	computer		        HIS	 —	        History	elective1	                                                    3
      and	office	equipment.                                    ENG	 102	      English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                         3
	 Although	some	of	the	required	courses	are	offered	in	        PSY	 206	      Child	Development	(3/0)	                                              3
the	evening,	the	complete	option	will	require	daytime	         EDU	 102	      Introduction	to	Exceptional	Children	(3/0)2	                          3
attendance	 either	 full-time	 or	 part-time.	 During	 the	    SOC	 101	      Introduction	to	Sociology	(3/0)	
Spring	semester	of	the	sophomore	year,	the	student	has	        	    	         OR	                                                                   3
an	intensive	15	to	20	hours	per	week	field	experience	         SOC	 104	      Sociology	of	Education	(3/0)
in	classrooms	under	the	supervision	of	skilled	teachers.	      	      	       	


Arrangements	 for	 the	 field	 experience	 must	 be	 made	     EDU	 120	      Introduction	to	Early	Childhood	Education	(3/0)2	 3
during	the	preceding	Fall	semester.                            —	 —	          Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective3	         3-4
	 By	careful	selection	of	electives,	students	interested	      HPE	 110	      Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	               2
in	working	with	special	populations	may	become	quali-          —	 —	          Diversity	and	Global	Perspective	elective	         3
fied	as	special	education	assistants.	Consult	an	Educa-        IST	 101	      Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)4	        3
tion	program	advisor	for	more	information.                     —	 —	          Elective	                                          3
                                                               	      	       	
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	di-
                                                               EDU	 210	      Education	Field	Experience	(15-20	hours	per	week)	6
ploma	or	its	equivalent	and	competency	in	English	as	
                                                               EDU	 211	      Education	Seminar	(3/0)	                          3
demonstrated	through	placement	testing.
                                                               ENG	 —	        Literature	elective	                              3
	 Students	 who	 have	 completed	 this	 program	 have	
                                                               —	 —	          Visual	Arts	or	Music	elective	                    3
found	employment	in	public	and	private	schools,	day	           	                                                           	_____ 	
care	centers,	and	similar	institutions.                        	      	       	                                             62-63
	 Graduates	of	the	program	have	transferred	to	vari-
ous	 four-year	 colleges	 and	 universities	 including	 The	
                                                               1
                                                                 Select HIS 101, 102, 105, 106, 112, or 113.
College	 of	 New	 Jersey,	 Rowan	 University,	 Georgian	
                                                               2
                                                                 EDU 222 (Early Literacy Seminar/Fieldwork) may be substituted.
                                                               3
                                                                 Select from the Natural Science or Technology categories of the approved general
Court	 College,	 Rider	 University,	 and	 Rutgers	 Univer-
                                                                 education course list.
sity.	This	program	is	not,	however,	designed	for	trans-        4
                                                                 Students who can demonstrate computer competence may substitute another
fer,	and	some	loss	of	credit	may	be	expected	depending	          Science or Technology elective.
upon	the	transfer	institution	and	the	intended	program	        †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
of	baccalaureate	study.                                        NOTE: Students who have completed the Child Development Associate (CDA) or
                                                               Certified Childcare Professional (CCP) certificate can receive 3 elective credits for that
                                                               work after they have satisfied English and math requirements.
                                                               Students who are interested in early childhood are encouraged to take EDU 222
                                                               (Early Literacy Seminar/Fieldwork).




                                                                                                                                                            2
                                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                            6
                                                                                                                                                            -
                                                                                                                                                            2
                                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                            9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                                87
                                         Electronics Engineering Technology
                                         Associate in Applied Science Degree
                                         	 The	Electronics	Engineering	Technology	 program	
Electronics Engineering Technology


                                         provides	 students	 with	 the	 opportunity	 to	 learn	 the	
                                                                                                                                          Curriculum
                                         skills	needed	to	enter	the	workforce	or	to	transfer	to	         Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
                                         a	college	or	university	that	offers	a	bachelor’s	degree	        MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective1	                         4
                                         program	in	electronics	engineering	technology.                  EET	 138	     Introduction	to	Electronics	I	(3/3)	           4
                                         	 Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:                         ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
                                           •	analyze,	test,	troubleshoot,	and	repair                     —	 —	         Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective2	       3
                                           	 electronic	circuits;                                        EET	 140	     Electronic	Construction	(1/3)	                 2
                                           •	 operate	modern	electronics	test	equipment;                 	      	      	

                                           •	display	knowledge	of	basic	analog	and                       EET	 139	     Introduction	to	Electronics	II	(3/3)	                                4
                                           	 digital	systems.                                            ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)3	                           3
                                         	 Admission	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	   	   —	 —	         Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective2	                             3
                                         equivalent,	 with	 two	 years	 of	 algebra	 desired.	 One	      EET	 215	     Fiber	Optics	(3/2)	                                                  4
                                         year	 of	 laboratory	 science	 (chemistry	 or	 physics)	 is	    —	 —	         General	Education	elective4	                                         3
                                         strongly	 recommended	 for	 students	 who	 intend	 to	          	      	      	


                                         transfer	to	a	baccalaureate	degree	program.                     EET	 219	     Electronic	Networks	(3/3)	                                           4
                                         	 Graduates	 may	 begin	 work	 directly	 as	 electronic	        EET	 251	     Digital	Circuit	Fundamentals	(3/3)	                                  4
                                         technicians,	 electronic	 technologists,	 engineering	          EET	 214	     Communications	Electronics	(3/3)	                                    4
                                         aides,	customer	engineers,	field	service	engineers,	ju-         HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                                 2
                                                                                                         	      	      	
                                         nior	engineers,	associate	engineers,	sales	engineers,	
                                                                                                         EET	   230	   Linear	Integrated	Circuits	(3/3)	                                  4
                                         and	 systems	 test	 technicians.	 These	 positions	 are	
                                                                                                         EET	   263	   Digital	Technology	(3/3)	                                          4
                                         in	 the	 electronics	 industry,	 communications,	 medi-
                                                                                                         —	     —	     General	Education	elective4	                                       3
                                         cal	 instrumentation,	 energy	 technology,	 digital	 and	
                                                                                                         —	     —	     General	Education	elective4	                                       3
                                         computer	technology,	and	scientific	or	technological	           	                                                                            	_____	
                                         research	and	development.                                       	      	      	                                                                  61
                                         	 Graduates	may	transfer	to	New	Jersey	Institute	of	
                                         Technology	 (NJIT)	 or	 similar	 institutions.	 Students	       NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                                                                         to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                         planning	 to	 transfer	 should	 achieve	 mathematics	           1
                                                                                                           Minimum mathematics requirement for students who do not plan to transfer to
                                         proficiency	 at	 the	 calculus	 level	 and	 should	 select	       a bachelor degree program is MAT 141. Students who plan to transfer, working
                                         physics	 as	 their	 science/technology	 electives.	 They	         in consultation with an EET program advisor, should achieve MAT 151 level of
                                         will	be	advised	individually	during	their	first	session	          proficiency or higher.
                                         with	an	EET	program	advisor.
                                                                                                         2
                                                                                                           Minimum requirement for students who do not plan to transfer is 6 credits selected from
                                                                                                           the approved list of general education science/technology electives. Students who plan
                                         	 The	 college	 offers	 a	 related	 certificate	 program	 in	     to transfer to bachelor degree programs should complete PHY 101-102 or PHY 117.
                                         Electronics	 Engineering	 Technology,	 which	 may	 be	 a	         Selection of courses should be made in consultation with an EET program advisor.
                                         desirable	 option	 for	 employed	 persons	 attending	 col-      3
                                                                                                           Students who intend to transfer should take ENG 102 and CMN 112.
                                         lege	part-time.                                                 4
                                                                                                           Select from the following general education categories: Social Science, Historical
                                         	 In	a	particular	year,	some	required	courses	may	be	             Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                                                                           Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                         available	only	during	the	day	or	evening.
                                                                                                         †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                                     2
                                     0
                                     0
                                     6
                                     -
                                     2
                                     0
                                     0
                                     9


                              88                                                                                                                                       609.586.4800
                             Electronics Engineering Technology
                                                                                                    Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	Electronics	Engineering	Technology	certificate	




                                                                                                                                                        Electronics Engineering Technology
program	provides	students	with	the	level	of	technical	
                                                                                                   Curriculum
competency	normally	required	of	technicians	in	the	              Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                            Credits
field	of	digital/microcomputer	electronics.                      MAT	—	           Mathematics	elective1	                                       4
	 Students	 may	 be	 eligible	 for	 credit	 or	 advanced	        ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                 3
standing	for	work	experience	in	electronics.                     EET	 138	        Introduction	to	Electronics	I	(3/3)	                         4
	 Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:                          EET	 139	        Introduction	to	Electronics	II	(3/3)	                        4
   •	 analyze,	test,	troubleshoot,	and	repair                    EET	 251	        Digital	Circuit	Fundamentals	(3/3)	                          4
   	 electronic	circuits;                                        EET	 219	        Electronic	Networks	(3/3)	                                   4
   •	 operate	modern	electronics	test	equipment	to	diag-         —	 —	            Technical	electives2	                                      12
                                                                 	                                                                        	_____	
      nose,	troubleshoot,	and	repair	electronic	circuits;
                                                                 	        	       	                                                          35
   •	 display	knowledge	of	basic	analog	and	digital	
      communication	systems.                                     1
                                                                     MAT 141 or higher depending on placement.
	 All	courses	in	this	program	completed	with	a	grade	            2
                                                                     All electives must be chosen with the approval of an EET advisor.
of	C	or	better	may	be	applied	toward	the	Electronics	                Suggested electives include EET 140, 214, 215, 230, 263.
Engineering	Technology	Associate	in	Applied	Science	
degree	program.
	 Admission	 to	 the	 certificate	 program	 requires	 a	
high	school	diploma	or	equivalent	with	two	years	of	
algebra	and	one	year	of	laboratory	science	(chemis-
try	 or	 physics	 preferred).	 In	 a	 particular	 year,	 some	
required	 courses	 may	 be	 available	 only	 during	 the	
day	or	evening.




                                                                                                                                                    2
                                                                                                                                                    0
                                                                                                                                                    0
                                                                                                                                                    6
                                                                                                                                                    -
                                                                                                                                                    2
                                                                                                                                                    0
                                                                                                                                                    0
                                                                                                                                                    9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                        89
                                Energy Utility Technology
                                Associate in Applied Science Degree
                                	 The	 Energy	 Utility	 Technology	 program	 enables	
Energy Utility Technology


                                participants	to	acquire	the	skills	and	knowledge	nec-
                                                                                                                                  Curriculum
                                essary	for	immediate	entry	into	energy	utility	careers	          Code		          Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                  Credits
                                or	 transfer	 to	 an	 advanced	 degree	 program	 of	 study	      ENG	101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                       3
                                in	 a	 related	 field.	 The	 program	 combines	 courses	 in	     MAT	 —	         Mathematics	elective1	                             4
                                general	education	and	energy	utility	technologies,	par-          IST		101	       Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	
                                tially	conducted	at	approved	energy	utility	facilities.          	    	          OR	                                                3	
                                	 General	 education	 elements	 include	 academic	               IST		102	       Computer	Concepts	with	Programming	(2/2)	
                                background	 in	 mathematics,	 communications,	 ba-               UTI		101	       Introduction	to	the	Energy	Utility	Industry	(2/2)	 3
                                sic	circuit	analysis,	physics,	and	general	educational	          —	 —	           General	Education	elective	(3/0)2	                 3
                                electives.	 Energy	 utility	 technology	 courses	 focus	 on	     	           	   	

                                energy	delivery	system	knowledge	and	skills	for	elec-            ENG	112	        English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)3	                          3
                                trical	construction	and	maintenance;	gas	installations,	         EET		130	       Fundamentals	of	Electricity	(2/2)	                                  3
                                maintenance,	and	appliance	service;	and	power	gen-               —	 —	           General	Education	elective	(3/0)2	                                  3
                                eration	including	plant	operations	and	maintenance.              UTI		102	       Fundamentals	of	Gas	Combustion	(2/2)	                               3
                                	 This	program’s	blend	of	a	strong	academic	founda-              UTI	 —	         Energy	Utility	elective4	                                           4
                                tion,	energy	utility	technology	electives,	and	coopera-          	           	   	


                                tive	 work	 experiences	 provides	 successful	 graduates	        UTI		300	 Energy	Utility	Co-operative	Education	I	                                  4
                                with	sufficient	knowledge	to	begin	a	career	as	entry-            —	 —	 Free	elective	                                                                3
                                level	technicians	in	the	electric	and	gas	utility	indus-         —	 —	 Free	elective	                                                                3
                                try,	 with	 companies	 in	 related	 fields,	 or	 to	 continue	   CMN	122	 Organizational	Communication	(3/0)	                                        3
                                formal	education.                                                UTI		103	 Fundamentals	of	Power	Alternating	Current	(3/0)	                          3
                                                                                                 	           	   	
                                	 Admission	 to	 the	 program	 requires	 a	 high	 school	
                                                                                                 HPE	110	        Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                             2
                                diploma	or	its	equivalent	with	prerequisite	proficiency	
                                                                                                 —	 —	           Free	elective	                                                   3
                                requirements	 for	 mathematics	 and	 English	 composi-
                                                                                                 UTI	 —	         Energy	Utility	elective4	                                      4-7
                                tion.	Students	with	insufficient	background	may	take	
                                                                                                 UTI		301	       Energy	Utility	Co-operative	Education	II	                        4
                                appropriate	preparatory	courses	at	the	college.                  	                                                                           	_____ 	
                                                                                                 		     		       		                                                           61-64

                                                                                                 NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                                                                 to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                                                                 1
                                                                                                   Minimum mathematics requirement for students who do not plan to transfer to
                                                                                                   a bachelor degree program is MAT 141. Students who plan to transfer, working
                                                                                                   in consultation with an EET program advisor, should achieve MAT 151 level of
                                                                                                   proficiency or higher.
                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                   Select from at least two of the following general education categories: Social Science,
                                                                                                   Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                                                                   Perspective, Foreign Language.
                                                                                                 3
                                                                                                   Students who intend to transfer should take ENG 102 and CMN 112.
                                                                                                 4
                                                                                                   Select from UTI 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110.
                                                                                                 †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                            2
                            0
                            0
                            6
                            -
                            2
                            0
                            0
                            9

                                                Nicholas Magdon
                      90                                                                                                                                       609.586.4800
                                                                              Engineering Science
                                                                                                                Transfer Certificate
	 The	 certificate	 program	 in	 Engineering	 Science	




                                                                                                                                                                Engineering Science
generally	prepares	students	for	transfer	to	the	sopho-
                                                                                                   Curriculum
more	 year	 of	 a	 four-year	 college	 in	 a	 specific	 engi-    Code		          Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                               Credits
neering	program	major.                                           MAT	151	        Calculus	I	(4/0)1	                                              4
	 Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:                          CHE	 101	       General	Chemistry	I	(3/3)	                                      4
  •	 apply	the	principles	of	physics	to	the	solution	of	         ENG	 101	       English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                    3
     engineering	problems;                                       ENT	 116	       Engineering	Graphics	(1/2)	                                     2
  •	 use	calculus	in	the	solution	of	engineering	problems;       —	 —	           COS	or	IST	elective2	                                        	3-4
  •	 present	information	in	written	or	graphic	form.             	        	      	

	 The	 complete	 program	 is	 available	 full-time	 or	          MAT	152	        Calculus	II	(4/0)	                                                 4
part-time.	Day	students	usually	complete	several	re-             CHE	 102	       General	Chemistry	II	(3/3)	                                        4
quired	courses	in	the	evening.		                                 ENG	 102	       English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                      3
	 Admission	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	        PHY	 117	       University	Physics	I	(4/3)	                                        5
equivalent	 with	 the	 mathematical	 preparation	 (ad-           —	 —	           General	Education	elective	                                        3
                                                                 	                                                                             	_____ 	
vanced	 algebra	 and	 trigonometry)	 needed	 for	 college-       	        	      	                                                              35-36
level	calculus.	At	least	one	year	of	a	laboratory	science	
(chemistry	 or	 physics)	 is	 required.	 Both	 sciences	 are	    1
                                                                     Provisional acceptance may be granted to students not prepared for MAT 151, but
preferred.	Applicants	will	be	evaluated	according	to	test	           serious consideration should be given to entering an engineering technology program.
                                                                     Provisionally accepted students should select MAT entry level from MCCC placement
scores	or	other	available	indicators	of	potential	success	
                                                                     guidelines and must be alert to MAT pre/corequisites for other desired courses.
in	this	demanding	university-parallel	program.                   2
                                                                     COS 101 or another course approved by an advisor.
	 Those	 who	 do	 not	 meet	 established	 admission	                 Students wishing to transfer to Rutgers University should take COS 102.
criteria	 are	 strongly	 advised	 to	 enroll	 in	 Civil	 Engi-
neering	Technology	or	Electronics	Engineering	Tech-
nology.	These	engineering	technology	programs	help	
students	 determine	 their	 skills	 in	 engineering	 while	
they	are	developing	their	English	and/or	math	skills.	
After	one	successful	year	in	an	engineering	technol-
ogy	program,	students	may	reapply	to	the	Engineer-
ing	Science	program.
	 Students	planning	to	transfer	to	four-year	colleges	
other	 than	 Rutgers	 University	 should	 consider	 also	
taking	PHY	217	(University	Physics	II)	at	Mercer.	




                                                                                                                                                            2
                                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                            6
                                                                                                                                                            -
                                                                                                                                                            2
                                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                            9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                                91
                               Entertainment Technology
                               Associate in Applied Science Degree
                               The	Associate	in	Applied	Science	in	Entertainment	Technology	prepares
Entertainment Technology


                               students	for	careers	in	the	entertainment	industry.	There	are	two	concentrations:

                               Lighting and Sound Technology Concentration                   Music and Sound Technology Concentration
                               	 The	 Lighting	 and	 Sound	 Technology	 concentra-           	 The	 Music	 and	 Sound	 Technology	 concentration	 in-
                               tion	 prepares	 graduates	 for	 careers	 as	 lighting	 and	   tegrates	 music	 theory	 and	 performance	 with	 a	 compre-
                               sound	 technicians,	 technical	 managers,	 equipment	         hensive	array	of	technical	and	business	skills	that	enable	
                               marketing	 representatives,	 and	 technical	 personnel	       the	 graduate	 to	 pursue	 a	 variety	 of	 career	 tracks	 in	 the	
                               for	distributors	and	rental	houses.	Additional	career	        music	industry	such	as	record	producer,	recording	engi-
                               options	include	the	allied	fields	of	film	and	television	     neer,	remix	engineer,	sound	technician	for	live	shows	and	
                               production;	trade	show	exhibition;	club,	casino,	and	         concerts,	 as	 well	 as	 careers	 in	 the	 field	 of	 film	 scoring	
                               theme	 park	 operations;	 and	 all	 related	 performing	      and	film	music	editing.	Other	career	options	in	the	music	
                               arts	production.                                              entertainment	 industry	 include	 artist	 development	 and	
                               	 The	successful	graduate	who	earns	an	Associate	in	          management,	promotion,	and	marketing.
                               Applied	Science	degree	in	Entertainment	Technology	           	 The	successful	graduate	who	earns	an	Associate	in	Ap-
                               with	a	concentration	in	Lighting	and	Sound	Technol-           plied	 Science	 degree	 in	 Entertainment	 Technology	 with	
                               ogy	will	be	able	to:                                          a	concentration	in	Music	and	Sound	Technology	will	be	
                                  •	demonstrate	entry-level	professional	competence          able	to:
                                  	 as	a	lighting	and	sound	technician;                         •	demonstrate	basic	proficiency	at	the	piano	keyboard;
                                  •	demonstrate	entry-level	competence	as	a                     •	demonstrate	a	working	knowledge	of	music	theory,
                                  	 technical	manager	in	the	entertainment	industry;            	 including	note	reading,	scale	and	chord	construction,
                                  •	write	lighting	and	sound	cues	for	all	related               	 and	the	principles	of	voice	leading	and	composition;
                                  	 performing	arts	productions;                                •	understand	the	history	of	African	American	music
                                  •	design	lights	or	sound	for	concert,	stage,                  	 of	the	20th	century	and	its	relevance	to	contemporary	
                                  	 and	video;                                                    popular	music;
                                  •	work	cooperatively	with	colleagues;                         •	create	original	musical	compositions	and	record
                                  •	supervise	people	to	maximize	productivity;                  	 those	compositions	using	MIDI	sequencing	software,
                                  •	set	up	and	operate	lighting	and	sound                       	 a	Macintosh	computer	and	Windows-based	PC,	and
                                  	 control	systems;                                            	 MIDI	synthesizer	keyboard;
                                  •	troubleshoot	common	technical	problems                      •	demonstrate	a	working	knowledge	of	the	music
                                  	 encountered	when	using	complex	combinations                 	 business,	including	copyright	and	contract	law,	artist
                                  	 of	lighting,	sound,	and	video	equipment.                    	 management,	and	marketing	strategies;
                                 	 Students	are	expected	to	become	involved	in	the	             •	demonstrate	entry-level	professional	competence
                                     technical,	managerial,	and	performance	aspects	            	 as	a	sound	technician;
                                       of	college	theatre	productions	and	other	enter-          •	Set	up	sound	reinforcement	equipment;
                                        tainment	activities.	All	students	are	required	         •	demonstrate	entry-level	competence	as	a	technical	
                                         to	 complete	 a	 practicum	 in	 entertainment	           manager	in	the	entertainment	industry.
                                          technology.

                                                     	 Since	most	business-	and	technology-related	careers	in	the	entertainment	industry	require	ad-
                                                     ditional	training	and	experience,	students	may	take	advantage	of	the	many	internship	programs	
                                                     now	 available,	 such	 as	 those	 offered	 by	 Sony	 Music	 in	 New	 York	 and	 Disney	 Productions	 in	
                                                     Florida,	Passage	Theatre	in	Trenton,	and	McCarter	Theatre	in	Princeton.	Alternatively,	students	
                                                     may	choose	to	matriculate	at	one	of	the	growing	number	of	four-year	institutions	now	offering	a	
                                                     baccalaureate	degree	in	music	business	and	technology	or	entertainment	technology.
                                                        	The	latest	equipment	and	software	is	provided	for	student	use	in	both	concentrations.	Profes-
                                                        sional	equipment	includes	the	latest	high-end	moving	lights,	color	changers,	color	mergers,	
                                                       lighting	 control,	 digital	 and	 analog	 sound	 mixers,	 signal	 processors,	 sound	 production	 soft-
                           2                          ware,	sequencing	software,	MIDI	controllers,	and	multi-track	digital	recording.
                           0                         	 The	Entertainment	Technology	program	may	be	pursued	part-time	or	full-time	and	may	be	
                           0                         completed	by	daytime	or	evening	attendance.	Admission	requires	a	high	school	diploma	or	
                           6                         its	equivalent.
                           -
                           2
                           0
                           0
                           9

                                            Sasha Giboyeaux
                     92                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
                                                                                                                                                       Entertainment Technology
                        Core Curriculum                                                                Concentrations
Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits                        	Lighting	and	Sound	Technology	Concentration	Electives
ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                     3
                                                                                   Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	             Credits
ETT	 101	     Introduction	to	Entertainment	Technology	(2/0)	 2
                                                                                   THR	 104	 Fundamentals	of	Acting	(2/2)	                  3
ETT	 103	     Health	and	Safety	in	Production	(1/0)	           1
                                                                                   THR	 102	 Stagecraft	(2/2)	                              3
EET	 130	     Fundamentals	of	Electronics	(2/2)	              	3
                                                                                                                                            2
                                                                                   DRA	190		Intro	to	Computer	Drafting	–	AutoCAD	(1/2)	 	_____	
—	 —	         Concentration	electives	                      7-8                    	
	      	      	
                                                                                   	     	    	                                             8
ENG	 102	 English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                        3   	     	    	

CMN	111	 Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                                        ETT	 150	 Scenic	Techniques	for	the
	    	    OR	                                                                  3   	    	    Entertainment	Industry	(2/2)	                  3	
                                                                                   	                                                    	_____	
CMN	112	 Public	Speaking	(3/0)	                                                 	    	    	                                                 3
ETT	 206	 Lighting	Technology	(2/2)	                                         3 	     	    	

ETT	 208		Sound	Technology	(2/2)	                                            3	 THR	 210	 Theatre	History:	Classical	to	Elizabethan	(3/0)	 3		
—	 —	 Concentration	electives	                                             3-6 CMN	141	 Introduction	to	TV	Production	(2/2)	
                                                                                	                                                           3
                                                                                                                                        	_____	
	       	     	

CMN	153	 Audio	Production	for	the	Broadcast                                     	    	    	                                                 6
                                                                                	    	    	
	       	     and	Entertainment	Industries	(2/2)	                            3 ETT	 210	 Audiovisual	Technology	(2/2)	                      3
MAT	—		 Mathematics	elective1	                                               4 ETT	 200	 Technical	Production	(1/40	hours)	                 1
—	 —	 Natural	Science	elective2	                                           3-4 ETT	 —	 ETT	Elective3	                                       3
—	 —	 Concentration	electives	                                             6-7 ETT	 300	 Entertainment	Technology	Internship		              2
	       	     	
                                                                                	                                                       	_____	
ETT	 205	 Arts	and	Entertainment	Management	(3/0)	                           3 	     	    	                                                 9
—	 —	 Social	Science	elective	                                               3 	                                                        	_____	
HPE	 110	 Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                               2 	     	    	     TOTAL	CONCENTRATION	CREDITS:	              26
—	 —	 Concentration	electives	                                             6-9
	                                                                       	_____     Music	and	Sound	Technology	Concentration	Electives
	
	       	     	                                                          65-66
                                                                                Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                 Credits
1
  MAT 135 or higher level course; MAT 146 preferred.                            MUS	105	 Fundamentals	of	Music	Theory	(2/2)	                3
2
  This course must be a laboratory science. Select from approved general        MUS	103	 Introduction	to	Music	(3/0)	                       3
  education courses having codes of PHY. PHY 120 (Introductory Physics)         MUS	—	 Piano	Elective	                                      1
  recommended.                                                                  	                                                       	_____	
3
  Choose ETT 207 or 209 or other elective with program coordinator approval.       	     	    	                                             7
                                                                                   	     	    	
† HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                                                                   MUS	127	 Music	Theory	I	(2/2)	                           3
                                                                                   MUS	155	 History	of	Jazz	and	Blues	(3/0)	                3	
                                                                                   	                                                    	_____	
                                                                                   	     	    	                                             6
                                                                                   	     	    	

                                                                                   MUS	128		Music	Theory	II	(2/2)	                          3		
                                                                                   MUS	123	 Music	Business	(3/0)	                           3
                                                                                   MUS	142	 Guitar	Class	I	(1/1)	                           1
                                                                                   	                                                    	_____	
                                                                                   	     	    	                                             7
                                                                                   	     	    	

                                                                                   MUS	230	 Introduction	to	Digital	Audio	Production	(2/2)	 3
                                                                                   ETT	 209	 Sound	Design	(2/2)	                             3
                                                                                   	                                                     	_____	
                                                                                   	    	    	                                               6
                                                                                   	                                                     	_____	
                                                                                   	     	    	     TOTAL	CONCENTRATION	CREDITS:	          26
                                                                                                                                                   2
                                                                                                                                                   0
                                                                                                                                                   0
                                                                                                                                                   6
                                                                                                                                                   -
                                                                                                                                                   2
                                                                                                                                                   0
                                                                                                                                                   0
                                                                                                                                                   9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                       93
                       Exercise Science
                       Associate in Science Degree
                       	 The	Exercise	Science	program	provides	the	oppor-
Exercise Science


                       tunity	for	students	to	acquire	the	skills,	knowledge,	
                                                                                                                     Curriculum
                       and	 experience	 necessary	 to	 enter	 the	 continually	     Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                 Credits
                       evolving	field	of	exercise	science	and	to	transfer	into	     BIO	 103	     Anatomy	and	Physiology	I	(3/3)	                                   4
                       related	baccalaureate	programs.                              CMN	111	      Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                                       	
                       	 Exercise	Science	offers	a	variety	of	career	oppor-         		   		       OR	                                                                  3
                       tunities,	 such	 as	 those	 involving	 coaching,	 educa-
                                                                                    CMN	112	      Public	Speaking	(3/0)	                                                   	
                       tion,	 exercise	 physiology,	 exercise	 research,	 health	
                       promotion	 and	 program	 management,	 personal	              ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                         3
                       training,	 rehabilitative	 exercise,	 and	 sport-specific	   HPE	 151	     Introduction	to	Exercise	Science	(1/0)	                              1
                       athletic	performance.                                        HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)	                                  	
                       	 The	program	prepares	students	to	take	the	Nation-          		   		       OR	                                                               2-3
                       al	 Strength	 and	 Conditioning	 Association’s	 Certified	   HPE	 111	     Living	with	Health	(3/0)	                                            	
                       Personal	 Trainer	 (NSCA-CPT)	 exam.	 The	 program	          MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective1	                                            3-4
                       also	 incorporates	 attainment	 of	 several	 specialized	    	      	      	

                       certificates:	 The	 American	 Sport	 Education	 Program	     BIO	 104	     Anatomy	and	Physiology	II	(3/3)	                                     4
                       (ASEP)	coaching	certification,	Cardio-Pulmonary	Re-          ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                        3
                       suscitation	(CPR)	for	the	Professional,	and	Automat-         HPE	 134	     Prevention,	Assessment	and	Care
                       ed	External	Defibrillator	(AED).                             	    	        of	Athletic	Injuries	(3/0)	                                          3
                       	 Successful	graduates	of	the	Exercise	Science	pro-          IST	 101	     Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	                           3
                       gram	will	be	prepared	to:                                    PSY	 101	     Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                                       3
                         •	succeed	academically	upon	transfer	to	a                  	      	      	

                         			baccalaureate	program	related	to	exercise	science;      HPE	 163	     Team	Sports	Management	(2/0)	                                       2
                         •	secure	employment	in	the	field	of	exercise	science;      HPE	 241	     Applied	Exercise	Physiology	(2/2)	                                  3
                         •	demonstrate	the	knowledge,	skills,	and	ethical           MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective1	                                            3-4
                         			integrity	necessary	to	succeed	and	grow	as	a            —	 —	         General	Education	electives2	                                       6
                         			health,	wellness,	fitness,	and/or	athletic              	      	      	

                         			performance	professional;                               HPE	 101	     Basic	Concepts	of	Nutrition	(3/0)	              3
                         •	apply	scientific	and	physiological	principles	to	the     HPE	 242	     Exercise	Measurement	and	Prescription	(2/2)	 3
                         			promotion	and	enhancement	of	health,	wellness,          HPE	 243	     Exercise	Science	Field	Experience	(225	hours)3	 3
                         			fitness,	and	athletic	performance.                      PTA	 105	     Kinesiology	(3/0)	                              3
                       	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	           —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                    3
                       diploma	or	its	equivalent.	Students	must	earn	a	mini-        	                                                       	______	
                       mum	grade	of	C	in	all	required	BIO,	PTA,	and	HPE	            	      		     	                                                             61-64
                       courses	to	graduate.
                                                                                    1
                                                                                      Select from MAT 108, 120, 135, 138, 141, 146, 149, or 200.
                                                                                    2
                                                                                      Select courses from at least two of the following general education categories: Social
                                                                                      Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and
                                                                                      Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                                                    3
                                                                                      15 hours per week for 15 weeks.




                   2
                   0
                   0
                   6
                   -
                   2
                   0
                   0
                   9

                                              Jill Rowley
              94                                                                                                                                609.586.4800
                                                         Fire Science Technology
                                                                         Associate in Applied Science Degree
	 The	 associate	 degree	 program	 in	 Fire	 Science	         	 Since	the	degree	program	is	designed	to	meet	the	needs	




                                                                                                                                                            Fire Science Technology
Technology	 serves	 the	 needs	 of	 individuals	 enter-       of	the	part-time	student,	it	normally	will	take	a	minimum	
ing	the	fields	of	fire	fighting	and	fire	prevention	and	      of	three	years	to	complete.	All	fire	science	courses	are	of-
provides	opportunities	for	professional	and	volunteer	        fered	in	the	evening.
fire	 service	 personnel	 to	 advance	 their	 knowledge	      	 Fire	Science	Technology	is	not	designed	as	a	transfer	
and	skills.                                                   program	and	some	credit	loss	may	occur	for	those	who	
	 Individuals	 seeking	 a	 career	 as	 a	 fire	 inspector	    intend	 to	 continue	 their	 education	 at	 a	 four-year	 insti-
or	fire	official	can	satisfy	the	Division	of	Fire	Safety,	    tution.	Agreements	have	been	made	to	facilitate	transfer	
Department	 of	 Community	 Affairs	 requirements	 for	        to	fire	science	programs	at	John	Jay	College	of	Criminal	
state	 certification	 by	 successful	 completion	 of	 the	    Justice,	Holy	Family	College,	New	Jersey	City	University,	
following	required	courses:	Fire	Inspector	–	FIR	107	         University	of	Maryland	-	University	College,	and	Thomas	
(Fire	 Prevention	 and	 Code	 Enforcement	 I);	 Fire	 Of-     Edison	State	College.	Students	interested	in	transferring	
ficial	–	FIR	209	(Fire	Prevention	and	Code	Enforce-           to	these	institutions	should	contact	the	program	advisor	
ment	II)	as	well	as	FIR	107.                                  early	in	their	coursework	at	Mercer.
	 The	 associate	 degree	 program	 integrates	 techni-        	 Admission	 to	 the	 program	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 di-
cal	study	with	coursework	in	mathematics,	English,	           ploma	or	its	equivalent	and	competency	in	English	and	
physical	science,	and	liberal	arts	to	provide	graduates	      mathematics	as	demonstrated	by	placement	testing.
with	 the	 necessary	 ancillary	 knowledge	 to	 advance	
into	supervisory	and/or	management-level	positions.	
Successful	completion	of	the	program	results	in	the	                                    A.A.S. Curriculum
awarding	of	an	Associate	in	Applied	Science	degree	
in	Fire	Science	Technology.                                   Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	degree	program	will	be	         ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
able	to:                                                      FIR	 101	     Introduction	to	Fire	Science	(3/0)	             3
                                                              MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective1	                       3-4
   •	discuss	the	history	and	philosophy	of	fire
                                                              FIR	 107	     Fire	Prevention	and	Code	Enforcement	I	(4/2)	 5
   	 protection	and	prevention;                               —	 —	         Elective2	                                      3
   •	demonstrate	understanding	of	building                    	      	      	
   	 construction	and	associated	fire	codes;                  ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	                           3
   •	describe	inspections,	corrections	of	fire	hazards,	      FIR	 104	     Building	Construction	(3/0)	                                        3
     and	fire	investigations;                                 FIR	 201	     Hazardous	Materials	I	(3/0)	                                        3
   •	describe	factors	and	procedures	for	the                  PHY	 111	     Physical	Science	Concepts	(2/2)	                                    3
   	 establishment	and	administration	of	a	fire	code	         FIR	 —	       Fire	Science	elective3	                                             3
                                                              	      	      	
     enforcement	agency;
                                                              FIR	 202	     Water	Supply	for	Fire	Protection	(3/0)	                             3
   •	apply	proper	procedures	for	storage,	handling,	
                                                              FIR	 203	     Fire	Protection	Systems	(3/0)	                                      3
     transportation,	and	fire	control	involving               FIR	 —	       Fire	Science	elective3	                                             3
   	 hazardous	materials;                                     —	 —	         General	Education	elective4	                                        3
   •	develop	plans	which	make	effective	use	of                —	 —	         General	Education	elective4	                                        3
   	 personnel	and	equipment	at	emergency	incidents;          HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                                2
   •	apply	and	discuss	water	supply	management	for	           	      	      	

     fire	protection	systems	and	fire	scene	use;              FIR	   —	     Fire	Science	electives3	                                          6
   •	describe	the	factors	necessary	for	efficient	and	        FIR	   204	   Fire	Fighting	Tactics	(3/0)	                                      3
     effective	management	and	supervision	within	a	           —	     —	     General	Education	elective4	                                      3
                                                              —	     —	     Elective2	                                                        3
     fire	department;                                         	                                                                          	_____ 	
   •	apply	and	describe	the	principles	of	an	effective	       	      	      	                                                             64-65
     occupational	safety	and	health	program	in	a	fire	        1
                                                                Mathematics by placement and advisor approval.
     service	setting.                                         2
                                                                Current certification as an EMT or EMPT may be substituted for 6 credits.
	 Students	pursuing	programs	in	fire	science	should	          3
                                                                Select from FIR 205, 206, 208, 209, 211.
be	 aware	 that	 various	 municipal	 and	 industrial	 fire	                                                                                             2
                                                              4
                                                                Select three courses from at least two of the following general education categories:   0
service	 agencies	 establish	 physical,	 mental,	 and	          Social Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts,         0
character	 requirements.	 Persons	 interested	 in	 this	        Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General           6
option	are	advised	to	gain	an	awareness	of	the	spe-             Education.                                                                              -
cific	requirements	for	their	desired	work	setting.	Mer-       †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.                                                    2
cer	graduates	are	employed	by	city,	state,	and	federal	                                                                                                 0
departments	dedicated	to	the	fire	services	field.                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                        9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                            95
                              Fire Science Technology
                              Fire Code Enforcement – Certificate of Proficiency
                              Fire Officer/Administrator – Certificate of Proficiency
Fire Science Technology


                              Fire Code Enforcement                                                                            Curriculum
                              	 This	 certificate	 prepares	 students	 for	 a	 career	 in	
                                                                                             Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
                              fire	code	enforcement.
                                                                                             ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                              	 Successful	 completion	 of	 coursework	 meets	 re-
                                                                                             FIR	 101	        Introduction	to	Fire	Science	(3/0)	             3
                              quirements	for	state	certification	as	a	Fire	Inspector	
                                                                                             FIR	 104	        Building	Construction	(3/0)	                    3
                              and	 Official	 as	 required	 in	 the	 New	 Jersey	 Uniform	
                                                                                             FIR	 107	        Fire	Prevention	and	Code	Enforcement	I	(4/2)	 5
                              Fire	 Code,	 and	 provides	 students	 with	 professional	
                                                                                             FIR	 202	        Water	Supply	for	Fire	Protection	(3/0)	         3
                              training	in	preparation	for	licensure	examinations	for	
                                                                                             FIR	 203	        Fire	Protection	Systems	(3/0)	                  3
                              Fire	Protection	Inspector	as	required	in	the	New	Jer-          	        	       	
                              sey	Uniform	Construction	Code.                                 FIR	     206	    Fire	Investigation	(3/0)	                       3
                              	 In	 addition	 to	 preparing	 students	 for	 possible	        FIR	     209	    Fire	Prevention	and	Code	Enforcement	II	(3/3)	 3
                              careers	 in	 code	 enforcement,	 the	 program	 provides	       —	       —	      Approved	General	Education	elective1	           3
                              professional	development	for	inspectors	already	em-            —	       —	      Approved	technical	electives2	                  9
                              ployed	in	this	area.                                           	                                                            	_____	
                                                                                             	        	       	                                                                38
                                                                                             1
                                                                                                 Select IST 101, POL 102, ENG 112, or SPA 107.
                                                                                             2
                                                                                                 To meet this requirement, six credits will be awarded for Fire Protection Inspector
                                                                                                 ICS certification and three credits will be awarded for Fire Protection Inspector
                                                                                                 HHS certification. Students who do not possess one or both of these certifications
                                                                                                 may meet the requirement by completing the necessary number of credits from the
                                                                                                 following courses: BUS 112, 240, and IST 101.




                              Fire Officer/Administrator
                              	 This	certificate	is	designed	for	those	who	seek	ad-
                                                                                                                               Curriculum
                              vancement	in	either	the	career	or	volunteer	fire	ser-          Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                               Credits
                              vice,	as	well	as	for	professional	development	of	those	        ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                    3
                              who	have	already	attained	supervisory	status	in	the	           FIR	 101	        Introduction	to	Fire	Science	(3/0)	                             3
                              field.                                                         —	 —	            Approved	General	Education	elective1	                           3
                              	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:         FIR	 201	        Hazardous	Materials	I	(3/0)	                                    3
                                •	 apply	proper	procedures	for	storage,	handling,	           FIR	 202	        Water	Supply	for	Fire	Protection	(3/0)	                         3
                                   transportation,	and	fire	control	involving                FIR	 204	        Fire	Fighting	Tactics	(3/0)	                                    3
                                	 hazardous	materials;                                       	        	       	

                                •	 develop	plans	which	make	effective	use	of                 ENG	 112	        English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	                         3
                                	 personnel	and	equipment	at	emergency	incidents;            FIR	 205	        Fire	Department	Organization	and
                                •	 apply	and	discuss	water	supply	management                 	    	           Administration	(3/0)	                                             3
                                	 for	fire	protection	systems	and	fire	scene	use;            —	 —	            Approved	business	electives2	                                     6
                                •	 describe	the	factors	necessary	for	efficient	and	         FIR	 —	          Fire	Science	elective3	                                           3
                                   effective	management	and	supervision	within	a	            FIR	 208	        Fire	Department	Occupational
                                   fire	department;                                          	    	           Health	and	Safety	(3/0)	                                         3
                                                                                             	                                                                             	_____	
                                •	 apply	and	describe	the	principles	of	an	effective	        	        	       	                                                               36
                                   occupational	safety	and	health	program	in	a	fire	
                                   service	setting.                                          1
                                                                                               Select POL 102, PSY 101, SOC 101, 106, 209, or SPA 107.
                              	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	             2
                                                                                               Select from IST 101, CIS 112, BUS 118 or 240.
                          2   diploma	or	its	equivalent.                                     3
                                                                                               Select from FIR 205, 206, 208, 209, 211.
                          0
                          0
                          6
                          -
                          2
                          0
                          0
                          9


                    96                                                                                                                                     609.586.4800
                                                                                            Funeral Service
                                                                           Associate in Applied Science Degree
	 The	goal	of	the	Funeral	Service	programs,	accred-




                                                                                                                                                               Funeral Service
ited	by	the	American	Board	of	Funeral	Service	Edu-
                                                                                         A. A. S. Curriculum
cation,	is	to	provide	students	with	professional	train-         Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
ing	 and	 completion	 of	 the	 education	 requirements	         ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                     3
for	licensure	in	funeral	service.	Academic	emphasis	            MAT	135	      Intermediate	Algebra	with	Applications	(4/0)
encourages	student	research	and	includes	the	areas	             	    	        OR	                                           3-4
of	 business	 management;	 public	 health;	 the	 social,	       BUS	103	      Business	Mathematics	(3/0)
behavioral,	and	natural	sciences;	as	well	as	the	legal,	        —	 —	         General	Education	elective1	                     3
technical,	and	regulatory	aspects	of	funeral	service.           PSY	 101	     Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                   3
	 To	 prepare	 students	 to	 embark	 upon	 a	 career	 in	       CHE	 —	       Chemistry	elective	[CHE	100	or	higher]	(3/0)	 3
a	service-oriented,	care-giving	profession,	these	pro-          	      	      	

grams	 integrate	 the	 theoretical,	 practical,	 and	 tech-     ACC	 106	     Office	Accounting	I	(3/0)	                                           3
nical	 aspects	 of	 funeral	 service	 and	 emphasize	 the	      ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	                            3
importance	 of	 life-long	 education	 to	 meet	 evolving	       HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                                 2
ethical,	environmental,	and	social	demands.                     BIO	 106	     Human	Anatomy	(3/2)	                                                 4
	 The	Funeral	Service	programs	are	monitored	by	an	ac-          BUS	 107	     Business	Law	I	(3/0)	                                                3		
tive	advisory	commission	that	provides	advice	on	the	latest	    	      	      	


developments	in	funeral	service.	Students	gain	embalming	       FUN	 303	     Funeral	Service	Principles	(3/0)	                                    3
laboratory	experience	in	a	modern	embalming	facility.           FUN	 306	     Introduction	to	Funeral	Service	(3/0)	                               3
	 Students	have	two	options	for	completion	of	their	pro-        FUN	 315	     Funeral	Service	Law	(3/0)	                                           3
fessional	education:	Funeral	Service	Certificate	and	Fu-        FUN	 347	     Principles	of	Embalming	I	(3/0)	                                     3
neral	Service	Associate	in	Applied	Science	degree.	Both	        FUN	 312	     Funeral	Service	Pathology	(3/0)	                                     3
programs	can	be	completed	either	full-	or	part-time.            FUN	 351	     Embalming	Lab	&	Practicum	(0/3/2	days)2	                             3
                                                                	      	      	
	 Applicants	 for	 the	 A.A.S.	 degree	 program,	 which	
                                                                FUN	 317	     Funeral	Service	Management	(3/0)	                3
incorporates	 funeral	 service	 and	 general	 education	
                                                                FUN	 327	     Restorative	Art	(2/2)	                           3
courses,	 must	 consult	 with	 the	 Director	 of	 Funeral	
                                                                BIO	 215	     Principles	of	Microbiology	(3/0)	                3	
Service	Programs	to	ensure	that	they	have	the	credits	
                                                                FUN	 349	     Principles	of	Embalming	II	(2/0)	                2
required	for	licensure.	New	Jersey	and	Pennsylvania	
                                                                FUN	 329	     Funeral	Service	Counseling	(3/0)	                3
students	will	need	the	A.A.S.	degree	program	plus	an	
                                                                FUN	 320	     Funeral	Service	Laws,	Rules	&	Regulations	(1/0)	1
additional	30	credits	for	licensure	eligibility.
                                                                FUN	 395	     Funeral	Service	Field	Experience	(2/0/2	days)2	 	3			
	 Students	 are	 responsible	 for	 securing	 part-time	         	                                                         	_____
employment	 in	 an	 approved	 New	 Jersey	 or	 eastern	         	      	      	                                                             66-67
Pennsylvania	funeral	home	in	order	to	complete	the	
field	experience	courses.	Each	student	must	be	reg-             NOTE: Enrollment in any FUN course requires approval of the Director of Funeral
                                                                Service Programs. New Jersey and Pennsylvania students must complete 60 college
istered	as	an	intern	with	the	New	Jersey	State	Board	           credits before enrolling in FUN courses. At the conclusion of the program, the student
of	Mortuary	Science	or	as	a	student/trainee	with	the	           will have a minimum of 96 credits.
Pennsylvania	Board	of	Funeral	Directors.                        1
                                                                  Select one course from the following general education categories: Social Science,
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	approval	of	the	              Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                                  Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education (HIS 201, SOC
Director	 of	 Funeral	 Service	 Programs.	 Students	 in	
                                                                  219, or CMN 111 recommended).
the	Associate	in	Applied	Science	and	the	certificate	           2
                                                                  In addition to lab and/or seminar, these courses include two days (16 hours per week)
programs	must	take	the	National	Board	Exam	to	be	                 of supervised off-campus field experience in an approved funeral service firm for each
eligible	for	graduation.                                          semester. Students must also be registered as an intern with the New Jersey State
    The	 Funeral	 Service	 program	 at	 Mercer	 County	           Board of Mortuary Science or as a student/trainee with the Pennsylvania Board of
                                                                  Funeral Directors. Registration with the New Jersey State Board of Mortuary Science
Community	College	is	accredited	by:                               enables the student to receive credit toward the New Jersey internship requirement.
American Board of Funeral Service Education                     †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
3432	Ashland	Ave.,	Suite	U
St.	Joseph,	MO	64506
816-233-3747                                                                                                                                               2
    The	 annual	 passage	 rate	 of	 first-time	 takers	 on	                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                                           0
the	National	Board	Examination	(NBE)	for	the	most	                                                                                                         6
recent	 three-year	 period	 for	 this	 institution	 and	 all	                                                                                              -
ABFSE	accredited	funeral	service	education	programs	                                                                                                       2
is	posted	on	the	ABFSE	website	(www.abfse.org).                                                                                                            0
                                                                                                                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                           9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                               97
                      Funeral Service
                      Certificate of Proficiency
                      	 The	Funeral	Service	certificate	program	completes	the	
Funeral Service


                      educational	 requirements	 for	 licensure	 in	 funeral	 ser-                          Certificate Curriculum
                      vice.	Admission	to	the	certificate	program	and/or	enroll-         Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
                      ment	in	any	FUN	course	requires	two	years	(60	credits)	           FUN	 306	     Introduction	to	Funeral	Service	(3/0)	           3
                      of	prior	college	education	at	a	regionally	accredited	insti-      FUN	 347	     Principles	of	Embalming	I	(3/0)	                 3
                      tution	of	higher	education	(or	completion	of	the	Funeral	
                                                                                        FUN	 303	     Funeral	Service	Principles	(3/0)	                3
                      Service	Preparatory	program).	Class	size	is	limited.
                      	 Applicants	to	the	certificate	program	must	complete	            FUN	 312	     Funeral	Service	Pathology	(3/0)	                 3
                      prerequisite	courses	of	Anatomy	and	Physiology	I	and	             FUN	 315	     Funeral	Service	Law	(3/0)	                       3
                      II	(BIO	106	fulfills	this	requirement),	accounting,	busi-         FUN	 395	     Funeral	Service	Field	Experience	(2/0/2	days)1	 3
                      ness	law,	chemistry,	psychology,	and	English	composi-             ENG	 —	       English	Composition	elective	(3/0)2		            3
                      tion	with	a	minimum	grade	of	C.	An	overall	C+	cumu-               	      	      	

                      lative	grade	point	average	is	required	for	admission.             FUN	 349	     Principles	of	Embalming	II	(2/0)	            2
                      	 Students	are	responsible	for	securing	part-time	employ-         FUN	 317	     Funeral	Service	Management	(3/0)	            3
                      ment	in	an	approved	New	Jersey	or	eastern	Pennsylvania	           FUN	 327	     Restorative	Art	(2/2)	                       3
                      funeral	 home	 in	 order	 to	 complete	 the	 field	 experience	   FUN	 329	     Funeral	Service	Counseling	(3/0)	            3
                      and	 practicum	 courses.	 This	 employment	 requires	 the	        BIO	 215	     Principles	of	Microbiology	(3/0)	            3
                      student	to	be	registered	as	an	intern	with	the	New	Jersey	        FUN	 351	     Embalming	Lab	&	Practicum	(0/3/2	days)1	     3
                      State	Board	of	Mortuary	Science	or	as	a	student/trainee	          FUN	 320	     Laws,	Rules	&	Regulations	(1/0)	             1
                      with	the	Pennsylvania	Board	of	Funeral	Directors.                 	                                                      	_____	
                      	 The	goals	and	objectives	of	the	MCCC	Funeral	Ser-               	      	      	                                           39
                      vice	programs,	accredited	by	the	American	Board	of	
                      Funeral	 Service	 Education,	 are:	 to	 provide	 students	        NOTE: Enrollment in any FUN course requires the approval of the Director of Funeral
                      with	professional	training	in	preparation	for	licensure	          Service Programs.
                      in	funeral	service;	to	prepare	students	to	embark	upon	           1
                                                                                          In addition to lab and/or seminar, these courses include two days (16 hours per
                      a	career	in	a	service-oriented,	care-giving	profession;	            week) of supervised off-campus field experience in an approved funeral service
                                                                                          firm for each semester. Students must also be registered as an intern with the
                      to	 provide	 an	 academic	 environment	 which	 encour-              New Jersey State Board of Mortuary Science or as a student/trainee with the
                      ages	student	research	and	successfully	integrates	the	              Pennsylvania Board of Funeral Directors. Registration with the New Jersey State
                      theoretical,	practical,	and	technical	aspects	of	funeral	           Board of Mortuary Science enables the student to receive credit toward the New
                      service;	 and	 to	 foster	 the	 concept	 of	 education	 as	 a	      Jersey internship requirement.
                      life-long	process	necessary	to	meet	the	demands	of	an	            2
                                                                                          Students having completed ENG 101, 102, 112, 114, 209, 215, or 224 have fulfilled
                      evolving	workplace	with	current	emphasis	on	emerg-                  this requirement.
                      ing	ethical,	environmental,	and	social	issues.
                      	 Academic	emphasis	includes	the	areas	of	business	
                      management;	 public	 health;	 the	 social,	 behavioral,	
                      and	natural	sciences;	as	well	as	the	legal,	technical,	
                      and	regulatory	aspects	of	funeral	service.
                      	 Students	 must	 take	 the	 National	 Board	 Exam	 to	
                      be	eligible	for	graduation.	Graduates	are	then	eligible	
                      to	take	state	licensing	examinations.
                      	 Note: With proper planning, students anticipat-
                      ing Fall matriculation into the certificate program can
                      complete the prerequisites in one Spring semester. Full-
                      time	matriculation	is	only	available	beginning	in	Fall	
                      semesters;	part-time	night	matriculation	is	available	
                      Spring	and	Fall	semesters.
                          The	 Funeral	 Service	 program	 at	 Mercer	 County	
                      Community	College	is	accredited	by:
                      American Board of Funeral Service Education
                      3432	Ashland	Ave.,	Suite	U
                  2   St.	Joseph,	MO	64506
                  0   816-233-3747
                  0
                  6       The	 annual	 passage	 rate	 of	 first-time	 takers	 on	
                  -   the	National	Board	Examination	(NBE)	for	the	most	
                  2   recent	 three-year	 period	 for	 this	 institution	 and	 all	
                  0   ABFSE	accredited	funeral	service	education	programs	
                  0   is	posted	on	the	ABFSE	website	(www.abfse.org).
                  9


             98                                                                                                                                   609.586.4800
                                                   Funeral Service Preparatory
                                Associate in Applied Science Degree in Business Management
    The	 Funeral	 Service	 Preparatory	 option	 of	 the	




                                                                                                                                                                  Funeral Service Preparatory
Management	program	prepares	students	for	admission	
                                                                                                  Curriculum
to	the	Funeral	Service	certificate	program.	Combining	                	
                                                                 Code	 	        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	         	                         	 redits
                                                                                                                                              C
business	 subjects,	 health	 sciences	 and	 behavioral	          BUS	 101	      Introduction	to	Business	(3/0)	     	                         	      	
                                                                                                                                                     3
sciences,	 the	 option	 is	 designed	 to	 meet	 the	 New	        ENG	 101	      English	Composition	I	(3/0)	        	                         	      3
                                                                                                                                                     	
Jersey	and	Pennsylvania	requirement	for	two	years	of	            CMN	111	       Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                            	      3
                                                                                                                                                     	
college	prior	to	the	Funeral	Service	certificate	program.	       BUS	 103	      Business	Mathematics	(3/0)1	
Funeral	 Service	 Preparatory	 or	 its	 equivalent	 must	        		 	 	         OR		 	           	        	         	                         	     3-4
be	 completed	 in	 order	 to	 enter	 the	 Funeral	 Service	      MAT	—	 	       Mathematics	elective1	    	         	                         	        	

certificate	program	or	to	take	any	FUN	course.                   HPE	 110	      Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                          	        2
                                                                                                                                                       	
    The	 goals	 and	 objectives	 of	 the	 MCCC	 Funeral	         BUS	 211	      Funeral	Service	Internship	I	(1/0/2	days)1,2		
Service	programs,	accredited	by	the	American	Board	              —	 —	 	        OR	Elective	     	        	         	                         	        2
                                                                                                                                                       	
of	Funeral	Service	Education,	are:	to	provide	students	          	 	    	    	 	          	            	            	            	            	        		

with	professional	training	in	preparation	for	licensure	         ACC	 106	      Office	Accounting	I	(3/0)1		        	                         	        	
                                                                                                                                                       3
in	funeral	service;	to	prepare	students	to	embark	upon	          ENG	 102	      English	Composition	II	(3/0)	       	                         	        3
                                                                                                                                                       	
a	career	in	a	service-oriented,	care-giving	profession;	to	      PSY	 101	      Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	      	                         	        3
                                                                                                                                                       	
provide	an	academic	environment	which	encourages	                CHE	 —	 	      Chemistry	[CHE	100	or	higher]	(3/0)	                          	        	
                                                                                                                                                       3
student	 research	 and	 successfully	 integrates	 the	           SOC	 219	      Aging	and	Death	(3/0)	 	            	                         	        		
                                                                                                                                                       3
theoretical,	practical,	and	technical	aspects	of	funeral	        BUS	 212	      Funeral	Service	Internship	II	(1/0/2	days)1,2	
service;	 and	 to	 foster	 the	 concept	 of	 education	 as	 a	   —	 —	 	        OR	Elective	     	         	        	                         	        2
                                                                                                                                                       		
life-long	process	necessary	to	meet	the	demands	of	an	           	 	    	    	 	          	            	            	            	            	        		


evolving	workplace	with	current	emphasis	on	emerging	            BUS	 313	      Small	Business	Management	(3/0)	
ethical,	environmental,	and	social	issues.                       		 	 	         OR	     	        	        	          	          	                      	
                                                                                                                                                       3
    Academic	emphasis	includes	the	areas	of	business	            BUS	 210	      Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	 	               	                      		
management;	 public	 health;	 the	 social,	 behavioral,	         BIO	 106	      Human	Anatomy	(3/2)	 	               	          	                      4
                                                                                                                                                       		
and	natural	sciences;	as	well	as	the	legal,	technical,	          MKT	101	       Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	       	          	                      3
                                                                                                                                                       		
and	regulatory	aspects	of	funeral	service.                       —	 —	 	        General	Education	elective3		        	          	
                                                                                                                                                       3	 	
                                                                                                                                                       	


    Students	in	the	program	who	have	an	affiliation	with	        BUS	 213	      Funeral	Service	Internship	III	(1/0/2	days) 		
                                                                                                                           1,2	
                                                                                                                                                       		 	
an	approved	funeral	service	firm	can	receive	college	            —	 —	 	        OR	Elective	     	        	          	          	                      		
                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                 	 	    	    	 	          	            	            	            	            	        		
credit	 for	 their	 work	 experience.	 These	 supervised,	
                                                                 BUS	 107	      Business	Law	I	(3/0)	     	         	         	     		
                                                                                                                                    3
off-campus	field	internship	courses	require	16	hours	
                                                                 ECO	 103	      Basic	Economics	(3/0)1	 	           	         	     		
                                                                                                                                    3
per	week,	and	 students	must	be	registered	with	the	
                                                                 IST	 101	      Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	 	        3
                                                                                                                                    		
New	Jersey	State	Board	of	Mortuary	Science	or	the	
                                                                 BUS	 214	      Funeral	Service	Internship	IV	(1/0/2	days)1,2		     		
Pennsylvania	Board	of	Funeral	Directors.	Placement	
                                                                 —	 —	 	        OR	Elective	     	        	         	         	     2
                                                                                                                                    	
is	each	student’s	responsibility.
                                                                 BUS	 —	 	      Business	elective1,4	     	         	
                                                                                                                                    	
                                                                                                                                    3
                                                                                                                              		_____	
    An	 advisory	 commission,	 consisting	 of	 active	           	
participants	 in	 funeral	 service,	 offers	 expertise	 to	      		     	    		           	            	            	            	            		62-63	
ensure	 that	 the	 Funeral	 Service	 programs	 meet	 the	        1
                                                                    Students planning to attend a four-year college should discuss transfer options with
educational	needs	of	future	funeral	directors.                      an academic advisor.
    Admission	to	this	program	requires	a	high	school	            2
                                                                    Supervised off-campus work experience in an approved funeral service firm for 16
diploma	or	its	equivalent.	Students	should	have	two	                hours per week. Students must also register with the New Jersey State Board of
years	of	high	school	mathematics.	Also	recommended	                 Mortuary Science or the Pennsylvania Board of Funeral Directors (depending
is	one	year	each	of	high	school	laboratory	science	in	              upon the state in which they will be working). This registration enables New Jersey
                                                                    interns to receive credit toward their internship requirement. Students may select a
biology	and	chemistry                                               total of eight credits of electives in place of BUS 211, 212, 213, and 214 if they are
                                                                    not registered as interns or student/trainees in Funeral Service Internship.
                                                                 3
                                                                    Select one course from the following general education categories: Historical
                                                                    Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                                    Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education (HIS 201               2
                                                                    recommended).                                                                             0
                                                                  4
                                                                    Recommended business electives: BUS 108, 109, 209, 225, 240; MKT 102 or higher.           0
                                                                 †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.                                                       6
                                                                                                                                                              -
                                                                                                                                                              2
                                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                                              9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                                  99
                     Health Science
                     Associate in Applied Science Degree
                     	 The	 Health	 Science	 program	 provides	 an	 oppor-
Health Science


                     tunity	 for	 eligible	 health	 care	 professionals	 to	 earn	
                                                                                                                       Curriculum
                     the	Associate	in	Applied	Science	degree	and	prepare	                  	
                                                                                       Code	     Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
                     for	 transfer	 to	 a	 four-year	 institution	 which	 offers	 a	   General Education Core                               17-18
                     baccalaureate	program	in	the	health	sciences.	 This               ENG	101			English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                     program is specifically designed for individuals                  ENG	112			English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	       3
                     who possess a license or certificate in an allied                 PSY	101	 Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                   3
                     health field.                                                     —	 —	 General	Education	electives1	                       6
                     	 Upon	 presentation	 of	 the	 appropriate	 evidence,	            HPE	110	 Concepts	of	Health	and	Fitness	(1/2)	
                     students	may	receive	up	to	18	credits	toward	the	de-              		 	      OR	                                          2-3
                     gree	 for	 previously	 completed	 professional	 training.	    	   HPE	111	 Living	with	Health	(3/0)
                     The	balance	of	the	curriculum	combines	general	edu-
                     cation	with	a	core	of	required	science	courses	and	a	             Science and Mathematics Core                                                   15-16
                     selection	of	technical	electives.                                 MAT		—	 Mathematics	elective2	                                                   3-4	
                     	 This	 program	 should	 be	 attractive	 to	 any	 health	         —	 —	 Science	Core3	                                                              12
                     care	 professional	 who	 has	 not	 previously	 earned	 a	
                     college	degree,	including:	                                       Professional Core                                                  maximum 18
                       •	pharmacy	technicians                                          Upon completion of the core science and mathematics component (15-
                       •	graduates	of	hospital-based	diploma	programs	                 16 credits) of the program with a GPA of 2.0 or higher, enrolled students
                           in	nursing,	radiography,	and	respiratory	therapy            may receive up to 18 credits for previously completed training or study in a
                       •	cardiopulmonary	technicians                                   health care field that has been validated by an external agency and involves
                                                                                       licensure examination or certification. The number of credits will be based
                       •	licensed	practical	nurses	(LPNs)                              upon an evaluation conducted by the faculty.
                       •	paramedics	and	other	emergency	services	personnel
                       •	military	medics	and	other	military	health	care	               Technical and Professional Electives                               minimum 11
                           classifications                                             Approved electives include the following:
                       •	dental	assistants                                             BIO 101, 102, 201, 208; BUS 105, 209; CHE 101, 102, 107, 201; CIS 173, 175;
                       •	medical	technicians                                           CMN 111, 112; HPE 101, 113, 151, 241, 302, 304; MAT 135, 141, 146, 200; MLT
                                                                                       111; NUR 151; PHY 101, 102, 111; PTA 105; SPA 101, 102.
                     	 The	Health	Science	program	provides	an	avenue	                  	                                                                              	 ___	
                     for	 health	 care	 professionals	 who	 do	 not	 possess	 a	       		     	    		           	           	            	            	             	
                                                                                                                                                                  							62	
                     college	degree	to:
                       •	expand	their	academic	proficiencies	and	general	              1
                                                                                         Select courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,
                                                                                         Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                           education	knowledge;
                                                                                         Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education. One of the
                       •	acquire	a	foundation	in	the	natural	sciences	                   electives must be outside the Social Science category.
                           that	informs	their	professional	practice;                   2
                                                                                         Mathematics elective: MAT 135, 141, 146, or 200.
                       •	strengthen	or	update	their	competencies	in	orga-              3
                                                                                         Science Core:
                           nizational	management,	computer	applications,	                one-year sequence of General Biology (BIO 101-102)
                           pharmacology,	nutrition,	medical	terminology,	                OR Anatomy & Physiology (BIO 103-104)
                                                                                         OR General Chemistry (CHE 101-102)
                           and	other	areas	relevant	to	their	profession;               	 AND one of the following courses: Microbiology (BIO 201), Genetics (BIO 208),
                       •	improve	their	professional	standing	in	the	workplace;	          Organic Chemistry I (CHE 201).
                       •	earn	the	Associate	in	Applied	Science	degree;
                       •	qualify	for	transfer	to	a	baccalaureate	program.

                        This	program	does	not	confer	eligibility	for	advanced	
                     certification	or	licensure	in	any	health-related	discipline.	
                     However,	 it	 is	 possible	 for	 graduates	 to	 qualify	 for	
                     admission	to	baccalaureate	programs	in	health	science.	     	
                     Students	 who	 plan	 to	 continue	 in	 a	 baccalaureate	
                 2   program	should	select	courses	in	consultation	with	an	
                 0   advisor	to	ensure	maximum	transferability.	
                 0
                 6
                 -
                 2
                 0
                 0
                 9


           100                                                                                                                                      609.586.4800
         Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
                                                                          Associate in Applied Science Degree
	 The	 Heating,	 Refrigeration	 and	 Air	 Conditioning	




                                                                                                                                                              Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
program	 prepares	 a	 student	 for	 such	 positions	 as	
                                                                                         A.A.S. Curriculum
service	representative,	service	supervisor,	estimator,	        Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
system	 designer,	 and	 laboratory	 technician.	 Gradu-        HRA	101	      Principles	of	Refrigeration/
ates	assume	supervisory,	management	and	technical	             	    	        Air	Conditioning	I	(1/2)	                      2
responsibility.	 The	 program	 may	 be	 pursued	 part-         EET	 130	     Fundamentals	of	Electronics	(2/2)	             3
time	or	full-time,	but	most	required	courses	are	avail-        ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
able	only	in	the	evening.                                      MAT	110	      Elementary	Technical	Mathematics	(3/0)1	       3
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	             ENT	 116	     Engineering	Graphics	(1/2)	                    2
diploma	or	its	equivalent	with	one	year	of	laborato-           HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	           2
ry	science	(chemistry	or	physics	preferred)	and	two	           	      	      	

years	of	algebra.                                              HRA	102	      Principles	of	Refrigeration/
	 The	 refrigeration	 courses	 are	 part	 of	 a	 joint	 pro-   	    	        Air	Conditioning	II	(1/2)	                                         2
gram	 between	 Mercer	 County	 Community	 College	             ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	                          3
and	the	Mercer	County	Technical	Schools.                       —	 —	         Electives	                                                       5-6
	 The	successful	graduate	is	awarded	an	Associate	             —	 —	         General	Education	elective3	                                       3
in	Applied	Science	degree	and	will	be	able	to:                 —	 —	         General	Education	elective3	                                       3
  •	 perform	all	of	the	service	functions	of	a	graduate	       	      	      	


     of	the	certificate	program;                               HRA	103	      Refrigeration/Air	Conditioning
  •	 communicate	effectively	by	oral,	written,	or	             	    	        Electrical	Controls	(2/4)	                                          4
     graphic	means;                                            HRA	104	      Domestic	Refrigeration/
  •	 produce	mechanical	drawings	and	sketches	                 	    	        Air	Conditioning	Systems	(2/4)	                                    4
     needed	to	communicate	concepts	and	designs;               —	 —	         Technical	electives2	                                            5-6
  •	 calculate	estimates	of	HRAC	system	projects;              PHY	 111	     Physical	Science	Concepts	(2/2)	                                   3
                                                               	      	      	
  •	 understand	the	laws	of	physics	as	they	apply	to	
                                                               HRA	201	      Concepts	of	Heating	and	Cooling
     the	subject	field;
                                                               	   	         Systems	(3/3)	                                                    4
  •	 perform	computations	necessary	to	solve	basic	
                                                               HRA	202	      Light	Commercial	Systems	I	(1/2)	                                 2
     load	sizing	problems;
                                                               HRA	203	      Light	Commercial	Systems	II	(1/2)	                                2
  •	 apply	the	fundamental	laws	of	thermodynamics	
                                                               HRA	205	      Heavy	Commercial	Systems	(1/4)	                                   4
     and	the	basic	principles	of	heat	flow	as	they
                                                               —	 —	         General	Education	elective3	                                      3	
  	 apply	to	HRAC;                                             	                                                                         	 _____
  •	 determine	proper	air	distribution	in	HRAC	systems.        	      	      	                                                             62-64

                                                               NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                               to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                               1
                                                                 Or approved higher level mathematics.
                                                               2
                                                                 Select technical electives in consultation with an academic advisor.
                                                                 Recommended electives: DRA 190, 216; HRA 227; IST 101.
                                                               3
                                                                 Select courses from at least two of the following general education categories: Social
                                                                 Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity
                                                                 and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                               †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                                                                                                                                                          2
                                                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                                                          6
                                                                                                                                                          -
                                                                                                                                                          2
                                                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                                                          9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                              101
                                                  Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
                                                  Certificate of Proficiency
                                                  	 Heating,	 Refrigeration	 and	 Air	 Conditioning	 is	 a	
Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning


                                                  joint	 program	 between	 Mercer	 County	 Community	
                                                                                                                                   Certificate Curriculum
                                                  College	 and	 the	 Mercer	 County	 Technical	 Schools.	     Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                               Credits
                                                  It	 is	 designed	 to	 prepare	 students	 for	 employment	   HRA	101	      Principles	of	Refrigeration/
                                                  in	commercial	establishments	and	industry,	in	such	         	    	        Air	Conditioning	I	(1/2)	                                          2
                                                  positions	 as	 refrigeration	 mechanic,	 commercial	 air	   EET	 130	     Fundamentals	of	Electronics	(2/2)	                                 3
                                                  conditioning	mechanic,	furnace	installer	and	repair-        	      	      	

                                                  er,	oil	burner	installation	and	service	technician,	gas	    HRA	102	 Principles	of	Refrigeration/
                                                  heating	system	servicer,	and	mobile	air	conditioning	       	    	    Air	Conditioning	II	(1/2)	                                             2
                                                  system	mechanic.	                                           ENT	 116	 Engineering	Graphics	(1/2)	                                            2
                                                  	 Admission	 to	 the	 certificate	 program	 requires	 a	    	      	      	


                                                  high	school	diploma	or	its	equivalent	with	one	year	        HRA	103	      Refrigeration/Air	Conditioning
                                                  of	 algebra	 or	 applied	 mathematics.	 Students	 must	     	   	         Electrical	Controls	(2/4)	                                         4
                                                  demonstrate	 mathematics	 proficiency	 at	 the	 MAT	        HRA	104	      Domestic	Refrigeration/
                                                  034	level	to	qualify	for	the	certificate.                   	   	         Air	Conditioning	Systems	(2/4)	                                    4
                                                                                                              	      	      	
                                                  	 The	 program	 is	 part-time	 only	 and	 most	 courses	
                                                                                                              HRA	201	      Concepts	of	Heating	and	Cooling
                                                  are	offered	only	during	the	evening.
                                                                                                              	    	        Systems	(3/3)	                                                   4
                                                  	 The	successful	graduate	is	awarded	a	Certificate	of	
                                                                                                              HRA	202	      Light	Commercial	Systems	I	(1/2)	                                2
                                                  Proficiency	and	will	be	able	to:
                                                                                                              HRA	203	      Light	Commercial	Systems	II	(1/2)	                               2
                                                     •	explain	the	basic	theories	and	fundamental	
                                                                                                              HRA	205	      Heavy	Commercial	Systems	(1/4)	                                  4
                                                        principles	of	heat	transfer;
                                                                                                              ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                     3
                                                     •	service,	troubleshoot,	and	repair	domestic	and	        	                                                                          	_____	
                                                        commercial	refrigeration	and	air	conditioning	        	      	      	                                                                32
                                                        systems	and	components;
                                                     •	use	electrical	and	mechanical	test	equipment	          NOTE: Students must demonstrate proficiency in basic algebra (MAT 034) to be
                                                                                                              eligible for the certificate. Students must earn a minimum grade of C in HRA 103, 104,
                                                        and	metering	devices;                                 201, 202, 203, and 205 to graduate.
                                                     •	utilize	a	working	knowledge	of	control	circuitry,	
                                                        instrumentation	and	ladder	diagram/schematic	
                                                        interpretation;
                                                     •	determine	heating	and	air	conditioning	size	
                                                        requirements	for	a	building	of	specific	volume,	
                                                        orientation	on	lot,	and	geographic	location.




                                              2
                                              0
                                              0
                                              6
                                              -
                                              2
                                              0
                                              0
                                              9


                                   102                                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
 Hotel, Restaurant and Institution Management
                                                                           Associate in Applied Science Degree
	 The	Hotel,	Restaurant	and	Institution	Management	




                                                                                                                                                           Hotel, Restaurant and Institution Management
                                                                                               Curriculum
program	prepares	students	for	employment	in	various	
entry-level	 management	 careers	 in	 the	 food	 service	       Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                              Credits
and	lodging	industries.	Areas	of	employment	include	            ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                   3
assistant	food	service	management	positions	in	hospi-           HPE	 101	     Basic	Concepts	of	Nutrition	(3/0)	                             3
tals,	schools	and	other	institutions;	assistant	manager	        BUS	 103	     Business	Mathematics	(3/0)
in	hotel/motel	operations;	and	club,	restaurant	or	ban-         	    	        OR	                                                           3-4
quet	manager	of	commercial	eating	establishments.               MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective	(3/0)1	
	 Upon	 completion	 of	 the	 program,	 the	 successful	         HOS	108	      Sanitation	and	Safety	in	
graduate	 will	 be	 awarded	 an	 Associate	 in	 Applied	        	    	        Food	Service	Operations	(3/0)	                                     3
Science	degree	and	will	be	able	to:                             HOS	101	      Food	Preparation	I	(1/4)	                                          3
  •	 utilize	principles	of	effective	human	resource	            	      	      	

     management	in	the	supervision	of	employees;                HOS	102	      Volume	Food	Preparation	(1/4)	                                     3
  •	 plan	and	develop	appropriate	menus	which	                  HOS	104	      Hotel	Management	and	
     meet	the	criteria	of	hotels,	restaurants                   	    	        Lodging	Operations	(3/0)	                                          3
  	 and/or	institutions;                                        HOS	120	      Introduction	to	the	Hospitality	Industry	(3/0)	                    3
  •	 develop	cost	control	techniques	in	various	operations;     HOS	208	      Hospitality	Law	(3/0)	                                             3
  •	 communicate	effectively	through	oral,	written              ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	
  	 or	graphic	means;                                           	    	        OR	                                                                3	
  •	 demonstrate	knowledge	of	various	laws	and	                 ENG	102	      English	Compostion	II	(3/0)	                                         	
     regulations	affecting	food	service	operations;             —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                       3
                                                                	      	      	
  •	 organize	and	direct	food	production	and	service	
     in	a	variety	of	settings;                                  HOS	203	      Hospitality	Purchasing	(3/0)	                                      3	
  •	 supervise	employees	in	the	front	desk                      ACC	 108	     Hospitality	Accounting	(3/0)	                                      3
  	 operation	of	a	hotel;                                       IST	 101	     Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	                         3
  •	 use	a	computer	software	package	for	hotel                  CMN	111	      Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                                 3
  	 registration,	accounts	receivable,	billing,	etc.            BUS	 240	     Human	Resource	Management	(3/0)	                                   3
                                                                	      	      	
	 The	 program	 includes	 an	 internship	 in	 a	 hotel,	
                                                                HOS	202	      Internship	in	Hotel,	Restaurant	&
restaurant	or	institutional	food	service	facility.	Place-
                                                                	    	        Institution	Management	(1/0	+	internship)	      3
ment	 assistance	 is	 offered	 by	 program	 faculty	 and	
                                                                HOS	204	      Hospitality	Marketing	(3/0)	                    3
available	 through	 cooperative	 agreements	 with	 ho-
                                                                ACC	 109	     Food,	Beverage	and	Labor	Cost	Control	(3/0)	 3
tels,	 food	 service	 facilities,	 and	 restaurants	 in	 the	
                                                                —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                    3
Mercer	County	area.
                                                                —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                    3
	 Students	 may	 study	 full-time	 or	 part-time.	 Most	
                                                                HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	            2	
courses	are	offered	both	day	and	evening;	specialized	          	                                                        	_____
courses	may	be	available	weekends	and	evenings.                 	      	      	                                                          65-66
	 Most	of	the	credits	earned	in	acquiring	the	A.A.S.	
degree	 in	 Hotel,	 Restaurant	 and	 Institution	 Man-          NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in
agement	 can	 be	 applied	 to	 the	 B.S.	 degree	 offered	      order to assure maximum transfer of credits.
through	articulation	agreements	with	the	University	
                                                                1
                                                                  MAT 108 recommended.
of	Delaware	and	Fairleigh	Dickinson	University.
                                                                2
                                                                  Select three courses from at least two of the following general education
                                                                  categories: Social Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	                and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign
diploma	or	its	equivalent.                                        Language, Interdisciplinary General Education (HOS 115, Food and
                                                                  Culture, recommended).
                                                                †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.



                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       6
                                                                                                                                                       -
                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       9

                                                                                                                          Monica Yasoshima
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                           103
                   Illustration
                   Associate in Applied Science Degree in Visual Arts
                   	 The	 Illustration	 option	 prepares	 students	 for	
Illustration


                   entry-level	 positions	 as	 illustrators	 or	 graphic	
                                                                                                                  Curriculum
                   communicators	 in	 advertising	 agencies,	 design	              Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
                   firms,	 publishing	 houses,	 production	 studios,	 or	          ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                   corporate	environments.	It	also	parallels	the	first	            ADV	 101	     Advertising	Design	I	(1/4)	                     3
                   two	years	of	study	in	illustration	at	many	under-               ART	 102	     Basic	Drawing	(1/4)	                            3
                   graduate	universities	and	art	colleges.                         ART	 105	     Two-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                   3
                   	 As	visual	communicators,	illustrators	must	learn	             DMA	105	      Introduction	to	Computer	Art	(1/4)	             3	
                   the	same	basic	design	principles	as	graphic	design-             ADV	 110	     Typography	I:	Basics	of	Graphic	Design	(1/4)	 3
                   ers	and	fine	artists.	The	design	sequence	of	courses	           	      	      	

                   emphasizes	the	development	of	fine	art	skills	as	well	          ADV	 201	     Advertising	Design	II	(1/4)	                                     3
                   as	 creative	 thinking	 for	 visual	 solutions.	 Skills	 and	   ART	 104	     Life	Drawing	(1/4)	                                              3
                   techniques	in	both	traditional	and	computer-gener-              ART	 130	     Painting	I	(1/4)	                                                3
                   ated	 forms	 are	 introduced	 and	 emphasized.	 Most	           ART	 123	     History	of	Modern	Art	(3/0)	                                     3
                   coursework	 takes	 place	 in	 a	 studio	 using	 current	        HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                             2
                   professional-quality	equipment,	artistic	techniques,	           	      	      	


                   and	technology.                                                 ADV	 220	     Illustration	I	(1/4)	                                            3
                   	 An	 advisory	 commission	 composed	 of	 active	 de-           ADV	 202	     Advertising	Design	III:	Portfolio	(1/4)	                         3
                   sign	 professionals	 works	 with	 the	 faculty	 to	 ensure	     —	 —	         Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective	                          3
                   that	the	program	stays	abreast	of	the	changing	tech-            ART	 —	       Art	History	elective	(3/0)1	                                     3
                   nological	advances	in	the	illustration	field.                   ART	 106	     Three-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                                  3
                   	 Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:                         DMA	110	      Digital	Imaging	(1/4)	
                      •	 complete	a	professional	portfolio	of	work	for	entry	      	    	        OR	                                                              3
                         into	the	job	market	or	transfer	to	a	four-year	college;   ART	 150	     Printmaking	I	(1/4)
                                                                                   	      	      	
                      •	 demonstrate	competence	in	design	and	production	
                                                                                   ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)2	     3
                         of	their	artwork	both	traditionally	and	digitally;
                                                                                   ADV	 222	     Illustration	II	(1/4)	                         3
                      •	 understand	the	business	side	of	commercial	art;
                                                                                   MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective3	                         3
                      •	 develop	concepts	into	tangible	visual	products.
                                                                                   —	 —	         Social	Science	elective4	                      3
                   	 The	program	may	be	pursued	full-time	or	part-time.	
                                                                                   ART	 230	     Painting	II	(1/4)	
                   Some	 courses	 may	 only	 be	 offered	 during	 the	 day.	
                                                                                   	    	        OR	                                            3
                   Students	 are	 advised	 not	 to	 take	 visual	 art	 courses	
                                                                                   ART	 141	     Sculpture	I	(1/4)	
                   out	of	sequence.                                                	                                                        	_____	
                                                                                   	      	      	                                             65

                                                                                   NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                                                   to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                                                   1
                                                                                     Select ART 121, 122, 124, or PHO 110.
                                                                                   2
                                                                                     Students planning to transfer to a four-year college should take ENG 102 and CMN
                                                                                     111 or 112 instead of ENG 112.
                                                                                   3
                                                                                     Select in consultation with an academic advisor. Students planning a four-year
                                                                                     degree are advised to take MAT 108 or 120.
                                                                                   4
                                                                                     PSY 101 is highly recommended.
                                                                                   † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                                                                   NOTE: Students must earn a minimum grade of C in ART 105; DMA 105; ADV 101,
                                                                                   201, 202, 220, and 222 to graduate.




               2
               0
               0
               6
               -
               2
               0
               0
               9


         104                                                                                                                                 609.586.4800
                                                                   Information Technology
	 Mercer’s	comprehensive	selection	of	Information	Technology	degree	and	certificate	programs	mirrors	




                                                                                                                                      Information Technology
the	 broad	 and	 dynamic	 nature	 of	 the	 computer	 technology	 field.	 The	 A.S.	 degree	 prepares	 students	 for	
transfer	to	four-year	colleges	and	for	future	careers	in	information	systems	and	management.	The	A.A.S.	de-
gree	helps	students	jump-start	a	career	in	computer	technology,	while	certificate	programs	help	to	advance	
careers	through	specialization	and	certification	and	to	prepare	for	advanced	study.

            Degree Programs
            	    	   •	 A.S.	–	Associate	in	Science	in	Information Systems ..................................106
            	    	   •	 A.A.S.	–	Associate	in	Applied	Science	in	Information Technology ..............107
            	    	   	 (see	also	associated	program	Concentrations,	below)

            Certificate Programs
            Technology Certificates and A.A.S. degree Concentrations ...........................108-109
            Incorporating	the	technical	core	courses	required	for	the	A.A.S.	curriculum,	these	offerings	
            may	be	applied	either	for	a	Certificate	of	Proficiency	or	as	concentrations/specializations	for	
            the	Information	Technology	A.A.S.	degree.
            	    	 •	 Computer	Network	Technology	–	Microsoft	specialization
            	    	 •	 Computer	Network	Technology	–	Cisco	specialization
            	    	 •	 Computer	Network	Technology	–	Security	specialization
            	    	 •	 Programming	Technology
            	    	 •	 Computer	User	Support	Technology
            Career Certificates ........................................................................................110-111
            Career	Certificate	programs,	while	not	including	the	A.A.S.	technical	core	courses	required	
            for	Technology	Certificates,	provide	a	focused	study	aimed	at	a	single	career	area.	Course	
            sequences	in	these	programs	may	help	launch	a	career	or	prepare	working	adults	for	new	
            jobs	or	more	responsibility.
            	    	 •	 Database	Administration	–	SQL	/	MySQL
            	    	 •	 Database	Administration	–	Oracle
            	    	 •	 Project	Management
            	    	 •	 Programming
            	    	 •	 Network	Engineering	Technology	–	Microsoft	certification
            	    	 •	 Network	Engineering	Technology	–	Cisco	certification
            	    	 •	 Network	Engineering	Technology	–	Security	certification
            	    	 •	 Microsoft.NET	Programming	Environment
            Advanced Certificates ...................................................................................112-113
            Taking	students	beyond	the	A.S.	or	A.A.S.	degrees,	Advanced	Certificates	provide
            coursework	for	those	who	wish	to	develop	advanced	skills.
            	   	 •	 Advanced	Website	Development
            	   	 •	 Advanced	Network	Engineering
            	   	 •	 Advanced	Business	Programming
            	   	 •	 Computer	Information	Management
                                                                                                                                  2
            Preparation Certificates.......................................................................................114    0
            Preparation	Certificates	are	aimed	at	providing	a	basic	set	of	skills	for	entry-level                                 0
            employment	in	the	field	of	computer	information	technology.                                                           6
                                                                                                                                  -
            	   	 •	 Communication	Installation	Technician                                                                        2
            	   	 •	 PC	Installation	Technician                                                                                   0
            	   	 •	 Computer	Sales	Technician                                                                                    0
                                                                                                                                  9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                      105
                             Information Systems
                             Associate in Science Degree*
                             	 The	associate	degree	in	Information	Systems,	based	
Information Technology


                             on	Association	for	Computing	Machinery	guidelines,	
                                                                                                                                A.S. Curriculum
                             prepares	students	for	transfer	to	business	or	technical	           Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
                             programs	 at	 four-year	 colleges	 at	 the	 junior	 level.	 It	    ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
                             provides	 a	 mix	 of	 information	 technology	 and	 busi-          IST	 101	 Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)1	    3
                             ness	courses	that	represent	the	first	two	years	of	the	            IST	 109	 Introduction	to	Programming	(2/2)	             3
                             typical	bachelor’s	degree	program.                                 NET	 102	 Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)	3
                             	 Available	 careers	 for	 graduates	 of	 associated	 four-        BUS	 210	 Principles	of	Management	(3/0)
                             year	 degree	 programs	 include	 database	 administrator,	         	      	  OR2	                                           3
                             records	manager,	information	specialist,	business	appli-           IST	 144	 Multimedia	Website	Development	(2/2)
                             cations	programmer,	information	systems	analyst,	busi-             HPE	 110	 Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	           2
                                                                                                	       	       	
                             ness	process	specialist,	and	system	sales	associate.
                                                                                                ENG	 102	 English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                                      3
                             	 Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:
                                                                                                CMN	 111	 Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                                                 3
                                •	 transfer	to	a	bachelor’s	degree	program	at	the	
                                                                                                MAT	 141	 College	Algebra	and	Applications	(4/0)3	                                           4
                                   junior	level;
                                                                                                NET	 104	 Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                                                       3
                                •	 explain,	interpret,	and	develop	computing	
                                                                                                MKT	 101	 Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)
                                   practices	and	procedures	that	are	used	in	an	                	    	    OR4	                                                                               3
                                   organization;                                                IST	 145	 Scripting	for	the	World	Wide	Web	(2/2)
                                •	 create	and	use	printed	and	online	technical	                 IST	 —	 Programming	elective5	                                                               3
                                   documentation;                                               	       	       	

                                •	 understand	basic	business	organization	and	                  IST	        —	 Programming	elective5	                                                      3
                                   processes;                                                   BUS	        205	 Business	Statistics	(3/0)6	                                               3
                                •	 describe,	understand,	and	apply	network		                    —	          —	 Laboratory	Science	elective	                                              3-4
                                   topologies,	protocols,	and	standards;                        —	          —	 General	Education	elective7	                                                3
                                •	 determine	the	feasibility	of	a	proposed	computer	            IST	        253	 Database	Concepts	(2/2)	                                                  3
                                   system,	estimate	its	cost,	and	manage	its	                   	       	       	


                                   implementation;                                              BUS	        230	 International	Business	(3/0)
                                •	 design,	program,	implement,	and	document                     	           	    OR8	                                          3
                                                                                                IST	        251	 Management	of	Computer	Technology	(3/0)
                                	 a	relatively	complex	computer	application	or	
                                                                                                —	          —	 Information	Systems	or	Business	elective9	      3
                                   website	using	a	modern	programming	language;
                                                                                                —	          —	 General	Education	elective7	                    3
                                •	 work	effectively	as	individuals	and	in	
                                                                                                —	          —	 General	Education	elective7	                    3
                                   workgroups	to	install	and	implement	complex	
                                                                                                IST	        298	 Cooperative	Education:	Information	Systems	
                                   integrated	IT	systems;
                                                                                                	           	    or	Information	Technology	(2/0)10	            2
                                •	 communicate	effectively	in	writing	and	in	oral	              	                                                         	_____ 	
                                   presentations	in	a	technical	or	business	                    	       	       	                                                                    65-66
                                   environment.                                                 1
                                                                                                  Students who may transfer can substitute IST 103; consult with IT faculty advisor.
                             	 Admission	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	          2
                                                                                                  Students in a business-oriented program should select BUS 210; those in a technically-
                             equivalent,	 two	 years	 of	 high	 school	 mathematics,	             oriented program should take IST 144.
                                                                                                3
                                                                                                  May be substituted with MAT 146, 149, or 151; select in consultation with IT faculty advisor.
                             one	year	of	analytic	geometry	and	trigonometry,	and	               4
                                                                                                  Students in a business-oriented program should select MKT 101; those in a technically-
                             basic	computer	literacy.	Applicants	must	demonstrate	                oriented program should take IST 145. ACC 111, BUS 107, BUS 225, or MKT 113 may
                             competency	in	English,	reading,	and	mathematics	as	                  be substituted for MKT 101.
                             determined	by	placement	testing.	Individuals	who	do	               5
                                                                                                  Choose introductory and intermediate programming courses in one language, such
                             not	meet	these	admission	requirements	should	plan	                   as Visual Basic (IST 123 and 223); C# (IST 129 and 229); C/C++ (IST 220 and 233);
                                                                                                  or Java (IST 137 and 238). Students specializing in a business-oriented program may
                             their	curriculum	with	an	IT	faculty	advisor.                         complete IST 143, 145, and 245 to develop e-commerce skills.
                             	 Students	 are	 advised	 to	 plan	 their	 transfer	 op-           6
                                                                                                  MAT 149, 151, 200, or 201 may be substituted for BUS 205; select in consultation with
                             tions	 early	 in	 their	 studies.	 Some	 adjustments	 may	           IT faculty advisor.
                             be	required	to	meet	the	requirements	of	a	particular	              7
                                                                                                  In consultation with an IT faculty advisor, choose nine credits from two categories.
                         2                                                                        At least one, but no more than two, must be Social Science electives.
                             school;	students	should	work	with	their	advisor.
                         0                                                                      8
                                                                                                  Students in a business-oriented program should select BUS 230; those in a technically-
                         0                                                                        oriented program should take IST 251. Students may substitute a 200-level ACC, BUS,
                         6                                                                        CIS, IST, MKT, or NET course with the approval of IT faculty advisor.
                         -
                                                                                                9
                                                                                                  Choose a 200-level ACC, BUS, CIS, IST, MKT, or NET course with the approval of IT faculty advisor.
                         2                                                                      10
                                                                                                   May be substituted with IST 241, 259, or 297; NET 292 or 297; or any 200-level ACC,
                         0                                                                         BUS, CIS, IST, MKT, or NET course with the approval of IT faculty advisor.
                         0                                                                      † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                         9                                                                     * state approval pending


                  106                                                                                                                                                609.586.4800
                                                                 Information Technology
                                                                            Associate in Applied Science Degree
	 The	associate	degree	and	certificate	programs	in	In-




                                                                                                                                                                   Information Technology
formation	Technology,	based	on	guidelines	developed	
                                                                                            A.A.S. Curriculum
by	the	Association	for	Computing	Machinery,	prepare	             Code		         Course	(lecture/lab/hours)	              Credits
students	 for	 entry-level	 jobs	 and	 careers	 in	 positions	   ENG	 101	      English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
that	support	computing	in	a	networked	environment.	              IST	 101	      Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)1	     3
	 The	degree	and	certificates	prepare	students	for	posi-         IST	 109	      Introduction	to	Programming	(2/2)2	             3
tions	such	as	network	cabling	specialist,	network	tech-          NET	 102	      Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)	 3
nician,	network	administrator,	help	desk	specialist,	PC	         NET	 104	      Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                    3
technician,	 microcomputer	 technician,	 technical	 sup-         	      	       	


port	specialist,	and	customer	service	representative.            ENG	 112	      English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	                             3
	 Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:                          MAT	135	       College	Algebra	(4/0)3	                                               4
   •	 explain	computing	practices	and	procedures	                NET	 103	      Advanced	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)	                              3
      commonly	found	in	an	organization;                         IST	 144	      Multimedia	Website	Development	(2/2)	                                 3
   •	 use	printed	and	online	documentation;                      —	 —	          Technical	elective4	                                                  3
                                                                 	      	       	
   •	 understand,	install,	and	configure	hardware	               BUS	 209	      Business	Letter/Report	Writing	(3/0)	                                3
      and	software,	including	Internet	user	software;            —	 —	          General	Education	elective5	                                         3
   •	 describe	and	understand	network	topologies,	               —	 —	          General	Education	elective5	                                         3
      protocols,	and	standards;                                  —	 —	          Technical	elective4	                                               3-4
   •	 describe	the	organization	of	the	Internet;                 —	 —	          Technical	elective4	                                                 3
   •	 sit	for	the	A+	and	Network+	certification                  	      	       	

   	 examinations;                                               IST	 251	      Management	of	Computer	Technology	(3/0)6	             3
   •	 describe	basic	tools	for	computer	and	network	             —	 —	          General	Education	elective5	                          3
      security;                                                  —	 —	          Technical	elective4	                                  3
   •	 work	effectively	as	individuals	and	in	teams	to	           —	 —	          Technical	elective4	                                3-4
      install	and	implement	complex	integrated	IT	               HPE	 110	      Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                  2
      systems;                                                   IST	 298	      Cooperative	Education:	Information	Technology	(2/0)7	 2 	
                                                                 	                                                              	_____
   •	 communicate	effectively	in	writing	and	in	oral	
                                                                 	      	       	                                                              62-64
      presentations.
	 Admission	 to	 this	 degree	 program	 requires	 a	 high	       1
                                                                   Students who may transfer can substitute IST 102 or 103; consult with IT faculty advisor.
school	diploma	or	its	equivalent,	at	least	one	year	of	          2
                                                                   Students whose educational plans do not involve programming may substitute IST
high	school	algebra,	and	basic	computer	literacy.	Ap-              103 in place of IST 101; and, in place of IST 109, select any CIS, IST, or NET course
plicants	 must	 demonstrate	 competency	 in	 English,	             approved by IT faculty advisor, or DMA 105, 110, 145, or EET 130 or 215.
reading,	and	mathematics	as	determined	by	placement	
                                                                 3
                                                                   Select a set of courses designated for a specific Technology Certificate (see next
                                                                   page), or choose MAT 110, 115, 135, 141 or a higher-level math course with the
testing.	Individuals	who	do	not	meet	these	admission	              approval of IT faculty advisor.
requirements	should	plan	their	curriculum	with	an	IT	            4
                                                                   Select a set of courses designated for a specific Technology Certificate (see next
faculty	advisor.                                                   page), or choose any five CIS, IST, or NET courses approved by IT faculty advisor,
	 The	A.A.S.	degree	program	was	not	developed	as	a	                as well as DMA 105, 110, 145, 240, 245, 246 or EET 130 or 215.
transfer	curriculum;	however,	graduates	have	success-            5
                                                                   In consultation with IT faculty advisor, choose three courses from at least two
                                                                   different general education categories.
fully	 transferred	 to	 and	 graduated	 from	 schools	 such	     6
                                                                   May be substituted with IST 209, 250, 256, or 259.
as	the	New	Jersey	Institute	of	Technology	(NJIT).	Stu-           7
                                                                   May be substituted with IST 292; NET 297; IST 241, 259, 297; or a 200-level CIS,
dents	who	are	interested	in	such	opportunities	should	             IST, or NET course approved by IT faculty advisor.
discuss	 their	 interests	 with	 an	 IT	 faculty	 advisor	 as	   † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
early	as	possible	during	their	program	at	Mercer.




                                                                                                                                                               2
                                                                                                                                                               0
                                                                                                                                                               0
                                                                                                                                                               6
                                                                                                                                                               -
                                                                                                                                                               2
                                                                                                                                                               0
                                                                                                                                                               0
                                                                                                                                                               9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                                   107
                             Information Technology
                             Technology Certificates
                             	 Computer	 Technology	 Certificates	 of	 Proficiency	 pro-                  Computer Network Technology –
Information Technology


                             vide	students	with	an	optional	opportunity	to	specialize	                    Cisco specialization*
                             in	the	A.A.S.	degree	in	Computer	Technology.	Each	cer-                       	 Students	 who	 successfully	 specialize	 in	 Computer	
                             tificate	consists	of	six	or	seven	core	courses	that	are	in-                  Network	Technology	-	Cisco	will	be	able	to:
                             cluded	in	the	A.A.S.	degree	and	six	specific	electives	that	                   •	 install,	configure,	upgrade,	manage,	and	support	LAN	
                             may	also	be	applied	to	the	degree.                                                hardware	and	ISO	software	in	a	Cisco	environment;
                             	 Students	 may	 pursue	 the	 A.A.S.	 without	 a	 special-                     •	 understand	how	networking	concepts	are	imple-
                             ization,	may	complete	a	certificate	without	completing	                           mented	in	network	with	Cisco	routers	and	switches;
                             the	degree,	or	may	work	with	an	IT	faculty	advisor	to	                         •	 configure	Cisco	equipment	for	LANs,	MANs,	and	WANs;
                             develop	their	own	certificate	of	proficiency.                                  •	 configure	Cisco	routers	and	switches	to	implement	
                             	 All	 Computer	 Technology	 certificate	 programs	 re-                           standard	communications	protocols;
                             quire	the	following	core	courses,	which	are	included	in	                       •	 demonstrate	an	understanding	of	network	security;
                             the	A.A.S.	curriculum.                                                         •	 identify	the	objectives	of	the	CCNA	examination.
                                                                                                          	 The	following	six	courses,	in	addition	to	the	certifi-
                                                           Core Courses                                   cate	 core	 courses,	 are	 required	 for	 this	 certificate.	 All	
                                                                                                          courses	may	be	applied	to	the	associate	degree.
                             Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                    Credits
                             ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                        3                   	
                                                                                                          Code	 	       Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                    Credits
                             IST	 103	 Computer	Concepts	with	Programming                                 NET	 120	     Windows	Desktop	Operating	System	Administration	(2/2)	3
                             	     	   and	Productivity	Software	(2/4)1	                 4-6              NET	 130	     Interconnecting	Network	Devices	(2/2)	                3
                             NET	 102	 Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)	     3              NET	 140	     Principles	of	Information	Security	(2/2)	             3
                             NET	 103	 Advanced	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)		           3              NET	 230	     Advanced	Switched	Networks	(2/2)	                     3
                             NET	 104	 Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                        3              NET	 232	     Routers	and	Routing	(2/2)	                            3
                             IST	 144	 Multimedia	Website	Development	(2/2)	               3              NET	 234	     WAN	Technologies	(2/2)	                               3
                             	                                                       _____ 	              	                                                                	 __
                                                                                                          	
                             	    	   certificate	core	courses:	                       19-21              	    	        certificate	specialization	courses:	                 18
                             1
                                 Students who plan to take programming courses must complete IST 109.   *some courses may not be immediately available
                                 Those who complete IST 109 may substitute IST 101 for 103.
                                                                                                          Computer Network Technology –
                             Computer Network Technology –                                                Security specialization*
                             Microsoft specialization                                                     	 Students	 who	 successfully	 specialize	 in	 Computer	
                             	 Students	 who	 successfully	 specialize	 in	 Computer	                     Network	Technology	-	Security	will	be	able	to:
                             Network	Technology	-	Microsoft	will	be	able	to:                                •	 recognize	and	apply	strategies	and	tools	to	address	
                               •	 install,	configure,	upgrade,	manage,	and	support	LAN	                        various	computer	network	security	issues;
                                  software	and	hardware	in	a	Windows	environment;                           •	 implement	intrusion	detection,	firewalls,	packet	
                               •	 understand	how	networking	concepts	are                                       filters,	signatures,	wireless	and	border	security,	
                               	 implemented	in	Windows	and	apply	them	to                                      VPNs,	access	control,	cryptography,
                               	 support	a	network;                                                         	 authentication,	and	other	security	protocols;
                               •	 configure	Windows	on	stand-alone	and	client	                              •	 establish	communications	and	infrastructure	security	
                                  computers	that	are	part	of	a	workgroup	or	domain;                            in	an	operational	and	organizational	environment;
                               •	 apply	standards	and	protocols	such	as	IP,	DHCP,	                          •	 identify	the	objectives	of	CompTIA’s	Security+,	
                                                                                                               SANS	SCNP,	and	other	examinations.
                                  and	DNS	to	build	networks;
                                                                                                          	 The	following	six	courses,	in	addition	to	the	certifi-
                               •	 demonstrate	an	understanding	of	network	security;
                                                                                                          cate	 core	 courses,	 are	 required	 for	 this	 certificate.	 All	
                               •	 identify	the	objectives	of	the	MCSA	examinations.                       courses	may	be	applied	to	the	associate	degree.
                             	 The	following	six	courses,	in	addition	to	the	certifi-
                             cate	 core	 courses,	 are	 required	 for	 this	 certificate.	 All	
                                                                                                          Code		     Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                   Credits
                             courses	may	be	applied	to	the	associate	degree.
                                                                                                          NET	 120	 Windows	Desktop	Operating	System	Administration	(2/2)	3
                                  	
                             Code	 	         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                    Credits       NET	 130	 Interconnecting	Network	Devices	(2/2)	                3
                             NET	 120	       Windows	Desktop	Operating	System	Administration	(2/2)	3      NET	 140	 Principles	of	Information	Security	(2/2)	             3
                         2   NET	 122	       Windows	Server	Operating	System	Administration	(2/2)	3       NET	 240	 Network	Security	(2/2)	                               3
                         0                                                                                NET	 243	 Operating	System	Security	(2/2)	                      3
                         0   NET	 124	       Network	Infrastructure	Administration	(2/2)	          3
                         6   NET	 126	       Network	Directory	Services	Administration	(2/2)	3            NET	 244	 Network	Defense	and	Countermeasures	(2/2)	 3
                                                                                                          	                                                            	__
                         -   NET	 130	       Interconnecting	Network	Devices	(2/2)	                3      	
                         2   NET	 140	       Principles	of	Information	Security	(2/2)	             3      	    	certificate	specialization	courses:	                    18
                         0   	                                                                  	__ 	
                         0                                                                              *some courses may not be immediately available
                             	    	          certificate	specialization	courses:	                18
                         9


                 108                                                                                                                                     609.586.4800
                                                                                          Information Technology
                                                                                                                    Technology Certificates
Programming Technology                                                                     Computer User Support Technology




                                                                                                                                                                  Information Technology
	 Students	 who	 wish	 to	 pursue	 a	 career	 in	 program-                                 	 Students	 who	 successfully	 specialize	 in	 Computer	
ming,	 systems	 analysis,	 or	 database	 administration	                                   User	Support	Technology	will	be	able	to:
should	 consider	 the	 A.S.	 degree	 in	 Computer	 Infor-                                    •	 troubleshoot	and	maintain	client	hardware	and	software;
mation	 Systems,	 which	 is	 designed	 as	 a	 transfer	 cur-                                 •	 train	and	help	personnel	to	use	professional	business	
riculum.	 Most	 programming,	 systems	 analysis,	 and	                                          productivity	software;
database	 administration	 careers	 with	 area	 businesses	                                   •	 clearly	and	concisely	explain	the	use	of	software
require	a	minimum	of	a	bachelor’s	degree.                                                    	 features	in	person	and	over	a	telephone;
	 Students	 who	 successfully	 specialize	 in	 Program-                                      •	 assist	in	the	evaluation	and	implementation	of	new
ming	Technology	will	be	able	to:                                                             	 or	upgraded	applications	software;
   •	 apply	procedural	and	object	oriented	technologies                                      •	 take	and	pass	the	MSDST	and	the	MSOS	examinations.
   	 to	implement	interactive	programs;                                                    	 The	 Computer	 User	 Support	 Technology	 certificate	
   •	 program	in	at	least	two	computer	programming                                         program	 requires,	 in	 addition	 to	 the	 certificate	 core	
   	 languages	that	are	regularly	used	in	area	businesses;                                 courses,	the	following	six	courses,	which	may	all	be	ap-
   •	 design	and	implement	simple	databases	and	write	programs	                            plied	to	the	associate	degree.
      that	open,	read,	update,	delete,	and	close	such	databases.
	 The	Programming	Technology	certificate	program	re-                                       Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
quires,	 in	 addition	 to	 the	 certificate	 core	 courses,	 the	                          CIS	 175	   PC	Applications:	Spreadsheets	(2/2)	             3
following	six	courses,	which	may	all	be	applied	to	the	                                    CIS	 173	   PC	Applications:	Database	(2/2)	                 3
associate	degree.                                                                          CIS	 182	   PC	Applications:	Presentations	(2/2)	            3
                                                                                           CIS	 212	   Advanced	PC	Business	Applications	(2/2)	         3
Code		         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                    Credits
                                                                                           IST	 111	   Introduction	to	Help	Desk	Support	(1.5/5)	       4
IST	 109	      Introduction	to	Programming	                                        3
                                                                                           IST	 292	   Help	Desk	Practicum	(1/5)	                       3
IST	 129	      Introduction	to	C#	Programming1	                                  3-4       	                                                         	 __ 	
IST	 123	      Programming	in	Visual	Basic.net	(2/2)	                              3       	    	      certificate	specialization	courses:	            19
IST	 229	      Intermediate	C#	Programming	(3/2)2	                                 4
IST	 253	      Database	Concepts	(2/2)3	                                           3
IST	 297	      IT	Capstone	Project	(1/3)4	                                         2
	                                                                            	_____ 	
	    	         certificate	specialization	courses:	                           18-19
1
  Students may substitute IST 137 or 220.
2
  Students may substitute IST 238 or IST 233.
3
  Students interested in VBA on PCs may substitute CIS 173.
4
  Students may substitute IST 256 (Systems Analysis) which includes a capstone project.




                                                                                                                                                              2
                                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                                              6
                                                                                                                                                              -
                                                                                                                                                              2
                                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                                              9

                                                                                                                      Robert McCrae
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                                  109
                             Information Technology
                             Career Certificates
                             	 Career	Certificates	of	Proficiency,	designed	to	serve	                                Database Administration – Oracle
Information Technology


                             three	purposes,	are	intended	for…                                                       	 Nine	courses	are	required	for	this	career	certificate,	
                               •	 working	adults	who	wish	to	pursue	a	new	career	                                    which	is	intended	to	enhance	students’	skills	in	Oracle	
                                  or	to	learn	new	skills;                                                            database	 programming,	 design,	 and	 administration.	
                               •	 young	adults	who	wish	to	pursue	employment	                                        These	 courses	 prepare	 students	 for	 certification	 as	 an	
                                  within	one	of	the	specializations	offered;	and                                     Oracle	 associate	 and	 professional.	 Courses	 completed	
                               •	 students	with	degrees	in	other	disciplines	who	are	                                earlier	(e.g.,	those	that	were	part	of	an	A.A.S.	degree,	a	
                                  interested	in	studying	information	systems                                         certificate,	or	a	degree	at	another	college)	do	not	need	
                               	 or	computer	technology.                                                             to	be	repeated.
                             	 Some	 of	 the	 courses	 in	 these	 certificates	 may	 have	
                             prerequisites	that	must	be	completed	before	taking	the	                                 Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                     Credits
                             required	course.                                                                        ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                         3
                                                                                                                     IST	 253	 Database	Concepts	(2/2)	                             3
                             Database Administration – SQL / MySQL                                                   IST	 123	 Programming	in	Visual	Basic.NET	(2/2)1	              3
                             	 Six	 courses	 are	 required	 for	 this	 career	 certificate,	                         IST	 134	 Introduction	to	Oracle	SQL	and	PL/SQL	Concepts	(2/2)	3
                             which	 is	 intended	 to	 enhance	 skills	 in	 SQL	 database	                            NET	 104	 Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                         3
                             server	 administration	 and	 to	 prepare	 students	 to	 pass	                           IST	 223	 Advanced	Programming	in	Visual	Basic.NET	(2/2)	3
                             the	 MCDBA	 core	 examinations.	 Courses	 completed	                                    IST	 258	 Advanced	PL/SQL	(2/2)	                               3
                             earlier	(e.g.,	those	that	were	part	of	an	A.A.S.	degree,	a	                             IST	 256	 Systems	Analysis	(2/2)	                              3
                             certificate,	or	a	degree	at	another	college)	do	not	need	                               IST	 254	 Database	Administration	(2/2)	                       3
                                                                                                                     	                                                           	 __
                             to	be	repeated.                                                                         	      	  	                                                   27
                             Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                     Credits                        1
                                                                                                                         IST 229 (Intermediate C# Programming) or IST 237 (Java Programming)
                             ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                          3                           may be substituted.
                             IST	 253	 Database	Concepts	(2/2)1	                             3
                             NET	 122	 Windows	Server	Operating	System	Administration	(2/2)	 3                       Project Management
                             IST	 260	 SQL	Server	Database	Design	(3/2)	                     4                       	 Seven	courses	are	required	for	this	career	certificate,	
                             IST	 261	 SQL	Server	System	Administration	(3/2)	               4                       which	 is	 intended	 to	 enhance	 students’	 skills	 in	 proj-
                             IST	 255	 Data	Mining	(3/2)2	                                   4                       ect	management.	Courses	completed	earlier	(e.g.,	those	
                             	                                                            	 __
                                                                                                                     that	 were	 part	 of	 an	 A.A.S.	 degree,	 a	 certificate,	 or	 a	
                             	      	  	                                                    21                       degree	at	another	college)	do	not	need	to	be	repeated.
                             1
                                 Students interested in VBA on PCs may substitute CIS 173.
                                         2
                                           Students interested in MCDBA certification may prepare for the elective   Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
                                             exam by substituting IST 223 (Advanced Programming in Visual Basic.
                                               NET) or IST 231 (Advanced C# Programming).
                                                                                                                     ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                                                                                                                     BUS	 209	 Business	Letter/Report	Writing	(3/0)	           3
                                                                                                                     IST	 123	 Programming	in	Visual	Basic.NET	(2/2)	          3
                                                                                                                     IST	 209	 Project	Management	Concepts	(2/2)	              3
                                                                                                                     BUS	 210	 Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	                 3
                                                                                                                     BUS	 225	 Employee	Motivation	and	Leadership	(3/0)	       3
                                                                                                                     CIS	 280	 PC	Applications:	Project	Management	(2/2)	      3
                                                                                                                     IST	 259	 Project	Management	(3/2)	                       4
                                                                                                                     	                                                      	 __
                                                                                                                     	      	  	                                              25




                         2
                         0
                         0
                         6
                         -
                         2
                         0
                         0
                         9

                                                  Thomas Prettyman
                   110                                                                                                                                                        609.586.4800
                                                                              Information Technology
                                                                                                                          Career Certificates
 Programming                                                                   Network Engineering Technology –




                                                                                                                                                      Information Technology
 	 Seven	courses	are	required	for	this	career	certificate,	which	              Security certification*
 is	intended	to	enhance	students’	skills	in	computer	program-                  	 This	 certificate	 assists	 students	 in	 preparing	 to	 take	
 ming,	systems	analysis,	and	project	management.	Those	who	                    CompTIA’s	A+,	Network+,	and	Security+;	and	SANS	Secu-
 successfully	complete	the	certificate	will	have	an	advanced	                  rity	Certified	Network	Professional	(SCNP)	examinations.
 working	knowledge	of	programming	in	a	distributed	database	
 environment	and	the	experience	to	plan	and	schedule	major	                    Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
 programming	activities	that	employ	teams	of	programmers.                      ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                                                                               NET	 102	 Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)	3
 Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
                                                                               NET	 103	 Advanced	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)		       3
 ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
                                                                               NET	 104	 Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                    3
 IST	 223	 Advanced	Programming	in	Visual	Basic.NET	(2/2)	3
                                                                               NET	 140	 Principles	of	Information	Security	(2/2)	       3
 IST	 229	 Intermediate	C#	Programming	(3/2)1	            4
                                                                               NET	 240	 Network	Security	(2/2)	                         3
 IST	 256	 Systems	Analysis	(2/2)	                        3
                                                                               NET	 243	 Operating	System	Security	(2/2)	                3
 IST	 209	 Project	Management	Concepts	(2/2)	             3
                                                                               NET	 244	 Network	Defense	and	Countermeasures	(2/2)	 3
 IST	 253	 Database	Concepts	(2/2)2	                      3                    	                                                      	 __
 IST	 231	 Advanced	C#	Programming	(3/2)3	                4                    	      	  	                                              24
 	                                                      	__
 	      	  	                                             23                   *some courses may not be immediately available

 1
   Students may substitute IST 237 and 239 (Java) for IST 229 and 231 (C#).    Microsoft.NET Programming Environment*
 2
   Students interested in VBA on PCs may substitute CIS 173.
                                                                               	 Ten	 courses	 are	 required	 for	 this	 career	 certificate,	
 3
   IST 233 (C++) or 239 (Java) may be substituted.
                                                                               which	 is	 intended	 to	 prepare	 students	 to	 develop	 ap-
                                                                               plications	in	Microsoft’s	next	generation	of	application	
 Network Engineering Technology –
                                                                               development	 tools.	 Successful	 graduates	 will	 be	 able	
 Microsoft certification                                                       to	 solve	 programming	 and	 application	 delivery	 prob-
 	 This	certificate	assists	students	in	preparing	to	take	
 the	 Microsoft	 Certified	 System	 Administrator	 (MCSA)	                     lems	 using	 SQL	 server	 database	 technology,	 VB.NET,	
 examinations	and	CompTIA’s	A+	and	Network+	certifi-                           C#.NET,	 and	 the	 .NET	 environment.	 Students	 must	
 cation	examinations.                                                          have	a	degree	and	coursework	similar	to	IST	145	and	
                                                                               IST	123	for	entry	into	this	certificate.
 Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                      Credits
 ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                           3            Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
 NET	 102	 Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)	3                    ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
 NET	 103	 Advanced	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)	               3            DMA	 145	 Web	Design	I	(1/4)	                            3
 NET	 104	 Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                           3            IST	 273	 Microsoft	SQL	Server	(2/2)	                    3
 NET	 120	 Windows	Desktop	Operating	System	Administration	(2/2)	 3            IST	 274	 Microsoft.NET	Databases	(2/2)	                 3
 NET	 122	 Windows	Server	Operating	System	Administration	(2/2)	 3             IST	 229	 Intermediate	C#	Programming	(3/2)	             4
 NET	 124	 Network	Infrastructure	Administration	(2/2)	           3            IST	 223	 Advanced	Programming	in	Visual	Basic.NET	(2/2)	3
 NET	 126	 Network	Directory	Services	Administration	(2/2)	3                   IST	 276	 Active	Server	Pages.NET	(2/2)	                 3
 	                                                             	__             IST	 277	 Microsoft.NET	Framework	(3/0)	                 3
 	      	  	                                                    24             IST	 279	 Microsoft.NET	Security	(2/2)	                  3
                                                                               IST	 231	 Advanced	C#	Programming	(3/2)	                 4
 Network Engineering Technology –                                              	                                                      	__
 Cisco certification*                                                          	      	  	                                             32
 	 This	certificate	assists	students	in	preparing	to	take	the	                *some courses may not be immediately available
 Cisco	Certified	Network	Associate	(CCNA)	examination	and	
 CompTIA’s	A+	and	Network+	certification	examinations.
     	
 Code	    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
 ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
 NET	 102	 Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)	3
 NET	 103	 Advanced	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)		      3                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                  0
 NET	 104	 Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                   3                                                                                       0
 NET	 130	 Interconnecting	Network	Devices	(2/2)	         3                                                                                       6
 NET	 230	 Advanced	Switched	Networks	(2/2)	              3                                                                                       -
 NET	 232	 Routers	&	Routing	(2/2)	                       3                                                                                       2
 NET	 234	 WAN	Technologies	(2/2)	                        3                                                                                       0
 	                                                     	 __                                                                                       0
 	     	   	                                             24                                                                                       9
*some courses may not be immediately available


 www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                     111
                             Information Technology
                             Advanced Certificates
                             	 Advanced	Certificates	are	only	available	to	students	         Advanced Website Development
Information Technology


                             with	associate	degrees	in	computer	technology	or	com-           	 The	 Advanced	 Certificate	 in	 Website	 Development,	 in-
                             puter	information	systems,	or	to	students	with	bachelor’s	      tended	to	enhance	students’	skills	in	commercial	website	de-
                             degrees.	 The	 courses	 in	 these	 certificate	 programs	 re-   sign,	requires	nine	courses.	Students	must	have	a	degree	and	
                             quire	prerequisites,	which	are	not	included	in	the	course	      coursework	similar	to	IST	145	for	entry	into	this	certificate.
                             listings	but	must	be	completed	prior	to	enrolling	in	the	
                             courses	that	require	them.	In	most	cases,	students	with	        Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                             Credits
                             an	A.S.	or	A.A.S.	from	Mercer	will	have	completed	the	          BUS	 205	 Business	Statistics	I	(3/0)1	                                3
                             prerequisites	as	part	of	their	degree	program.                  MKT	 113	 e-Marketing	(3/0)	                                           3
                             	 These	certificates	have	been	designed	to	complement	          DMA	 145	 Web	Design	I	(1/4)1	                                         3
                                                                                             IST	 238	 Intermediate	Java	Programming	(2/2)2	                        3
                             the	A.S.	and	A.A.S.	curriculum	and	to	facilitate	transfer	
                                                                                             IST	 239	 Advanced	Java	Programming	(2/2)2	                            3
                             to	some	four-year	colleges.	Advanced	Certificates	may	
                                                                                             IST	 253	 Database	Concepts	(2/2)3	                                    3
                             also	help	students	with	degrees	in	other	disciplines	to	
                                                                                             IST	 247	 Advanced	e-Commerce	Websites	(2/2)1	                         3
                             prepare	 for	 advanced	 studies	 in	 information	 systems	      IST	 249	 Web	Server	Administration	(2/4)1	                            4
                             and	related	disciplines.	Students	who	are	interested	in	        DMA	 245	 Web	Design	II	(1/4)	                                         3
                             these	 opportunities	 should	 work	 closely	 with	 their	 IT	   	                                                                   	 __
                             faculty	advisor.                                                	      	  	                                                           28
                                                                                             1
                                                                                               Requires prerequisite(s).
                                                                                             2
                                                                                               IST 123 and 223 may substitute for IST 238 and 239.
                                                                                             3
                                                                                               Students interested in VBA on PCs may substitute CIS 173.


                                                                                             Advanced Network Engineering
                                                                                             	 The	 Advanced	 Certificate	 in	 Network	 Engineering	
                                                                                             prepares	students	with	a	degree	in	computer	technolo-
                                                                                             gy	for	management-level	responsibilities	and	advanced	
                                                                                             studies	 in	 network	 engineering.	 This	 advanced	 certifi-
                                                                                             cate	also	prepares	students	to	build	upon	industry	cer-
                                                                                             tifications	and	assists	them	in	acquiring	new	ones.
                                                                                             Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
                                                                                             NET	 226	 Directory	Infrastructure	Design	(2/2)	         3
                                                                                             NET	 230	 Advanced	Switched	Networks	(2/2)	              3
                                                                                             NET	 232	 Routers	and	Routing	(2/2)	                     3
                                                                                             NET	 234	 WAN	Technologies	(2/2)	                        3
                                                                                             NET	 240	 Network	Security	(2/2)	                        3
                                                                                             NET	 243	 Operating	System	Security	(2/2)	               3
                                                                                             NET	 244	 Network	Defense	and	Countermeasures	(2/2)	 3
                                                                                             BUS		205	 Business	Statistics	I	(3/0)	                   3
                                                                                             BUS	 225	 Employee	Motivation	and	Leadership	(3/0)	      3
                                                                                             POL	 203	 Law	and	Society	(3/0)	                         3
                                                                                             NET	 260	 Seminar	in	Network	Management	(3/0)	           3
                                                                                             	                                                      	__
                                                                                             	      	  	                                             33




                         2
                         0
                         0
                         6
                         -
                         2
                         0
                         0
                         9


                   112                                                                                                                                609.586.4800
                                                                      Information Technology
                                                                                                  Advanced Certificates
Advanced Business Programming                                          Computer Information Management




                                                                                                                                            Information Technology
	 The	Advanced	Certificate	in	Business	Programming	                    	 The	 Advanced	 Certificate	 in	 Computer	 Informa-
requires	eight	courses,	which	are	intended	to	upgrade	                 tion	Management	is	intended	to	prepare	students	with	
student	skills	in	business	applications	programming.                   A.A.S.	degrees	or	technically	oriented	A.S.,	B.A.,	or	B.S.	
                                                                       degrees	for	business-oriented	undergraduate	or	gradu-
Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                 Credits           ate	 studies.	 Requiring	 12	 courses,	 the	 certificate	 pre-
ACC	 111	 Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)	       4            pares	students	to	deal	with	management	issues	in	gen-
ACC	 112	 Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)	      4            eral	 and	 those	 involving	 information	 technology	 spe-
ACC	 215		Cost	Accounting	(3/1)1	                         3            cifically.	It	may	also	help	prepare	working	information	
BUS	 215	 Production	and	Inventory	Management	(3/0)	 3                 systems	professionals	for	management	responsibilities.	
IST	 223	 Advanced	Programming	in	Visual	Basic.NET	(2/2)	 3            Students	 who	 plan	 to	 use	 the	 certificate	 for	 advanced	
IST	 253	 Database	Concepts	(2/2)2	                       3            studies	should	consult	with	an	IT	faculty	advisor.
IST	 256	 Systems	Analysis	(2/2)	                         3            Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                  Credits
IST	 209	 Project	Management	Concepts	(2/2)	              3            BUS	 206	 Business	Statistics	II	(3/0)	                     3
	                                                       	__
	      	  	                                              26            BUS	 209	 Business	Letter/Report	Writing	(3/0)	             3
                                                                       ACC	 112	 Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)		       4
1
    Students may substitute ACC 303 (Financial Statement Analysis).    ACC	 303	 Financial	Statement	Analysis	(3/0)	               3
2
    Students interested in VBA on PCs may substitute CIS 173.          BUS	 225	 Employee	Motivation	and	Leadership	(3/0)	         3
                                                                       ECO	 111	 Macroeconomics	(3/0)	                             3
                                                                       ECO	 112	 Microeconomics	(3/0)	                             3
                                                                       IST	 250	 Systems	Auditing	and	Controls	(3/0)	              3
                                                                       IST	 251	 Management	of	Computer	Technology	(3/0)	          3
                                                                       IST	 209	 Project	Management	Concepts	(2/2)	                3
                                                                       PHI	 209	 Business	Ethics	(3/0)	                            3
                                                                       POL	 203	 Law	and	Society	(3/0)	                            3
                                                                       	                                                        	 __
                                                                       	      	  	                                                37




                                                                                                                                        2
                                                                                                                                        0
                                                                                                                                        0
                                                                                                                                        6
                                                                                                                                        -
                                                                                                                                        2
                                                                                                                                        0
                                                                                                                                        0
                                                                                                                                        9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                            113
                             Information Technology
                             Preparation Certificates
                             	 Preparation	 Certificates	 are	 intended	 for	 students	
Information Technology


                             who	hope	to	find	immediate	part-	or	full-time	employ-          Communication Installation Technician
                             ment	in	an	entry-level	position.	Those	who	complete	
                                                                                            Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                 Credits
                             one	of	these	certificates	will	be	able	to:
                                                                                            ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)1	                    3
                                •	 continue	their	education	in	freshman	and
                                                                                            MAT	 135	 Intermediate	Algebra	with	Applications	(4/0)2	 4
                                	 sophomore	college-level	courses;
                                                                                            NET	 102	 Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)3	 3
                                •	 evaluate	their	interests	in	Information	Technology;
                                                                                            IST	 103	 Computer	Concepts	with	Programming
                                •	 obtain	an	entry-level	position	as	a	network	or
                                                                                            	     	   and	Productivity	Software	(2/4)	                 4
                                	 telephone	wireman,	network	installer,	hardware
                                                                                            EET	 130	 Fundamentals	of	Electronics	(2/2)3	              3
                                	 or	software	installer,	or	computer	sales	associate.
                                                                                            NET	 104	 Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                     3
                             	 Admission	 to	 these	 certificate	 programs	 requires	       	                                                       	 __
                             a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	 equivalent.	 Professors	    	      	  	                                               21
                             of	 Information	 Technology	 and	 Foundations	 Educa-
                             tion	team-teach	highly	motivated	students	during	an	
                             eight-week	Summer	session	and	two	15-week	semes-               PC Installation Technician
                             ters	 so	 that	 students	 who	 require	 up	 to	 six	 founda-
                             tions	courses	can	complete	the	certificate	in	one	year.	       Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                  Credits
                             Placement	 testing	 is	 essential	 to	 each	 student’s	 cur-   ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)1	                      3
                             riculum	plan.                                                  MAT	 135	 Intermediate	Algebra	with	Applications	(4/0)2	 4
                                                                                            NET	 102	 Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)3	 3
                                                                                            IST	 103	 Computer	Concepts	with	Programming
                                                                                            	     	   and	Productivity	Software	(2/4)3	                  4
                                                                                            CIS	 175	 PC	Applications:	Spreadsheets	(2/2)	               3
                                                                                            IST	 140	 The	Internet	and	Computer	Technology	(2/2)4	 3
                                                                                            	                                                         	 __
                                                                                            	      	  	                                                 21


                                                                                            Computer Sales Technician
                                                                                            Code		   Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                  Credits
                                                                                            ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)1	                     3
                                                                                            MAT	 135	 Intermediate	Algebra	with	Applications	(4/0)2	 4
                                                                                            NET	 102	 Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/3)3	 3
                                                                                            IST	 103	 Computer	Concepts	with	Programming
                                                                                            	     	   and	Productivity	Software	(2/4)3	                 4
                                                                                            NET	 104	 Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                      3
                                                                                            MKT	 101	 Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	                    3
                                                                                            	                                                         	__
                                                                                            	      	  	                                                21
                                                                                            1
                                                                                              Students may have to complete ENG 023 and 024 (College Composition) and ENG 033
                                                                                              and 034 (College Reading) before enrolling in ENG 101.
                                                                                            2
                                                                                              Students may have to complete MAT 033 (Basic Mathematics) and 034 (Basic Algebra).
                                                                                              MAT 110 (Technical Mathematics) or MAT 141 (College Algebra) may be substituted.
                                                                                            3
                                                                                              These courses are team taught with ENG 024, ENG 034, and/or MAT 034 during the Fall
                                                                                              semester at the James Kerney Campus.
                                                                                            4
                                                                                              Students may substitute CIS 173 (PC Applications: Database).




                         2
                         0
                         0
                         6
                         -
                         2
                         0
                         0
                         9


                   114                                                                                                                                 609.586.4800
                                                                Laboratory Technology
                                                                           Associate in Applied Science Degree
	 Laboratory	 Technology	 is	 a	 career	 program	 that	




                                                                                                                                                              Laboratory Technology
prepares	 students	 for	 immediate	 employment	 as	
                                                                                                 Curriculum
biological	or	chemical	technicians	in	governmental,	            Code		         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                 Credits
industrial,	 or	 production	 facilities.	 Graduates	 have	      ENG	 101	      English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                      3
obtained	 positions	 at	 Johnson	 &	 Johnson,	 Exxon-           MAT	115	       Algebra	and	Trigonometry	I	(3/0)1	                                3
Mobil,	NJ	Department	of	Health,	Firmenich,	Bristol-             CHE	 101	      General	Chemistry	I	(3/3)	                                        4
Myers	Squibb,	GE	Astro	Space	Division,	the	NJ	State	            BIO	 101	      General	Biology	I	(3/3)	                                          4
Police	 Laboratory,	 FMC,	 Rheox	 Chemicals,	 Carter-           HPE	 110	      Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                              2
Wallace,	and	elsewhere.                                         	      	       	

	 Opportunities	 are	 best	 for	 those	 who	 have	 mas-         ENG	 112	      English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	                            3
tered	basic	principles	of	chemistry	and	are	proficient	         MAT	116	       Algebra	and	Trigonometry	II	(3/0)1	                                  3
in	laboratory	skills.	While	employed,	technicians	of-           CHE	 102	      General	Chemistry	II	(3/3)	                                          4
ten	find	opportunities	for	additional	study	leading	to	         BIO	 102	      General	Biology	II	(3/3)	                                            4
a	baccalaureate	degree.	Many	companies	will	pay	for	            COS	 —	        Computer	Science	elective2	                                          4
this	advanced	study.                                            	      	       	


	 Laboratory	 technology	 students	 may	 participate	           BIO	 201	      Microbiology	(3/3)	                                                  4
in	 cooperative	 education	 through	 which	 they	 can	          CHE	 201	      Organic	Chemistry	I	(3/4)	                                           5
earn	 salaries	 as	 they	 earn	 credit	 and	 gain	 relevant	    —	 —	          General	Education	elective3	                                         3
experience.	Co-op	students	often	are	offered	full-time	         —	 —	          Technical	electives4	                                                4
                                                                	      	       	
employment	by	their	co-op	employers.
                                                                —	 —	          General	Education	elective3	                                         3
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
                                                                CHE	 210	      Instrumental	Analysis	(3/3)
diploma	 or	 its	 equivalent	 with	 at	 least	 one	 year	 of	
                                                                	    	         OR	                                                               4-5
science	(biology,	chemistry,	or	physics)	and	one	year	
                                                                CHE	 202	      Organic	Chemistry	II	(3/4)
of	 algebra.	Those	with	insufficient	background	may	
                                                                —	 —	          Technical	elective4	                                              4
take	preparatory	courses	at	MCCC.
                                                                —	 —	          General	Education	elective3	                                      3	
	 The	 successful	 graduate	 of	 the	 Laboratory	 Tech-         	                                                                            _____
nology	program	is	awarded	an	Associate	in	Applied	              	      	       	                                                             64-65
Science	degree	and	will	be	able	to:
  •	 maintain	experimental	records;
                                                                1
                                                                  MAT 146 may be substituted for MAT 115-116.
  •	 prepare	standardized	solutions;
                                                                2
                                                                  Computer Science electives: COS 101, 102.
                                                                3
                                                                  Select three courses from at least two of the following general education categories:
  •	 conduct	gravimetric	and	volumetric	procedures,	
                                                                  Social Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts,
     including	filtration,	titrations,	and                        Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General
  	 chemical	separations;                                         Education.
  •	 use	equipment	such	as	electronic	balances,	pH	             4
                                                                  Technical electives: BIO 203, 208; CHE 202, 205, 299; MAT 217; PHY 101, 102.
     meters,	microscopes,	autoclaves,	and                       †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
  	 gas	chromatographs;
  •	 prepare	microbiological	media	and	transfer	cultures;
  •	 identify	fungi	and	bacteria;
  •	 conduct	instrumental	methods	of	analysis;
  •	 conduct	organic	synthesis	techniques;
  •	 use	the	library	and	do	literature	searches;
  •	 perform	statistical	calculations;
  •	 employ	good	laboratory	practices	and	observe	
     safety	procedures;
  •	 use	computers	in	technical	applications	and	for	
     data	acquisition	and	treatment	in	the	laboratory.

                                                                                                                                                          2
                                                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                                                          6
                                                                                                                                                          -
                                                                                                                                                          2
                                                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                                                          0
                                                                                                                                                          9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                              115
                   Liberal Arts
                   Associate in Arts Degree in Liberal Arts and Sciences
                   	 The	 Liberal	 Arts	 program	 offers	 students	 a	 vari-
Liberal Arts


                   ety	of	courses	to	choose	from	and,	at	the	same	time,	                                            Core Curriculum
                   prepares	students	to	transfer	into	the	junior	year	at	            Code		            Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                   Credits
                   four-year	 colleges	 and	 universities	 in	 such	 fields	 as	     ENG	 101	         English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                        3
                   English,	history,	humanities,	journalism,	foreign	lan-            —	 —	             Foreign	Language	elective1	                                         3
                   guages,	pre-law,	literature,	psychology,	sociology,	po-           HIS	 —	           Historical	Perspective	elective2	                                   3
                   litical	science,	philosophy,	and	education.                       MAT	—	            Quantitative	Understanding	elective3	                            3-4
                   	 The	 program	 may	 be	 pursued	 part-time	 or	 full-            —	 —	             Natural	Science	laboratory	elective	                             3-4
                   time	 and	 may	 be	 completed	 by	 daytime	 or	 evening	          	         	       	

                   attendance.	Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:                 ENG	 102	         English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                         3
                      •	understand	the	vocabulary	and	the	major                      —	 —	             Foreign	Language	elective1	                                           3
                      	 concepts	present	in	the	humanities,	the	social               —	 —	             Quantitative	Understanding	elective3	                               3-4
                      	 sciences,	and	the	natural	sciences;                          CMN	111	          Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	
                      •	articulate	complex	ideas	clearly	and	effectively,	           	    	            OR	                                                                    3
                        both	verbally	and	in	writing;                                CMN	112	          Public	Speaking	(3/0)	
                      •	perform	a	series	of	thinking	tasks	including
                                                                                     —	 —	             Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective4	                            3-4
                      	 speculation,	analysis,	and	synthesis
                      	 (i.e.,	abstract	reasoning);                                  HPE	 110	         Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                                  2
                      •	utilize	research	materials	and	approaches;
                      •	speak,	write,	read,	and	comprehend	a	foreign                                                         Electives
                      	 language	commensurate	with	the	level	of	study.
                                                                                                   For	elective	recommendations,	see	concentrations
                   	 The	broad	perspective	of	Liberal	Arts	provides	stu-
                                                                                                   (SELECTION	OF	A	CONCENTRATION	IS	OPTIONAL)
                   dents	with	a	strong	foundation	in	humanities,	social	
                   science,	natural	science,	and	mathematics.	Students	              Code		            Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
                   who	wish	to	major	in	a	particular	discipline	(e.g.,	psy-          HIS	 —	           Historical	Perspective	elective	                 3
                   chology)	at	their	transfer	institution	can	still	graduate	        —	 —	             Social	Science	elective5	                        3
                   from	 Mercer	 with	 a	 total	 of	 12	 credits	 in	 that	 disci-   —	 —	             Social	Science	elective5	                        3
                   pline;	however,	baccalaureate	institutions	prefer	stu-            —	 —	             Social	Science	elective5	                        3
                   dents	to	take	most	of	the	coursework	in	the	major	at	             —	 —	             Social	Science	elective5*	                       3
                   their	institution.                                                —	 —	             Humanities	elective6*	                           3
                   	 Students	enrolled	in	the	Liberal	Arts	program	who	              ENG	 —	           Literature	elective	                             3
                   intend	to	transfer	to	four-year	colleges	or	universities	         ENG	 —	           Literature	elective	                             3
                   are	strongly	advised	to	discuss	their	general	education	          —	 —	             Diversity	and	Global	Perspective	elective	       3
                   electives	with	an	advisor.	Selection	of	these	courses	            —	 —	             General	Education	elective7*	                    3
                                                                                     	                                                            _______	
                   will	facilitate	full	transfer	of	general	education	credits	
                                                                                     	         	       	                                           62-66
                   completed	toward	the	degree.	All	students	should	de-
                   termine	the	requirements	of	the	transfer	institutions	            1
                                                                                         Courses must be limited to one language taken in a progressive sequence.
                   they	would	like	to	attend.                                        2
                                                                                         HIS 101, 102, 112, or 113. Students in the International Studies and American Studies
                   	 Students	 have	 transferred	 to	 Rider	 University,	                concentrations should take HIS 112 or 113.
                   The	 College	 of	 New	 Jersey,	 Rutgers	 University,	 and	        3
                                                                                         At least one MAT course must be chosen. MAT 108, 120, and 138 are recommended. If
                   Temple	 University,	 among	 others.	 Students	 should	                students take MAT 135, the second Quantitative Understanding elective must also be a
                                                                                         MAT course. Students who want to take ECO courses (for example, in the International
                   consult	with	Transfer	Services	about	available	articu-                Studies concentration) should take MAT 141. Please consult your advisor and the
                   lation	agreements	and	transfer	options.                               institution(s) to which you plan to apply for transfer regarding their math requirements.
                   	 Graduates	 not	 immediately	 pursuing	 additional	              4
                                                                                         Choose carefully, with assistance from an advisor or transfer counselor. May be a second
                   degree	work	frequently	enter	government	service,	hu-                  laboratory science or another general education Natural Science or Technology elective.
                   man	services,	and	business.                                       5
                                                                                         Ordinarily, no more than six credits in any one social science discipline may be taken
                                                                                         to fulfill this requirement.
                                                                                     6
                                                                                         Choose from English literature, HIS, PHI, or REL.
               2                                                                     7
                                                                                         Select courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,
               0                                                                         Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
               0                                                                         Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
               6                                                                     8
                                                                                       For the International Studies concentration, four semesters of one foreign language
               -                                                                       are recommended. A student with proficiency in a foreign language may take two
               2                                                                       semesters each of two languages, or four semesters of a second foreign language.
               0                                                                     * In addition to the two 200-level English literature courses, at least one Humanities or
               0                                                                       Social Science course must be at the 200 level.
               9                                                                     † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.


          116                                                                                                                                          609.586.4800
                                                                                                                                    Liberal Arts
                                                      Concentrations
                                                 (in addition to Core Curriculum)

              Humanities	Concentration	Electives                         International	Studies	Concentration	Electives
Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits   Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
HIS	 —	     History	elective	(3/0)	                          3   HIS	 113	 World	History	since	1500	(3/0)	                  3
PHI	 —	     PHI	102,	Philosophy	(3/0)                            POL	 201	 International	Relations	(3/0)	                   3
	    	      or	PHI	204,	Ethics	(3/0)                             GEO	 102	 Cultural	Geography	(3/0)	                        3
	    	      or	PHI	205,	Moral	Choices	(3/0)	                 3   ECO	 111	 Macroeconomics	(3/0)	                            3
—	 —	       Humanities	elective	(200-level)6	                3   BUS	 230	 International	Business	(3/0)	                    3
—	 —	       Humanities6	OR	Visual	and	Performing	Arts            —	 —	 Social	Science	elective5	                            3
	    	      OR	Foreign	Language	elective	                    3   —	 —	 Religious	Studies	OR	Philosophy
—	 —	       Diversity	and	Global	Perspective	elective	       3   	    	    OR	History	elective	                             3
ENG	 —	     Literature	elective	                             3   ENG	 —	 ENG	203,	World	Literature	I	(3/0)
ENG	 —	     Literature	elective	                             3   	    	    or	ENG	204,	World	Literature	II	(3/0)
—	 —	       Social	Science	elective5	                        3   	    	    or	ENG	232,	Post-Colonial	Women’s	Writers	(3/0)
—	 —	       Social	Science	elective5	                        3   	    	    or	ENG	234,	Caribbean	Literature	(3/0)	          3
—	 —	       Social	Science	elective5		                       3   —	 —	 Foreign	Language	elective8	                          3
                                                                 —	 —	 Foreign	Language	elective8	                          3
            Social	Science	Concentration	Electives
Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits        Political	and	Legal	Studies	Concentration	Electives
PSY	 101	   Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                   3   Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
SOC	 101	   Introduction	to	Sociology	(3/0)	                 3   HIS	 —	 HIS	105,	U.S.	History	to	1865	(3/0)
—	 —	       Social	Science	elective5	                        3   	    	    or	HIS	106,	U.S.	History	since	1865	(3/0)	       3
—	 —	       Social	Science	elective5		                       3   PHI	 102	 Philosophy	(3/0)	                                3
—	 —	       Social	Science	elective	(200-level)5	            3   PHI	 —	 PHI	204,	Ethics	(3/0)
HIS	 —	     History	elective		                               3   	    	    or	PHI	205,	Moral	Choices	(3/0)	                 3
—	 —	       Humanities	elective6	                            3   POL	 101	 The	American	Political	System	(3/0)	             3
—	 —	       Diversity	and	Global	Perspective	elective	       3   POL	 102	 State	and	Local	Government	(3/0)	                3
ENG	 —	     Literature	elective	                             3   POL	 203	 Law	and	Society	(3/0)	                           3
ENG	 —	     Literature	elective	                             3   POL	 —	 POL	205,	Constitutional	Law	(3/0)	
                                                                 	    	    or	POL	220,	Philosophy	of	Politics	(3/0)	        3
        American	Studies	Concentration	Electives                 CRJ	 101	 Introduction	to	Criminal	Justice	(3/0)	          3
Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	            Credits         ENG	 —	 Literature	elective	                               3
HIS	 105	 U.S.	History	to	1865	(3/0)	                  3         —	 —	 Diversity	and	Global	Perspective	elective	           3
HIS	 106	 U.S.	History	since	1865	(3/0)	               3
HIS	 —	 History	elective	                              3             Women’s	and	Gender	Studies	Concentration	Electives
HIS	 109	 African	American	History	(3/0)	                        Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
	    	    OR	                                                    HIS	 —	 HIS	221,	History	of	American	Women	(3/0)
ENG	 213	 African	American	Literature	(3/0)	           3         	    	    or	HIS	231,	Women	in	Antiquity	(3/0)
	    	    OR	                                                    	    	    or	HIS	232,	Women	in	Modern	Europe	(3/0)	       3
ART	 126	 African	American	Art	(3/0)	                            PSY	 101	 Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                  3
—	 —	 Humanities	elective6		                           3         PSY	 221	 The	Psychology	of	Women	(3/0)	                  3
ENG	 205	 American	Literature	I	(3/0)	                 3         ENG	 —	 ENG	221,	Women	in	Literature	(3/0)	
ENG	 206	 American	Literature	II	(3/0)	                3         	    	    or	ENG	232,	Post-Colonial	Women	Writers	(3/0)	 3
POL	 101	 The	American	Political	System	(3/0)	         3         SOC	 101	 Introduction	to	Sociology	(3/0)	                3
—	 —	 Social	Science	elective5	                        3         WGS	221	 Seminar	in	Women’s	and	Gender	Studies	(3/0)	 3
—	 —	 Social	Science	elective5	                        3         —	 —	 Social	Science	elective5	                           3    2
                                                                 —	 —	 Humanities	elective6	                               3    0
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                 ENG	 —	 Literature	elective	                              3    6
                                                                 —	 —	 General	Education	elective7	                        3    -
                                                                                                                                2
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                    117
                          Management
                          Associate in Applied Science Degree in Business Management
Business Management

                          	 The	 Management	 program	 equips	 graduates	 with	                                               Curriculum
                          specific	technical	skills	as	well	as	a	general	overview	of	
                          the	field	of	business.	While	Business Administration	           Code	 	            Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	         	       Credits
                          (page	69)	serves	as	a	college	business	transfer	program,	       BUS		101	          Introduction	to	Business	(3/0)	     	        		 3
                          Management	is	a	career	program	designed	to	help	stu-            OST	 111	          Basic	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	        		 3
                          dents	secure	an	entry-level	business	position.	See	the	         ENG		101	          English	Composition	I	(3/0)	        	        		 3
                          program	coordinator	to	discuss	transfer	opportunities.          BUS		118	          Introduction	to	Total	Quality	Management	(3/0)
                          	 The	following	options	are	provided:                           	       	          OR	     	         	          	      	        		 3
                             •	 Accounting	and	Management                                 BUS	128		          Team	Building	&	Business	Management	(3/0)
                             •	 Banking	and	Financial	Services                            BUS	103		          Business	Mathematics	(3/0)
                             •	 Business	Software	Applications                            	       	          OR¹	 	            	          	      	        		 3-4
                             •	 Funeral	Service	Preparatory                               MAT	141		          College	Algebra	and	Applications	(or	higher)
                                                                                          	              	                                                                         	
                             •	 Management                                                ENG	102		          English	Composition	II	(3/0)
                             •	 Marketing                                                 	        	         OR¹	 	           	        	       	        		                     3
                             •	 Microcomputer	Systems	Administration                      ENG	112		          English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)
                          	 Additional	options	can	be	developed	with	the	aid	             HPE	110		          Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†		      		                     2
                          of	an	advisor	and	the	approval	of	the	division	dean.	           —		 —	             General	Education	elective²	      	        		                     3
                          (See	also	Retail	Management,	Small	Business	Man-                BUS	107		          Business	Law	(3/0)	       	       	        		                     3
                          agement,	and	Total	Quality	Management.)	Coopera-                IST		 101	         Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	 		                     3
                          tive	education	opportunities	are	also	available.                MKT	101	 	         Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	    	        		                     3
                          	 Admission	to	the	Management	program	requires	a	               	              	                                                                         	

                          high	school	diploma	or	its	equivalent.                          ACC	106		 Office	Accounting	I	(3/0)
                                                                                          	       	 OR¹	 	            	        	        	                              		 3-4
                          Management Option                                               ACC	111		 Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)
                          	 Graduates	of	the	Management	option	are	awarded	               BUS	230		 International	Business	(3/0)	       	                              		      3
                          the	Associate	in	Applied	Science	Degree	in	Business	            BUS	209		 Business	Letter	&	Report	Writing	(3/0)	                            		      3
                          Management.	 Successful	 graduates	 will	 be	 quali-            ECO	103		 Basic	Economics	(3/0)
                          fied	 to	 obtain	 entry-level	 positions	 in	 retail	 firms,	   	       	 OR¹
                          supermarket	 chains,	 manufacturing	 firms,	 govern-            ECO	111		 Macroeconomics	(3/0)	 	             	                              		      3
                          ment	agencies	and	numerous	types	of	small	business	             	       	 OR¹
                          firms,	and	will	be	able	to:                                     ECO	112		 Microeconomics	(3/0)
                             •	apply	supervision	principles	to	perform                    BUS	210		 Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	 	                                  		      3
                             	 first-level	management	duties;                             	              	                                                                         	

                             •	motivate	employees	using	practical	applications;           ACC	205		 Office	Accounting	II	(3/0)
                             •	prepare,	review,	and	discharge	contracts;                  	       	 OR¹	 	           	         	        	       		 3-4
                             •	use	terminology	common	to	the	business                     ACC	112		 Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)
                             	 environment	for	effective	communication;                   BUS	225		 Employee	Motivation	and	Leadership	(3/0)	 		 3
                             •	demonstrate	familiarity	with	office	equipment	             BUS	240		 Human	Resource	Management	(3/0)	            		 3
                               commonly	used	in	business;                                 BUS	296		 International	Business	Practice	Firm	(1/5)
                             •	analyze/resolve	problems	common	to	entry-level	            	       	 OR	     	        	         	        	       		 3
                               business	positions;                                        —	 —		General	Education	elective²
                             •	communicate	information	effectively	in	both                —		 —	 Elective	           	         	        	       		 3
                                                                                          	                                                    	_____ 	
                             	 written	and	oral	modes	of	delivery;
                                                                                          	              		          	            	           	            	           62-65
                             •	comprehend	how	the	global	economy	and
                             	 international	events	affect	domestic	business	             ¹ Students intending to transfer to a baccalaureate program should take ENG 102;
                               decisions.                                                     MAT 141, College Algebra, or a higher level MAT course as their math elective;
                          	 Students	 may	 study	 full-time	 or	 part-time,	 and	             ECO 111 or 112 as their economics course; and ACC 111 and 112 to fulfill their
                      2   may	 receive	 credit	 for	 previous	 training	 by	 apply-           accounting requirement.
                      0   ing	 for	 credit-by-examination,	 credit-by-experience,	        ² Select CMN 111 or 112 or courses from the following general education categories:
                      0                                                                       Social Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts,
                      6   or	 credit-by-articulation.	 Contact	 the	 Management	
                                                                                              Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General
                      -   program	 coordinator	 for	 additional	 information	 and	            Education. At least one of these courses must be from a category other than Social
                      2   transfer	options.                                                   Science.
                      0                                                                   † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                      0
                      9


                118                                                                                                                                      609.586.4800
                                                                                                                 Marketing
                              Associate in Applied Science Degree in Business Management
	 Graduates	 of	 the	 Marketing	 option	 of	 the	 Man-




                                                                                                                                                           Marketing
agement	program	are	awarded	the	Associate	in	Ap-
                                                                                              Curriculum
plied	Science	Degree	in	Business	Management.	The	             Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
Management	programs	equip	graduates	with	specific	            BUS		101	        Introduction	to	Business	(3/0)	                 3
technical	skills	as	well	as	a	general	overview	of	the	        OST		 111	       Basic	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	           3
field	of	business.                                            ENG		101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
	 Successful	 graduates	 of	 the	 Marketing	 option	 will	    MKT		101	        Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	                  3
be	qualified	to	obtain	entry-level	positions	in	the	fields	   BUS		103	        Business	Mathematics	(3/0)	                       		 	
of	marketing	and	advertising,	and	will	be	able	to:            	        	       OR¹	                                         3-4
   •	use	the	principles	of	marketing	to	perform	duties	       MAT		141	        College	Algebra	and	Applications	(or	higher)
     required	for	entry-level	marketing	positions;            	            	   	

   •	use	principles	of	consumer	behavior	to	effectively	      ENG		102	        English	Composition	II	(3/0)
     advertise	products	and	services;                         	        	       OR¹	                                                            3
   •	use	different	types	of	Internet	marketing	strategies;    ENG		112	        English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)
   •	analyze/resolve	problems	common	to	entry-level	          HPE		 110	       Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                            2
     marketing	positions;                                     —	     —	        General	Education	elective²	                                    3
   •	use	terminology	common	to	the	business                   MKT		240	        Consumer	Behavior	(3/0)	                                        3
   	 environment	for	effective	communication;                 IST		 101	       Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	                      3
   •	communicate	information	effectively	in	both              MKT		102	        Marketing	Management	(3/0)	                                     3
   	 written	and	oral	modes	of	delivery;                      	            	   	


   •	assess	and	develop	personal	qualities	needed	to	         ACC		 106	       Office	Accounting	I	(3/0)
     function	effectively	with	individuals	and	organi-        	        	       OR¹	                                                         3-4
     zations	in	business;                                     ACC		 111	       Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)
   •	comprehend	how	the	global	economy	and	interna-           BUS		230	        International	Business	(3/0)	                                   3
     tional	events	affect	domestic	business	decisions.        BUS		209	        Business	Letter	&	Report	Writing	(3/0)	                         3
	 Students	 may	 study	 full-time	 or	 part-time,	 and	       ECO		 103	       Basic	Economics	(3/0)
may	 receive	 credit	 for	 previous	 training	 by	 apply-     	        	       OR¹
ing	 for	 credit-by-examination,	 credit-by-experience,	      ECO		 111	       Macroeconomics	(3/0)	                                           3
or	 credit-by-articulation.	 Contact	 the	 Management	        	        	       OR¹
programs	coordinator	for	additional	information	and	          ECO		 112	       Microeconomics	(3/0)
transfer	options.                                             MKT		220	        Principles	of	Advertising	(3/0)	                                3
                                                              	            	   	
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
                                                              ACC		 205	 Office	Accounting	II	(3/0)
diploma	or	its	equivalent.
                                                              	        	 OR¹	                                         3-4
                                                              ACC		 112	 Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)
                                                              BUS		210	 Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	                 3
                                                              MKT		105		 Retail	Merchandising	(3/0)
                                                              	        	 OR	                                            3
                                                              MKT		212		 Sales	Management	(3/0)
                                                              BUS		296	 International	Business	Practice	Firm	(1/5)
                                                              	        	 OR	                                            3
                                                              MKT		113	 e-Marketing	(3/0)
                                                              —		 —	 Elective	                                          3
                                                              	                                                    	_____ 	
                                                              	    	    	                                           62-65
                                                              1
                                                                Students intending to transfer to a baccalaureate program should take ENG 102;
                                                                MAT 141, College Algebra, or a higher level MAT course as their math elective;
                                                                ECO 111 or 112 as their economics course; and ACC 111 and 112 to fulfill their
                                                                accounting requirement.                                                                2
                                                              ² Select courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,        0
                                                                Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global   0
                                                                Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.                    6
                                                              † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.                                                  -
                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                           119
                  Mathematics
                  Associate in Science Degree in Liberal Arts and Sciences
                  	 The	 Mathematics	 option	 of	 the	 Liberal	 Arts	 and	
Mathematics


                  Sciences	program	prepares	graduates	for	transfer	into	
                                                                                                                  Curriculum
                  the	junior	year	of	a	baccalaureate	degree	program	in	          Code		         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
                  mathematics	or	a	related	area.                                 ENG	 101	      English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
                  	 Successful	graduates	will	be	able	to:                        MAT	151	       Calculus	I	(4/0)	                              4
                    •	 differentiate	and	integrate	algebraic	and                 —	 —	          Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective1	       4
                    	 transcendental	functions,	including	major                  —	 —	          Social	Science	elective	                       3
                    	 techniques	of	integrations;                                	      	       	

                    •	 perform	partial	differentiation	and	calculate			          ENG	 102	      English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                        3
                       double	and	triple	integrals	and	apply	them	to		           MAT	152	       Calculus	II	(4/0)	                                                   4
                       problem	solving	in	a	three-dimensional	space;             —	 —	          Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective1	                             4
                    •	 solve	first	and	higher	order	differential                 —	 —	          General	Education	elective2	                                         3
                    	 equations	using	a	variety	of	methods	including		           HPE	 110	      Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                                 2
                       undetermined	coefficients,	variation	of                   	      	       	


                    	 parameters,	power	series,	and	Laplace	transform.           MAT	251	       Calculus	III	(4/0)	                                                  4
                  	 Admission	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	  	   CMN	111	       Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)
                  equivalent	 with	 one	 year	 of	 laboratory	 science	 (bi-     	   	          OR	                                                                  3
                  ology,	 chemistry,	 physics)	 and	 four	 years	 of	 math-      CMN	112	       Public	Speaking	(3/0)
                  ematics	 including	 algebra	 I	 and	 II,	 plane	 geometry	     —	 —	          General	Education	elective2	                                         3
                  and	advanced	 algebra	with	trigonometry;	two	 years	           —	 —	          Foreign	Language	elective3	                                          3
                  of	 a	 foreign	 language	 are	 recommended.	 Students	         —	 —	          Elective	                                                            3
                                                                                 	      	       	
                  who	have	not	taken	these	courses	or	who	have	not	
                                                                                 MAT	252	       Differential	Equations	(4/0)	                                     4
                  completed	them	within	the	last	five	years	may	take	
                                                                                 —	 —	          Foreign	Language	elective3	                                       3
                  appropriate	 preparatory	 courses	 at	 the	 college.	 The	
                                                                                 —	 —	          General	Education	elective2	                                      3
                  department	awards	credit	for	the	College	Board	Ad-
                                                                                 MAT	—	         Mathematics	elective4	                                          3-4	
                  vanced	Placement	exams	in	calculus	and	physics.
                                                                                 —	 —	          Elective	                                                         3
                  	 This	 program	 may	 be	 pursued	 part-time	 or	 full-        	                                                                           	_____ 	
                  time	and	may	be	completed	by	daytime	or	evening	at-            	      	       	                                                             62-63
                  tendance.	 It	 is	 recommended	 that	 students	 plan	 their	
                  coursework	and	electives	carefully.	It	is	possible	to	com-
                                                                                 1
                                                                                   Physics recommended.
                  bine	the	Mathematics	option	with	the	Physics,	Comput-
                                                                                 2
                                                                                   Select courses from at least two of the following general education categories: Social
                                                                                   Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity
                  er	Science	and/or	Engineering	Science	options.                   and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                  	 Mathematics	 students	 have	 transferred	 to	 major	         3
                                                                                   With advisor approval, the following may be substituted: COS 101, 102, 111, 113;
                  universities	 such	 as	 Penn	 State	 University,	 Drexel	        PHI 101.
                  University,	and	University	of	Maryland	as	well	as	to	          4
                                                                                   Select from MAT 201, 208; COS 204.
                  New	Jersey	colleges	and	universities.                          †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




              2
              0
              0
              6
              -
              2
              0
              0
              9


        120                                                                                                                                   609.586.4800
                                       Medical Laboratory Technology
                                                                          Associate in Applied Science Degree
	 The	Medical	Laboratory	Technology	program	pre-




                                                                                                                                                               Medical Laboratory Technology
pares	 students	 for	 a	 career	 as	 a	 medical	 laboratory	
                                                                                               Curriculum
technician.	 Accredited	 by	 the	 National	 Accrediting	       Code		        Course	(lecture/lab/clinical	hours)	       Credits
Agency	for	Clinical	Laboratory	Sciences	(NAACLS),	             ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                     3
the	program	combines	courses	in	medical	laboratory	            CHE	 107	     General	and	Physiological	Chemistry	(3/2)	       4
sciences	and	general	education	with	clinical	practice	         BIO	 103	     Anatomy	and	Physiology	I	(3/3)1		                4
conducted	in	approved	area	facilities.                         MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective	(4/0)2	                     4
	 Medical	laboratory	technology	is	a	field	of	profes-          ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)3	       3
sional	 study	 that	 involves	 students	 in	 the	 exciting	    BIO	 104	     Anatomy	and	Physiology	II	(3/3)1	                4
and	challenging	world	of	science	and	medicine.	Lab-            BIO	 201	     Microbiology	(3/3)	                              4
oratory	 professionals	 perform	 diagnostic	 laboratory	       —	 —	         General	Education	elective	(3/0)4	               3
tests	on	medical	specimens	which	generate	data	and	            —	 —	         General	Education	elective	(3/0)4	               3
information	used	to	diagnose	health	and	disease.               HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	             2
	 A	graduate	of	the	program	is	eligible	to	become	a	           	      	      	
certified	Medical	Laboratory	Technician	by	success-            MLT	 112	     Principles	of	Medical	Laboratory	
fully	completing	examinations	given	by	the	American	           	    	        Technology	(2/3)	                                                 3
Society	for	Clinical	Pathologists	or	the	National	Cre-         MLT	 104	     Immunology	&	Immunohematology	(3/3)	                              4
dentialing	Agency	for	Laboratory	Personnel.	Gradu-             MLT	 115	     Hematology	(3/3)	                                                 4	      	
ates	are	employed	in	hospital	labs,	physician	offices,	        MLT	 200	     Clinical	Chemistry	(4/0)	                                         4
public	health	labs,	as	well	as	pharmaceutical	and	re-          MLT	 205	     Diagnostic	Microbiology	(5/3)	                                    6
search	companies.                                              MLT	 215	     Clinical	Practice	(720	hours)5	                                  10
	 The	successful	graduate	of	the	Medical	Laboratory	           	                                                                           	_____	
Technology	program	is	awarded	an	Associate	in	Ap-              	      	      	                                                                 65
plied	Science	degree	and	will	be	able	to:                      1
                                                                 BIO 101-102 may be substituted for BIO 103-104.
  •	utilize	principles	of	medical	lab	science	in	the		         2
                                                                 MAT 135 or approved alternative.
    performance	of	lab	procedures	in	microbiology,		           3
                                                                 ENG 102 and CMN 111 or 112 may be substituted for ENG 112.
    chemistry,	hematology,	and	blood	banking;                  4
                                                                 Select two courses from the following general education categories: Social Science,
  •	function	as	a	medical	lab	professional	and                   Historical Perspective, Humanities, Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign
  	 cooperating	member	of	the	health	care	team.                  Language, Interdisciplinary General Education. At least one general education
                                                                 elective must be from Social Science.
	 Applicants	 must	 have	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	        5
                                                                 MLT 215 is an 18-week course.
the	 equivalent	 with	 two	 years	 of	 academic	 math-
                                                               †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
ematics	and	one	year	each	of	biology	and	chemistry.	
Students	 who	 have	 not	 completed	 these	 courses	 in	       NOTE: The minimum passing grade in BIO, CHE, all mathematics, and all MLT
                                                               courses is a C.
the	last	five	years	may	meet	this	requirement	through	
the	following	MCCC	courses:	MAT	034,	BIO	113,	and	
CHE	100.	After	completing	the	required	general	edu-
cation,	 mathematics,	 and	 science	 courses,	 students	
petition	for	acceptance	into	the	professional	phase	of	
the	program	which	starts	with	MLT	112.
	 Credits	 can	 be	 transferred	 toward	 a	 baccalaure-
ate	degree.




                                                                                                                                                           2
                                                                                                                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                           6
                                                                                                                                                           -
                                                                                                                                                           2
                                                                                                                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                           9

                                                                                                              Anima Karmakar
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                               121
                               Medical Office Assistant
                               Certificate of Proficiency
                               	 The	 Medical	 Office	 Assistant	 certificate	 program	
Medical Office Assistant


                               provides	students	with	the	skills	needed	to	gain	en-
                                                                                                                            Curriculum
                               try	into	the	medical	office	environment	in	large	group	       Code		          Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
                               medical	practices,	nursing	care	facilities,	hospitals	or	     ENG	 101	       English	Composition	(3/0)	                     3
                               clinics.	Each	year	these	facilities	require	more	highly	      OST	 111	       Basic	Keyboarding	Applications	(2/2)	          3
                               skilled	workers	to	help	in	the	storage,	retrieval,	cod-       BUS	 105	       Communication	Skills	for	Business	(3/0)	       3
                               ing	and	processing	of	the	medical	information	needed	         HPE	 113	       Medical	Terminology	(3/0)	                     3
                               for	efficient	health	care	delivery	and	reimbursement.         OST	 102	       Introduction	to
                               	 Students	 develop	 understanding	 and	 skills	 in	          	    	          Medical	Insurance	and	Billing	(3/0)1,2	        3
                               medical	terminology,	patient	scheduling	and	billing,	         	        	      	

                               diagnostic	 and	 procedure	 coding,	 insurance	 claim	        OST	 219	       Word	Processing	Concepts	and	
                               processing,	medical	machine	transcription,	and	law	           	    	          Applications	(2/2)	                                            3
                               and	ethics	issues.                                            CMN	111	        Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                             3
                               	 Students	also	develop	computer	application	skills.	         OST	 105	       Medical	Coding	Procedures	(3/0)1	                              3
                               Using	 actual	 medical	 administrative	 software,	 stu-       OST	 106	       Medical	Transcription	(2/2)1	                                  3
                               dents	 learn	 to	 input	 patient	 information,	 schedule	     OST	 107	       Procedures,	Law	and	Ethics
                               appointments,	 handle	 billing,	 and	 produce	 reports.	      	    	          for	the	Medical	Office	(2/2)1	                                 3
                                                                                             	
                                                                                             	                                                                           	___
                               In	addition,	students	develop	word	processing	skills.         	    	          	                                                             30
                               	 Every	 effort	 is	 made	 to	 keep	 abreast	 of	 the	 con-
                               stant	 changes	 in	 government	 and	 insurance	 regula-       1
                                                                                                 Students must earn a minimum grade of C to graduate.
                               tions	in	order	to	ensure	that	program	contents	reflect	       2
                                                                                                 Students who have not passed the Basic Math portion of the College Placement
                               current	requirements	and	procedures.                              Test must take MAT 033 as a corequisite with OST 102.
                               	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
                               diploma	or	its	equivalent.




                           2
                           0
                           0
                           6
                           -
                           2
                           0
                           0
                           9


                   122                                                                                                                                  609.586.4800
                                                   Microcomputer Applications
                                                                                                    Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	 Microcomputer	 Applications	 certificate	 pro-




                                                                                                                                                           Microcomputer Applications
gram	 prepares	 students	 for	 intelligent	 and	 efficient	
                                                                                                  Curriculum
use	 of	 personal	 computer	 systems	 and	 commercial	          Code		          Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                Credits
software	for	business	applications.                             ENG	 101	       English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                       3
	 The	 program	 is	 primarily	 designed	 for	 upgrading	        IST	 101	       Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	         3
the	 skills	 of	 persons	 employed	 in	 clerical,	 technical	   BUS	 103	       Business	Mathematics	(3/0)
or	managerial	positions.	It	also	provides	skills	which	         	    	          OR	                                             3-4
are	 helpful	 in	 securing	 entry-level	 employment	 in	        MAT	—	          Mathematics	elective
these	fields.                                                   OST	 219	       Word	Processing	Concepts	and	
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:          	    	          Applications	(2/2)	                            				3
  •	 demonstrate	knowledge	of	PC	operating	systems,	            NET	 120	       Windows	Desktop	Operating	System
     networking	essentials,	and	applications	software;          	    	          Administration	(2/2)	                          				3
  •	 demonstrate	mastery	of	one	major	commercial	               NET	 102	       Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/2)1	 3
     product	for	word	processing,	database,	                    CIS	 175	       PC	Applications:	Spreadsheets	(2/2)	               3
     spreadsheet,	and	presentation	applications;                NET	 104	       Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                       3
  •	apply	PC	skills	together	with	other	technical/              CIS	 173	       PC	Applications:	Database	(2/2)	                   3
     business	knowledge	toward	advancement	or	                  CIS	 182	       PC	Applications:	Presentations	(2/2)	              3
     employment	in	a	technology-intensive	office	               —	 —	           Technical	elective2	                               3	
                                                                	                                                           	_____
     environment.
                                                                	    	          	                                                           33-34
	 All	 of	 the	 credits	 earned	 in	 acquiring	 the	 Micro-
computer	 Applications	 Certificate	 can	 be	 applied	          1
                                                                    Students may sit for the A+ certification exam if they complete NET 101 and 106.
toward	the	A.A.S.	degree	in	Microcomputer	Systems	
                                                                2
                                                                    Technical electives: IST 140, NET 101, OST 223.
Administration.
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
diploma	or	its	equivalent.

Note:	Because	of	the	focus	on	PC	applications	in	this	
program,	 students	 must	 possess	 keyboarding	 skills.	
See	OST	109	or	111.

Note:	Computer	application	courses	are	mapped	 to	
certification	exams.

Also	see:
  •	 Information	Technology	A.A.S.	(Computer	
     User	Support	Technology	concentration)
  •	 Information	Technology	–	Computer	User	
     Support	Technology	certificate
  •	 Microcomputer	Systems	Administration




                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       6
                                                                                                                                                       -
                                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       0
                                                                                                                                                       9

                                                                                                                       Diane Ray
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                           123
                                           Microcomputer Systems Administration
                                           Associate in Applied Science Degree in Business Management
                                           	 The	 Microcomputer	 Systems	 Administration	 pro-
Microcomputer Systems Administration


                                           gram	 prepares	 students	 to	 secure	 responsible	 posi-
                                                                                                                                     Curriculum
                                           tions	as	Help	Desk	specialists,	PC	systems	adminis-        Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
                                           trators,	or	information	center	specialists.                IST	 101	     Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	     3
                                           	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:     ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
                                              •	 demonstrate	knowledge	of	PC	systems	hardware,	       BUS	 103	     Business	Mathematics	(3/0)
                                                 operating	systems,	and	applications	software;        	    	        OR	                                         3-4
                                              •	 demonstrate	mastery	of	one	major	commercial	         MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective	(3/0)1	
                                                 product	for	word	processing,	database,	              BUS	 101	     Introduction	to	Business	(3/0)	                3
                                                 spreadsheet	and	presentation	applications;           HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	           2
                                              •	 function	as	a	resource	person	for	PC	users;          OST	 219	     Word	Processing	Concepts	and		
                                              •	 install	PC	hardware	and	software;                    	       	     Applications	(2/2)	                            3
                                              •	 communicate	with	office	personnel	both	              	      	      	

                                                 verbally	and	in	writing;                             ACC	 106	     Office	Accounting	I	(3/0)1
                                              •	 understand	business	operations;	                     	    	        OR	                                            3-4
                                              •	 sit	for	the	A+	certification	exam.                   ACC	 111	     Principles	of	Financial	Accounting	(4/0)
                                           	 Admission	to	this	program	requires	a	high	school	        ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	        3
                                           diploma	or	its	equivalent.                                 IST	 140	     The	Internet	and	Computer	Technology	(2/2)	      3
                                           	 	                                                        NET	 102	     Introduction	to	PC	Hardware	and	Software	(2/2)	 3
                                           Note:	Because	of	the	focus	on	PC	applications	in	this	     NET	 101	     PC	Services	and	Support	(2/4)	                   4
                                           program,	 students	 must	 possess	 keyboarding	 skills.	   	      	      	

                                           See	OST	109	or	111.                                        ACC	 205	     Office	Accounting	II	(3/0)1
                                                                                                      	    	        OR	                                                              3-4
                                           Note:	Computer	application	courses	are	mapped	to	          ACC	 112	     Principles	of	Managerial	Accounting	(4/0)
                                           certification	exams.                                       CIS	 182	     PC	Applications:	Presentations	(2/2)	                               3
                                                                                                      CIS	 175	     PC	Applications:	Spreadsheets	(2/2)	                                3
                                           Also	see:                                                  BUS	 210	     Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	                                     3
                                             •	 Information	Technology	A.A.S.	(Computer	              NET	 104	     Networking	Essentials	(2/2)	                                        3
                                                User	Support	Technology	concentration)                	      	      	


                                             •	 Information	Technology	–	Computer	User	               BUS	 230	     International	Business	(3/0)	                                       3
                                                Support	Technology	certificate                        ECO	 103	     Basic	Economics	(3/0)1	                                             3
                                             •	 Microcomputer	Applications	certificate                BUS	 209	     Business	Letter	and	Report	Writing	(3/0)	                           3
                                                                                                      CIS	 173	     PC	Applications:	Database	(2/2)	                                    3
                                                                                                      NET	 120	     Windows	Desktop	Operating	System	
                                                                                                      		   	        Administration	(2/2)	                                              3
                                                                                                      —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                       3
                                                                                                      	
                                                                                                      	                                                                             	___
                                                                                                      	    	        	                                                           66-69
                                                                                                      1
                                                                                                        Students intending to transfer to a baccalaureate program should take MAT 141,
                                                                                                        College Algebra, or a higher level of math as their math elective; ECO 111 or
                                                                                                        112, Microeconomics or Macroeconomics, as their economics course; and ACC
                                                                                                        111, Principles of Financial Accounting, and ACC 112, Principles of Managerial
                                                                                                        Accounting, to fulfill their accounting requirement.
                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                        Select one course from the following general education categories: Social
                                                                                                        Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity
                                                                                                        and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                                                                      † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.



                                       2
                                       0
                                       0
                                       6
                                       -
                                       2
                                       0
                                       0
                                       9


                             124                                                                                                                                  609.586.4800
                                                                                                                             Music
                                                     Associate in Science Degree in Performing Arts
	 The	Music	A.S.	option	of	the	Performing	Arts	pro-




                                                                                                                                                     Music
gram	provides	the	prospective	graduate	with	the	theo-
                                                                                             Curriculum
retical	and	practical	training	necessary	to	transfer	at	      Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                 Credits
the	junior	level	in	most	baccalaureate	music	programs	              1
                                                              MUS		 03	 Introduction	to	Music	(3/0)	                                      3
by	 way	 of	 a	 comprehensive	 curriculum	 that	 encom-           	
                                                              MUS	121	 Piano	Class	I	(0/2)	                                               1
passes	the	same	rigor	and	scope	as	that	encountered	          MUS	 —	 Performing	Group	(0/3)1	                                            2
in	the	first	two	years	of	a	typical	four-year	program.        MUS	109	 Applied	Music	I	(.5/1)	                                            1
	 Four	 semesters	 of	 Music	 Theory	 studies	 ensure	            	
                                                              ENG		101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                      3
that	 the	 successful	 graduate	 will	 have	 acquired	 a	         	
                                                              CMN	111	 Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                                 3
thorough	 grounding	 in	 the	 theoretical	 principles	        —	 —	 Elective2	                                                            3
that	underlie	all	music	of	our	culture,	from	classical	       	           	 	

through	jazz	to	the	various	genres	of	rock	and	pop.	          MUS	127	      Music	Theory	I	(2/2)2	                                         3
The	 study	 of	 music	 theory	 is	 augmented	 with	 ear	      MUS	122	      Piano	Class	II	(0/2)	                                          1
training	 and	 sight	 singing,	 and	 is	 coordinated	 with	   MUS	 —	       Performing	Group	(0/3)1	                                       2
four	semesters	of	piano	lab	designed	to	inculcate	the	        MUS	110	      Applied	Music	II	(.5/1)	                                       1
necessary	keyboard	skills	required	to	teach,	arrange,	        ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                  3
compose,	and	analyze	music.                                   MAT	 —	       Mathematics	elective3	                                       3-4
	 A	two-semester	Music	History	cycle	provides	the	            —	 —	         Lab	Science	elective	                                          3
graduate	with	a	deepening	understanding	of	the	his-           	           	 	


tory	of	western	music	from	ancient	times	through	the	            	
                                                              MUS	128	 Music	Theory	II	(2/2)	                                                3
twentieth	century.	Instrumental	(or	vocal)	proficien-              2
                                                              MUS		 21	 Piano	Class	III	(0/2)	                                               1
cy	is	acquired	through	four	semesters	of	one-on-one	          MUS	 —	 Performing	Group	(0/3)1	                                               2
private	 studio	 instruction	 with	 an	 experienced	 and	        	
                                                              MUS	209	 Applied	Music	III	(.5/1)	                                             1
well-credentialed	staff	of	artist-teachers.	Performance	          2
                                                              MUS		 24	 Music	History	and	Literature	I	(3/0)	                                3
skills	are	further	honed	through	participation	in	the	        —	 —	 General	Education	elective4	                                             3
college	Jazz	Band,	Chamber	Ensemble,	and	Chorus.              —	 —	 Mathematics3	OR
	 Additional	 course	 offerings	 in	 jazz	 history,	 jazz	    	       	 Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective	                          3-4
                                                              	           	 	
improvisation,	music	business,	and	digital	recording	               2
                                                              MUS		 27	 Music	Theory	III	(2/2)	                                           3
technology	further	prepare	many	music	majors	for	a	           MUS	 —	 Performing	Group	(0/3)1	                                            2
wider	variety	of	transfer	options	and	eventual	career	        MUS	 —	 Piano	elective	(0/2)5	                                              1
choices.                                                          	
                                                              MUS	210	 Applied	Music	IV	(.5/1)	                                           1
	 Admission	 to	 the	 Music	 program	 requires	 a	 high	            2
                                                              MUS		 25	 Music	History	and	Literature	II	(3/0)	                            3
school	 diploma	 (or	 equivalent),	 at	 least	 a	 rudimen-    HPE	 110	 Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                              2
tary	proficiency	on	a	musical	instrument,	and	some	           —	 —	 Elective	                                                             3
degree	of	aural	acuity.	Graduates	of	the	program	typi-        	                                                                      	_____ 	
cally	transfer	successfully	to	such	highly	regarded	in-       	      	      	                                                         63-65
stitutions	as	Rutgers	University,	New	York	University,	       NOTE: Electives should be chosen in consultation with an academic advisor in
The	College	of	New	Jersey,	Rowan	University,	Mont-            order to assure maximum transfer of credits.
clair	 University,	 and	 William	 Patterson	 University.	     1
                                                                Chamber Ensemble, Jazz Band, or Chorus (one semester of
                                                                Chamber Ensemble minimum).
The	Music	A.S.	degree	may	be	pursued	on	a	full-time	          2
                                                                Students with insufficient background in formal music theory
or	part-time	basis,	with	most	course	offerings	avail-           should take MUS 105 (Fundamentals of Music Theory)
able	during	daytime	hours	only.                                 in the first semester.
                                                              3
                                                                MAT 108 and 120 recommended.
                                                              4
                                                                Social Science elective recommended.
                                                              5
                                                                MUS 222 (Piano Class IV) or MUS 223
                                                                (Jazz Keyboard Harmony and Improvisation).
                                                              † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                                              NOTE: Students must earn a minimum grade of C in all                               2
                                                              MUS courses to graduate.                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                                 6
                                                                                                                                                 -
                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                                 9

                                                                                                             Moses Howard
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                     125
              Nursing
              Associate in Science Degree
              	 The	 Associate	 Degree	 Nursing	 (ADN)	 program	             the	last	five	years	may	fulfill	this	requirement	through	the	
Nursing


              combines	 coursework	 in	 nursing	 and	 general	 educa-        following	 MCCC	 courses:	 Basic	 Algebra	 (MAT	 034),	 In-
              tion	with	clinical	experiences	in	regional	health	care	        troductory	Chemistry	(CHE	100),	and	Biological	Science	
              facilities	under	the	supervision	of	college	faculty.	The	      Concepts	(BIO	113).
              program	 is	 accredited	 by	 the	 New	 Jersey	 Board	 of	      	 The	Nursing	program	offers	both	a	daytime	and	an	eve-
              Nursing	and	the	National	League	for	Nursing	Accred-            ning	 option,	 with	 opportunity	 to	 study	 full-time	 or	 part-
              iting	 Commission.	 Graduates	 are	 eligible	 to	 take	 the	   time.	 However,	 enrollment	 in	 nursing	 courses	 is	 limited,	
              National	Council	Licensure	Examination	(NCLEX)	for	            with	 priority	 given	 to	 applicants	 who	 have	 satisfactorily	
              Registered	Nurses.	Should	the	graduate	wish	to	pur-            completed	the	general	education	and	science	components	
              sue	 a	 baccalaureate	 degree	 in	 nursing,	 credits	 may	     of	the	program.	Contact	the	Enrollment	Services	office	or	
              be	applied	in	whole	or	in	part	in	accordance	with	the	         the	 Nursing	 Department	 for	 the	 acceptance	 procedure.	
              policies	of	the	accepting	institution.                         Note the LPN-RN Advanced Placement option at right.
              	 Successful	 graduates	 of	 the	 program	 are	 awarded	       	 Prior	to	enrollment	in	the	first	nursing	course,	students	
              the	Associate	in	Science	Degree	and	are	prepared	to:           must	obtain	a	physical	examination	from	a	licensed	prac-
                 •	accept	responsibility	for	professional	growth		           titioner	on	a	form	provided	by	the	college.	Upon	comple-
                   within	the	nursing	profession;                            tion	of	the	program,	the	New	Jersey	Board	of	Nursing	re-
                 •	utilize	the	nursing	process	in	caring	for	assigned		      serves	the	right	to	determine	the	eligibility	for	licensure	of	
                   patients;                                                 any	student	with	a	history	of	substance	abuse	or	criminal	
                 •	apply	scientific	and	physiological	principles             offenses.	Students must earn a minimum grade of C in all
                 	 to	health	care;                                           nursing, science, and mathematics courses to graduate.
                 •	function	as	members	of	health	care	teams,
                 	 guiding	other	members	in	selected	aspects                                                   Curriculum
                 	 of	health	care;
                 •	demonstrate	accountability	to	the	nursing                 Code		         Course	(lecture/lab/clinical	hours)	       Credits
                 	 profession.                                               BIO	 103	      Anatomy	and	Physiology	I	(3/3)	                  4
                  The RN program at Mercer County Community                  BIO	 104	      Anatomy	and	Physiology	II	(3/3)	                 4
              College is open only to Mercer County residents and            BIO	 201	      Microbiology	(3/3)	                              4
                                                                             CHE	 107	      General	and	Physiological	Chemistry	(3/2)	       4
              those students matriculated into the Nursing Sci-
                                                                             ENG	 101	      English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                     3
              ence major (22790) prior to May 15, 2003.
                                                                             ENG	 102	      English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                    3
              	 Admission	 requires	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 the	
                                                                             MAT		—	        Mathematics	elective1	                        3-4
              equivalent;	 satisfactory	 performance	 on	 the	 college	      PSY	 101	      Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                   3
              skills	 placement	 test	 or	 completion	 of	 any	 required	    —	 	—	         General	Education	elective2	                     3	
              academic	foundations	courses;	and	high	school	com-             —	 	—	         General	Education	elective2	                     3
              pletion	(with	a	grade	of	“C”	or	better)	of	two	years	of	       	      	       	
              academic	 mathematics	 and	 one	 year	 of	 laboratory	         NUR	101	       Nursing	I	(3/4/6)	                                                 7
              chemistry	and	biology.	Students	who	have	not	taken	            NUR	112	       Nursing	II	(3/2/12)	                                               8
              these	courses	or	who	have	not	completed	them	within	           NUR	201	       Nursing	III	(3/2/12)	                                              8
                                                                             NUR	202	       Nursing	IV	(3/2/12)	                                               8
                                                                             NUR	203	       Nursing	V	(1/0)	                                                   1
                                                                             	                                                                            	_____ 	
                                                                             	      	       	                                                              66-67

                                                                             NOTE: HPE 110 (Concepts of Health and Fitness) or HPE 111 (Living with Health)
                                                                             is required for students who do not demonstrate competence through credit by
                                                                             examination by the time they complete Nursing II. HPE 304 (CPR for Professionals) is
                                                                             required prior to Nursing I for those who do not hold certification in CPR.
                                                                             1
                                                                               MAT 135, 141 or 146 (4 credits), MAT 200 (3 credits), or approved alternative.
                                                                             2
                                                                               General education electives: three credits from the Social Science category and three
                                                                               credits from Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and
          2                                                                    Global Perspective, Foreign Language, or Interdisciplinary General Education.
          0
          0
          6
          -
          2
          0
          0
          9


     126                                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
                                                                                         Nursing
             LPN-RN Advanced Placement
	 The	 LPN-RN	 advanced	 placement	 option	 offers	 li-
censed	 practical	 nurses	 (LPNs)	 the	 opportunity	 to	 re-
view	 content,	 demonstrate	 competency,	 and	 receive	
credit	 for	 Nursing	 I	 and	 Nursing	 II.	 Applicants	 must	
possess	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 (or	 equivalent)	 and	 a	
valid	 LPN	 license.	 Upon	 successful	 completion	 of	 the	
advanced	 placement	 sequence	 described	 below,	 LPNs	
receive	15	credits	and	placement	into	Nursing	III	of	the	
college’s	associate	degree	program.
	 Candidates	 admitted	 through	 the	 LPN	 option	 begin	
study	 with	 the	 general	 education	 and	 core	 science	 and	
mathematics	 courses	 required	 for	 the	 degree.	 Credit	 is	
given	 for	 Nursing	 I	 (NUR	 101)	 and	 the	 student	 is	 able	
to	either	enroll	in	Nursing	II	(NUR	112)	or	test	out	of	it	
via	NUR	176,	LPN	Advanced	Placement	II.	Students	who	
meet	the	requirements	of	this	course	receive	8	credits	for	
Nursing	II	(NUR	112)	and	are	eligible	to	proceed	to	Nurs-
ing	III	(NUR	201).
	 LPNs	 who	 wish	 to	 challenge	 Nursing	 II	 (NUR	 112)	
must	meet	the	following	criteria	in	addition	to	the	criteria	
outlined	in	the	Nursing	Admission	Policy:
   	1.	Have	graduated	from	an	accredited	LPN	school.
   	2.	Possess	a	valid	current	LPN	license.
   	3.	Attend	scheduled	classes	on	identified	content.
   	4.	Have	completed	obstetrical	theory	and	practice		        	
   	 	in	the	LPN	curriculum.
   	5.	Pass	the	Excelsior’s	Maternity	and	Child	Nursing	
   	 	(associate	degree)	exam	with	a	standard	score	of	50
   	 	or	better.
   	6.	Have	received	credit	for	BIO	103/104,	BIO	201,		        	
   	 	and	CHE	107	with	a	grade	of	“C”	or	better.
   	7.	Pass	a	NUR	112	exam	with	a	score	of	75	or	better.
   	8.	Validate	NUR	112	skills	in	the	College	Laboratory.
   	9.	Write	a	nursing	care	plan	that	meets	course
   	 	objectives.
  	10.	Satisfactorily	complete	a	one-	to	two-day
  	 	clinical	evaluation.




                                                                                     2
                                                                                     0
                                                                                     0
                                                                                     6
                                                                                     -
                                                                                     2
                                                                                     0
                                                                                     0
                                                                                     9

                                                                   Veronica Chmiel
www.mccc.edu                                                                         127
              Nursing
              Cooperative Programs with Capital Health System and St. Francis Medical Center
              Associate in Science Degree in Liberal Arts and Sciences
Nursing


              	 Mercer	County	Community	College,	in	collabora-                                                  Curriculum
              tion	with	diploma	schools	of	nursing	at	Capital	Health	                      Capital Health System School of Nursing
              System	 and	 St.	 Francis	 Medical	 Center,	 awards	 the	         Code		        Course	(lecture/lab/clinical	hours)	                     Credits
              Associate	in	Science	degree	to	students	who	success-              BIO	 103	     Anatomy	&	Physiology	I	(3/3)	                                   4
              fully	 complete	 the	 corresponding	 program	 of	 study.	         NSG	140	      Nursing	I	(2/3)	                                                3
              Students	 also	 receive	 a	 diploma	 from	 the	 school	 of	       NSG	141	      Nursing	II	(3/3/45	hours)	                                      5
                                                                                HPE	 101	     Basic	Concepts	of	Nutrition	(3/0)	                              3
              nursing	and	are	eligible	to	sit	for	the	National	Council	         PSY	 101	     Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                                  3
              Licensure	Examination	(NCLEX)	to	earn	licensure	as	               	      	      	

              a	registered	nurse.	Both	diploma	schools	are	accred-              BIO	 104	     Anatomy	&	Physiology	II	(3/3)	                                  4
              ited	by	the	New	Jersey	Board	of	Nursing	and	the	Na-               PSY	 207	     Developmental	Psychology:	
                                                                                	    	        Across	the	Life	Span	(3/0)	                                    3
              tional	League	for	Nursing	Accrediting	Commission.                 NSG	142	      Nursing	III	(4/0/180	hours)	                                   8
              	 Both	cooperative	programs	combine	mathematics,	                 MAT		—	       Mathematics	elective1	                                       3-4
              science,	and	general	education	courses	at	the	college	            	      	      	

              with	 nursing	 courses	 conducted	 at	 the	 respective	           ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                        3
                                                                                NSG	241	 Nursing	IV	(4/0/180	hours)	                                          8
              medical	centers.	The	nursing	courses	integrate	class-             BIO	 201	 Microbiology	(3/3)	                                                 4
              room	activities	with	clinical	experiences	in	the	home	            	      	      	

              hospital	 and	 at	 other	 agencies	 in	 the	 area.	 The	 co-      ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                 3
              operative	program	with	Capital	Health	System	spans	               NSG	242	      Nursing	V	(4/0/225	hours)	                                    9
                                                                                —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                  3
              two	 years,	 excluding	 summers;	 the	 St.	 Francis	 pro-         	                                                                      	_____ 	
              gram	requires	attendance	for	two	consecutive	years,	              	    	        	                                                         66-67
              including	summers.
                                                                                1
                                                                                  Mathematics by placement and advisor approval.
              	 Candidates	 for	 either	 program	 must	 meet	 the	 ad-
                                                                                2
                                                                                  Select from the following general education categories: Historical Perspective,
                                                                                  Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign
              missions	 requirements	 of	 the	 college	 and	 additional	          Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
              requirements	specific	to	each	program.	Details	regard-            NOTE: HPE 110 or 111 required for students who do not demonstrate competence by
              ing	 admission	 standards,	 grading	 and	 retention	 poli-        the completion of NSG IV.
              cies,	and	graduation	requirements	are	available	from	
                                                                                      St. Francis Medical Center School of Nursing
              the	 cooperating	 nursing	 schools.	 Each	 cooperative	
                                                                                Code		        Course	(lecture/lab/clinical	hours)	                     Credits
              program	also	maintains	a	list	of	baccalaureate	nursing	           BIO	 103	     Anatomy	and	Physiology	I	(3/3)	                                 4
              programs	for	students	who	contemplate	transfer.                   PSY	 101	     Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                                  3
              	 Successful	graduates	of	either	cooperative	nursing	             ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                    3
              program	will	be	able	to:                                          NSG	131	      Fundamental	Concepts	of	Nursing	(4/0/120	hours)	                6
                                                                                	      	      	
                •	 pass	the	National	Council	Licensure                          BIO	 104	     Anatomy	and	Physiology	II	(3/3)	                                4
                	 Examination	–	Registered	Nurse;                               NSG	132	      Medical-Surgical	Nursing	(4/0/120	hours)	                       6
                •	 provide	holistic	nursing	care,	integrating                   NSG	134	      Physical	Assessment	(0/2)	                                      1
                	 concepts	of	nursing,	humanities,	and	biological,		            PSY	 207	     Developmental	Psychology:		
                   physical,	social	and	psychological	sciences;                 	    	        Across	the	Life	Span	(3/0)	                                     3
                                                                                	      	      	
                •	 function	as	a	beginning	practitioner	of                      ENG	 102	 English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                     3
                	 professional	nursing	in	primary,	secondary,                   MAT	—	 Mathematics	elective1	                             3-4
                	 and	tertiary	settings;                                        NSG	133	 Psychiatric/Mental	Health	Nursing	(2/0/60	hours)	 3
                                                                                	      	      	
                •	 synthesize	professional,	legal,	and	ethical                  BIO	 201	     Microbiology	(3/3)	                                             4
                	 responsibility	and	accountability	within                      HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                            2
                	 nursing	practice;                                             NSG	231	      Childbearing	and	Childrearing		
                •	 use	the	nursing	process	in	guiding	and	teaching		            	    	        Family	(5/0/180	hours)	                                         8
                                                                                	      	      	
                   individuals	for	the	promotion,	maintenance,	and		            NSG	232	      Advanced	Medical-Surgical		
                   restoration	of	health;                                       	    	        Nursing	(6/0/180	hours)	                                        9
          2     •	 demonstrate	oral	and	written	communication		                 PHI	 205	     Moral	Choices	(3/0)	                                            3
          0        strategies	within	professional	practice;                     CMN	111	      Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)
          0     •	 exhibit	responsible,	collaborative	behavior	that		           	    	        OR	                                                             3
          6                                                                     CMN	112	      Public	Speaking	(3/0)
          -        is	self-directed,	utilizes	critical	thinking	skills,	and		   	      	      	

          2        encompasses	personal	and	professional	growth.                NSG	233	 Pathways	to	Practice	(1/0/60	hours)	                               2
                                                                                	                                                                      	_____ 	
          0      Students must earn a minimum grade of C in all nurs-           	   	    	                                                              70-71	
          0   ing, science, and general education courses to graduate.          1
                                                                                  MAT 141 (4 credits), MAT 200 (3 credits), or approved alternative.
          9                                                                     † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.


     128                                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
                                                              Ornamental Horticulture
                                                                            Associate in Applied Science Degree
                                                                                       Certificate of Proficiency




                                                                                                                                                       Ornamental Horticulture
	 The	degree	and	certificate	programs	in	Ornamental	
Horticulture	 provide	 the	 opportunity	 for	 students	 to	
                                                                                           A.A.S. Curriculum
acquire	the	skills	and	knowledge	necessary	for	imme-          Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                              Credits
diate	entry	into	horticulture	careers.	These	include	but	     ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                   3
are	not	limited	to	positions	in	professional	sales,	land-     BIO	 101	        General	Biology	I	(3/3)	                                       4
scape	 planning,	 floral	 design,	 greenhouse	 manage-        CHE	 —	          Chemistry	elective1	                                        3-4
ment,	 nursery	 operation,	 and	 turfgrass	 maintenance.	     OHT	 101	        Plant	Science	(2/2)	                                           3
The	certificate	program	focuses	on	technical	and	prac-        MAT	—	           Mathematics	elective2	                                         4
                                                              	         	      	
tical	competencies.	The	degree	program’s	general	edu-         ENG	 102	        English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                   3
cation	 and	 elective	 requirements	 provide	 expanded	       OHT	 102	        Ornamental	Horticulture	(2/2)	                                  3
exposure	and	content.                                         OHT	 108	        Soil	and	Plant	Nutrition	(3/3)	                                 4
	 Practical	 training	 occurs	 in	 a	 complex	 of	 three	     OHT	 121	        Herbaceous	Plants	(2/2)	                                        3
greenhouses,	surrounding	gardens,	and	the	extensive	          —	 —	            General	Education	elective3	                                    3
                                                              	         	      	
campus	grounds.	Field	studies	are	conducted	at	sites	
                                                              OHT	 201	        Basic	Landscaping	and	Planning	I	(2/3)	                         3
such	as	Longwood	Gardens,	the	New	Jersey	Pinelands,	          BIO	 202	        Woody	Plants	(3/3)	                                             4
shore	areas,	and	nearby	Marquand	Park.	All	students	          OHT	 219	        Plant	Propagation	(2/2)	                                        3
learn	the	proper	use	of	equipment	and	supplies	that	          OHT	 204	        Plant	Diseases	(2/2)	                                           3
are	common	to	the	industry.	Horticulture	work	experi-         —	 —	            General	Education	elective3	                                    3
ence	or	cooperative	work	experience	(OHT	299)	is	re-          	         	      	

quired	for	the	degree.	Admission	to	either	curriculum	        OHT	 241	        Equipment	and	Integrated
requires	a	high	school	diploma	or	its	equivalent.             	    	           Pest	Management	(2/2)	                            3
                                                              —	 —	            Technical	electives4	                             5
	 Graduates	 are	 typically	 employed	 by	 nurseries,	
                                                              OHT	 299	        Cooperative	Education–Ornamental	Horticulture	 3
major	growers,	landscaping	firms,	flower	shops,	and	          —	 —	            General	Education	elective3	                      3
country	 clubs.	 Others	 now	 operate	 their	 own	 small	     HPE	 110	        Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	              2	
businesses	or	work	in	related	industries.	Many	grad-          	                                                             	_____
uates	elect	to	pursue	baccalaureate	degrees,	transfer-        	         	      	                                    									64-65
ring	to	such	institutions	as	Delaware	Valley	College,	
Temple	University,	and	Rutgers	University.                                            Certificate Curriculum
	 Successful	graduates	receive	either	an	Associate	in	        Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	             Credits
Applied	Science	degree	or	Certificate	of	Proficiency,	        ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
as	appropriate,	and	will	be	able	to:                          OHT	 299	        Cooperative	Education–Ornamental	Horticulture	 3
   •	 develop	a	landscape	plan	or	floral	design	which	        OHT	 101	        Plant	Science	(2/2)	                           3
      reflects	cost-effective	use	of	materials	and	prin-      OHT	 102	        Ornamental	Horticulture	(2/2)	                 3
      ciples	of	good	graphics	and	design;                     —	 —	            Technical	electives5	                     21-22 	
                                                              	                                                        	_____
   •	 plan	and	execute	the	management	of	a	modest	            	         	      	                                         33-34
      greenhouse,	nursery,	or	turf	area;
   •	 identify,	propagate,	and	care	for	at	least	300	dif-     1
                                                                  Approved Chemistry electives: CHE 100, 101, 105.
      ferent	woody	and	herbaceous	plant	specimens;            2
                                                                College-level mathematics course required.
   •	 implement	a	soils	management	plan	using	mod-              Select in consultation with an academic advisor.
      ern	irrigation	and	nutrient	control	techniques;         3
                                                                Select three courses from the following general education categories: Social
   •	 properly	apply	common	herbicides,	pesticides,	            Science, Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts,
                                                                Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary
      and	fertilizers	to	achieve	optimum	growing                General Education. Spanish is strongly recommended.
   	 conditions	for	plants	and	crops;                         4
                                                                  Approved technical electives: OHT 202, 207, 208, 222, 223, 224,
   •	 produce	and	manage	common	greenhouse	crops;                 226, 231, 232, 237, 301; BIO 202, 203, 204; ARC 120.
   •	 practice	integrated	pest	management.                    5
                                                                  Approved technical electives in the certificate
                                                                  curriculum include CHE 105 or equivalent,                                        2
                                                                  all OHT courses, and BIO 202, 203, 204.                                          0
                                                              †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.                                               0
                                                                                                                                                   6
                                                                                                                                                   -
                                                                                                                                                   2
                                                                                                                                                   0
                                                                                                                                                   0
                                                                                                                                                   9

                                                                                                               Tami Jones
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                       129
                Paralegal
                Associate in Applied Science Degree
                	 The	Paralegal	program	prepares	students	for	vari-
Paralegal


                ous	positions	as	paralegals.	Employment	is	obtained	
                                                                                                               A.A.S. Curriculum
                primarily	 in	 private	 law	 offices	 with	 additional	 op-         Code		         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
                portunities	 in	 government	 agencies,	 private	 corpo-             ENG	 101	      English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
                rations,	banks,	title	companies,	and	insurance	com-                 LEG	 129	      Role	of	the	Paralegal	(3/0)	                   3
                panies.	 Internship	 opportunities	 are	 available,	 and	           LEG	 130	      Civil	Litigation	I	(3/0)	                      3
                students	must	successfully	complete	an	internship	in	               IST	 101	      Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	     3
                the	final	semester	prior	to	graduation.	The	program	is	             —	 —	          Mathematics	elective1	                         3
                approved	by	the	American	Bar	Association.                           	      	       	


                	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:              ENG	 102	 English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                                 3
                   •	 understand	the	role	of	the	paralegal;                         LEG	 132	 Civil	Litigation	II	(3/0)	                                                    3
                   •	 demonstrate	practical	skills	in	a	wide	range	of	              LEG	 143	 Family	Law	(3/0)	                                                             3
                      substantive	legal	areas	including	wills	and	pro-              BUS	 107	 Business	Law	I	(3/0)	                                                         3
                      bate,	family	law,	real	estate,	civil	litigation	and	          LEG	 133	 Legal	Research	and	Writing	(3/0)	                                             3
                      commercial	law.                                               CMN	112	 Public	Speaking	(3/0)	
                	 The	 specialized	 paralegal	 courses	 are	 offered	 in	           	    	    OR	                                                                           3
                the	 evening;	 the	 remainder	 of	 the	 program	 is	 avail-         CMN	111		Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	
                                                                                    	      	       	
                able	through	daytime	and/or	evening	attendance	and	                 LEG	 203	 Wills	and	Probate	(1/2)	                                                      2
                may	be	pursued	either	full-time	or	part-time.	All	legal	            LEG	 206	 N.J.	Real	Estate	Transactions	(3/0)	                                          3
                specialty	courses	are	taught	by	practicing	attorneys.	              —	 —	     General	Education	elective2	                                                  3
                The	college	maintains	an	extensive	collection	of	vol-               BUS	 108	 Business	Law	II	(3/0)	                                                        3
                umes	related	to	New	Jersey	and	federal	law	and	of-                  LEG	 232	 Civil	Litigation	III	(2/2)3
                fers	instruction	in	computer-based	legal	research.                  	    	
                                                                                              OR	                                                                           3
                	 This	program	of	study	is	career	oriented	and	not	de-              LEG	 207	 Advanced	N.J.	Real	Estate	Transactions	(3/0)3
                signed	specifically	for	students	who	plan	to	transfer	to	           —	 —	 Natural	Science	elective4	                                                        3
                a	four-year	institution	or	attend	law	school.	The	Parale-           	      	       	

                gal	program	is	not	for	training	lawyers	or	legal	adminis-                 Commercial	Law	(3/0)	
                                                                                    LEG	 201	                                              3
                trators.	Paralegals	(as	nonlawyers)	are	prohibited	from	                  Field	Experience/Paralegal	(1/0/210	work	hours)	 3
                                                                                    LEG	 212	
                engaging	 in	 the	 practice	 of	 law	 or	 giving	 legal	 advice,	   —	 —	 Diversity	and	Global	Perspective	elective	       3
                setting	legal	fees,	or	representing	clients	in	court.                     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	
                                                                                    HPE	 110	                                              2
                	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	                        Word	Processing	Concepts	and
                                                                                    OST	 219	
                             diploma	or	its	equivalent.                             	    	Applications	(2/2)5
                                                                                    	  	
                                                                                          OR	                                              3
                                                                                    —	 —	 General	Education	elective2
                                                                                    	                                                 	_____	
                                                                                    	  	  	                                              64

                                                                                    NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with the program coordinator in
                                                                                    order to assure maximum transfer of credits. Students require a minimum of 18 hours
                                                                                    of ABA recognized general education electives.
                                                                                    1
                                                                                      MAT 108 or 120 recommended.
                                                                                    2
                                                                                      Select two courses from the following general education categories: Social Science
                                                                                      (except CRJ 101 and EDU), Historical Perspective, Humanities (except PHI 209), Visual
                                                                                      and Performing Arts (except ART 102, 104, 105, 106; CGR 105, 120, 130, 141, 145,
                                                                                      146, 150, 230, 233, 241, 250; DAN 101; PHO 101, 110; THR 104), Diversity and Global
                                                                                      Perspective (except BUS 230 and 296), Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General
                                                                                      Education (except CMN 121).
                                                                                    3
                                                                                      Students have the option of taking either LEG 207 or 232. LEG 207 will be offered on an
                                                                                      occasional basis during the Spring semester based on sufficient demand for the course.
                                                                                    4
                                                                                      Students may select any approved Natural Science course in the MCCC catalog. BIO
            2                                                                         114 is the recommended elective for those students who plan to transfer to a four-year
            0                                                                         institution. Those planning to transfer should determine if a lab science is required before
            0                                                                         choosing the Science elective.
            6                                                                       5
                                                                                      Students who cannot type at a rate of at least 35 words per minute must enroll in OST 111,
            -                                                                         which is a prerequisite for OST 219.
            2
                                                                                    † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
            0
            0
            9

                                 Monique Richardson
       130                                                                                                                                           609.586.4800
                                                                                                                     Paralegal
                                                                                                     Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	Certificate	of	Proficiency	program	for	parale-




                                                                                                                                                                 Paralegal
gals	generally	includes	only	legal	specialty	and	law	                                   Certificate Curriculum1
related	 courses	 and	 is	 relatively	 short	 in	 duration.	        Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
Individuals	who	do	not	already	possess	an	associate	                LEG	 129	     Role	of	the	Paralegal	(3/0)	                     3
or	bachelor’s	degree	are	not	eligible	to	enroll	in	the	             LEG	 130	     Civil	Litigation	I	(3/0)	                        3
Certificate	 of	 Proficiency	 program.	 Proof	 of	 a	 prior	        OST	 219	     Word	Processing	Concepts		
associate	or	bachelor’s	degree	is	required	and,	if	the	             	    	        and	Applications	(2/2)2	                         3
associate	 degree	 is	 in	 science	 or	 applied	 science,	          LEG/BUS	      Electives3	                                      9
students	must	have	at	least	18	credits	of	approved	                 LEG	 132	     Civil	Litigation	II	(3/0)	                       3
general	education	coursework	in	that	prior	degree.                  LEG	 133	     Legal	Research	and	Writing	(3/0)4	               3
	 The	 Paralegal	 Certificate	 prepares	 students	 for	             LEG	 232	     Civil	Litigation	III	(2/2)	                      3
various	 positions	 as	 paralegals.	 Employment	 is	 ob-            LEG		212	     Field	Experience/Paralegal	(1/0/210	work	hours)	 3
tained	primarily	in	private	law	offices	with	additional	            	                                                         	_____	
opportunities	in	government	agencies,	private	corpo-                	      	      	                                                                 30
rations,	banks,	title	companies,	and	insurance	com-                 1
                                                                      Students enrolled in the certificate curriculum must present proof of a prior
panies.	 Internship	 opportunities	 are	 available,	 and	             associate or bachelor’s degree.
students	must	successfully	complete	an	internship	in	               2
                                                                      Students who cannot type at a rate of at least 35 words per minute must enroll in
the	final	semester	prior	to	graduation.	The	program	is	               OST 111 which is a prerequisite for OST 219.
approved	by	the	American	Bar	Association.                           3
                                                                      Approved LEG/BUS electives (choose any three courses):
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:                LEG 143, 201, 203, 206, 207; BUS 107, 108.
                                                                    4
                                                                      ENG 101 or its equivalent is a prerequisite for LEG 133; consequently, the student’s
  •	 understand	the	role	of	the	paralegal;
                                                                      prior degree must include an English composition course equivalent to Mercer’s
  •	 demonstrate	practical	skills	in	a	wide	range	of	                 ENG 101 with a C grade or better.
     substantive	legal	areas	including	wills	and	pro-
     bate,	family	law,	real	estate,	civil	litigation	and	
     commercial	law.
	 The	 specialized	 paralegal	 courses	 are	 offered	 in	
the	 evening;	 the	 remainder	 of	 the	 program	 is	 avail-
able	through	daytime	and/or	evening	attendance	and	
may	be	pursued	either	full-time	or	part-time.	All	legal	
specialty	courses	are	taught	by	practicing	attorneys.	
The	college	maintains	an	extensive	collection	of	vol-
umes	related	to	New	Jersey	and	federal	law	and	of-
fers	instruction	in	computer-based	legal	research.
	 This	program	of	study	is	career	oriented	and	not	de-
signed	specifically	for	students	who	plan	to	transfer	to	a	
four-year	institution	or	attend	law	school.	The	Paralegal	
program	is	not	for	training	lawyers	or	legal	administra-
tors.	 Paralegals	 (as	 nonlawyers)	 are	 prohibited	 from	
engaging	 in	 the	 practice	 of	 law	 or	 giving	 legal	 advice,	
setting	legal	fees,	or	representing	clients	in	court.




                                                                                                                                                             2
                                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                                             6
                                                                                                                                                             -
                                                                                                                                                             2
                                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                                             9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                                 131
                                          Paraprofessional Classroom Educator
                                          Certificate of Proficiency
                                          	 The	Paraprofessional	Classroom	Educator	certifi-
Paraprofessional Classroom Educator


                                          cate	program	prepares	students	for	entry-level	posi-
                                                                                                                                Curriculum
                                          tions	 as	 paraprofessionals	 in	 schools,	 as	 classroom	     Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                  Credits
                                          or	 instructional	 aides,	 and	 as	 assistant	 teachers	 in	   ENG		101	 English	Composition	(3/0)	                         3
                                          pre-schools	or	daycare	facilities.	Individuals	current-        CMN	111	 Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                  3
                                          ly	 holding	 paraprofessional	 positions	 may	 use	 this	      PSY		101	 Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                     3
                                          program	to	enhance	classroom	and	related	skills.               EDU		109	 Introduction	to	Education	(3/0)	                   3
                                          	 Students	who	are	interested	in	working	with	spe-             PSY		206	 Child	Development	(3/0)
                                          cial	 populations	 or	 specific	 academic	 subjects	 may	      	    	    OR	                                                3
                                          request	permission	to	substitute	selected	courses	for	         EDU		120	 Introduction	to	Early	Childhood	Education	(3/0)	
                                          certain	requirements.	Talk	to	the	advisor	for	Educa-           EDU		102	 Introduction	to	Exceptional	Children	(3/0)	        3
                                          tion	programs	if	this	is	your	interest.                        SOC		101	 Introduction	to	Sociology	(3/0)
                                          	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:         	    	    OR	                                                3
                                             •	assist	a	classroom,	head	or	group	teacher;                SOC		104	 Sociology	of	Education	(3/0)	
                                             •	assist	individual	students	with	special	needs;            SOC		203	 Urban	Sociology	(3/0)	                             3
                                             •	 correct	papers	under	the	supervision	of	a	teacher;       EDU		211	 Education	Seminar	(3/0)	                           3
                                             •	 follow	teacher	directives	to	tutor	individual            EDU		210	 Education	Field	Service	(4	days	per	week)
                                             	 students	or	small	groups;                                 	    	    OR	                                                6
                                             •	 operate	standard	audio/visual,	computer,	and	            	    	    6	credits	chosen	from	list	of	alternative	courses
                                                office	equipment.                                        	    	    including	EDU	222,	Early	Literacy	
                                          	 Admission	 to	 the	 program	 requires	 a	 high	 school	      	    	    Seminar/Fieldwork
                                                                                                         	                                                       	_____	
                                          diploma	or	equivalent	and	competence	in	English	and	
                                                                                                         	    	    	                                               33	
                                          math	as	demonstrated	through	placement	testing.
                                          	 All	credits	earned	in	this	certificate	may	be	applied	
                                          to	 the	 A.A.S.	 degree	 program	 in	 Education/Special	
                                          Education	Assistant.
                                          	 This	 certificate	 is	 not	 designed	 for	 transfer;	 how-
                                          ever,	 students	 who	 wish	 to	 pursue	 a	 baccalaureate	
                                          program	and	teacher	certification	should	be	able	to	
                                          transfer	some	of	the	credits.




                                      2
                                      0
                                      0
                                      6
                                      -
                                      2
                                      0
                                      0
                                      9


                             132                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
                                                                                         Photography
                                                                                      Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	Photography	certificate	program	provides	grad-




                                                                                                                                 Photography
uates	with	entry-level	employment	skills	in	the	rapidly	
                                                                                     Curriculum
changing	professional	photography	field.	The	program	       Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
includes	 foundation	 courses	 in	 basic	 photography,	     PHO	101	    Introduction	to	Photography	(2/3)	             3
digital	photography,	digital	imaging,	photojournalism,	     DMA	105	    Introduction	to	Computer	Art	(1/4)	            3
lighting,	and	large-format.                                 ENG	 101	   English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
	 The	program	incorporates	a	balance	of	traditional	        	   	       	

and	 digital	 photographic	 techniques.	 Emphasis	 on	      PHO	102	 Intermediate	Photography	(1/4)	                  3
hands-on	 experiences	 in	 the	 digital	 laboratory	 and	   DMA	110	 Digital	Imaging	(1/4)	                           3
studio	 develops	 both	 the	 creative	 ability	 and	 the	   ART	 123	 History	of	Modern	Art	(3/0)	                    3
technical	skills	essential	to	photography	careers.          	   	       	

	 Students	learn	in	modern,	well-equipped	facilities.	      PHO	203	    Digital	Photography	(1/4)	                     3
Most	courses	are	offered	both	day	and	evening.	All	         PHO	202	    Studio	Photography	(1/4)
courses	transfer	to	the	Associate	in	Fine	Arts	Degree	      	   	       OR	                                            3
in	Visual	Arts.	If	the	required	courses	are	taken,	start-   PHO	251	    Photographic	Journalism	(1/4)
ing	in	the	Summer,	in	the	semester	sequence	as	out-         PHO	110	    History	of	Photography	(3/0)	                  3
lined,	the	program	can	be	completed	in	one	year	of	         PHO	204	                                                   3
                                                                        Advanced	Still	Photography—Portfolio	(1/4)		_____	
                                                            		
full-time	study.                                            	   	       	                                            30
	 Admission	to	the	Photography	certificate	program	
requires	a	high	school	diploma	or	its	equivalent.




                                                                                                                             2
                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                             6
                                                                                                                             -
                                                                                                                             2
                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                             9

                                                                                                  Ahmed Helwa
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                 133
                                   Physical Therapist Assistant
                                   Associate in Applied Science Degree
                                   	 The	 Physical	 Therapist	 Assistant	 (PTA)	 program	
Physical Therapist Assistant


                                   combines	courses	in	general	education	and	physical	
                                                                                                                                      Curriculum
                                   therapy	 with	 supervised	 clinical	 experiences	 in	 area	        Code		        Course	(lecture/lab/clinical	hours)	                       Credits
                                   clinics,	hospitals,	and	private	practices.	MCCC’s	pro-             ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                     3
                                   gram	is	accredited	by	the	Commission	on	Accredita-                 ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                    3
                                   tion	 in	 Physical	 Therapy	 Education	 (CAPTE)	 of	 the	          MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective	(3/0)1	                                     3
                                   American	Physical	Therapy	Association.                             BIO	 103	     Anatomy	&	Physiology	I	(3/3)	                                    4
                                   	 Graduates	are	eligible	to	take	the	licensure	examina-            BIO	 104	     Anatomy	&	Physiology	II	(3/3)	                                   4
                                   tion	for	physical	therapist	assistants	and	be	recognized	          	       	     	

                                   by	the	State	of	New	Jersey	Department	of	Law	&	Pub-                PSY	 101	     Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                                     3
                                   lic	Safety,	Division	of	Consumer	Affairs,	State	Board	of	          —	 —	         General	Education	elective2	                                       3
                                   Physical	Therapy	Examiners,	which	regulates	the	prac-              HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                               2
                                   tice	of	physical	therapy	in	the	state	of	New	Jersey.               HPE	 171	     Personal	Fitness	(1/0)	                                            1
                                   	 PTAs	are	employed	by	hospitals,	pediatric,	geriat-               —	 —	         First	Aid	&	CPR	Certification3	                                    —

                                                                                                      	       	     	
                                   ric,	 and	 private	 practice	 physical	 therapy	 facilities.	
                                                                                                      PTA	 101	     Introduction	to	PTA	(1/0)	                                        1
                                   Upon	successful	completion	of	the	program,	students	
                                                                                                      PTA	 105	     Kinesiology	(3/0)	                                                3
                                   are	awarded	the	Associate	in	Applied	Science	Degree	
                                                                                                      PTA	 106	     Therapeutic	Measurement	(0/2)	                                    1
                                   and	will	be	able	to:
                                                                                                      PTA	 112	     Pathology	for	PTAs	(3/0)	                                         3	
                                      	 •	communicate	effectively	with	other	members	of
                                                                                                      PTA	 205	     Motor	Development	(1/0)	                                          1	
                                      	 			the	health	care	team,	patients	and	their	families;
                                                                                                      PTA	 210	     PTA	Techniques	(3/2)	                                             4
                                      	 •	provide	patient	care	and	physical	therapy
                                                                                                      PTA	 211	     Physical	Agents	(3/3)	                                            4
                                      	 			services	under	the	direction	and	supervision
                                                                                                      PTA	 212	     PTA	Therapy	Clinic	(3/3)	                                         4
                                      	 			of	a	physical	therapist;
                                                                                                      PTA	 220	     PTA	Clinical	Education	I	(160	hours)	                             3
                                      	 •	perform	patient	assessment	techniques	
                                                                                                      PTA	 221	     PTA	Seminar	I	(3/0)	                                              3
                                         			including	joint	range	of	motion,	manual	muscle		
                                                                                                      PTA	 230	     PTA	Clinical	Education	II	(200	hours)	                            3
                                         			testing,	and	measurement	for	assistive	devices;
                                                                                                      PTA	 231	     PTA	Seminar	II	(3/0)	                                             3
                                      	 •	assist	patients	in	gait	training	activities,	body		
                                                                                                      PTA	 240	     PTA	Clinical	Education	III	(240	hours)	                           5
                                         			mechanics	principles,	and	therapeutic	exercise;
                                                                                                      PTA	 241	     PTA	Seminar	III	(1/0)	                                            1
                                      	 •	utilize	clinical	decision-making	skills	in	the              	                                                                           	_____	
                                      	 			performance	of	physical	therapy	interventions.             	       	     	                                                                 65
                                   	 Applicants	 must	 have	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	            1
                                                                                                        MAT 115, 141, or approved alternative.
                                                   the	 equivalent	 with	 at	 least	 one	 year	 of	   2
                                                                                                        Select from Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity
                                                      a	high	school	laboratory	science.	Stu-            and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                       dents	who	did	not	complete	at	least	           3
                                                                                                        Students must hold current certifications in First Aid and CPR for Professionals.
                                                        one	year	of	a	high	school	laboratory	         †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                                                         science	 and	 those	 students	 whose	        NOTE: Students must earn a minimum grade of C+ in all PTA courses and a minimum
                                                         background	 in	 the	 sciences	 is	 old	      grade of C in all science courses.
                                                         or	weak	may	be	expected	to	com-
                                                         plete	 one	 or	 more	 of	 the	 following	        	 Enrollment	in	the	program	is	limited.	If	the	number	of	
                                                          courses:	Physical	Science	Concepts	             qualified	applicants	for	the	Physical	Therapist	Assistant	
                                                           (PHY	111),	Introductory	Chemis-                program	exceeds	available	openings,	acceptance	will	be	
                                                             try	 (CHE	 100),	 Biological	 Sci-           made	in	accordance	with	procedures	published	separate-
                                                                ence	Concepts	(BIO	113).	Full	            ly.	Contact	the	Enrollment	Services	office	or	the	Science	
                                                                acceptance	 into	 the	 program	           &	Health	Professions	division	for	a	copy	of	the	eligibility	
                                                                 requires	 satisfactory	 perfor-          requirements	and	acceptance	procedure.
                                                                 mance	 on	 the	 college	 skills	
                                                                 placement	test	or	completion	
                               2                               of	any	required	remediation.
                               0
                               0
                               6
                               -
                               2
                               0
                               0
                               9

                                                        Lidia Seas
                       134                                                                                                                                          609.586.4800
                                                                                                 Plant Science
                                                                                          Associate in Science Degree
	 The	Plant	Science	program	prepares	students	for	




                                                                                                                                                         Plant Science
the	junior	year	of	study	at	a	college	or	university	of-
                                                                                               Curriculum
fering	 such	 fields	 as	 horticulture,	 botany,	 conserva-     Code		       Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                              Credits
tion,	 environmental	 science,	 ecology,	 and	 forestry.	       ENG	 101	    English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                   3
Horticulture	 students	 who	 plan	 to	 pursue	 a	 bacca-        BIO	 101	    General	Biology	I	(3/3)	                                       4
laureate	degree	should	elect	this	alternative.                  CHE	 101	    General	Chemistry	I	(3/3)	                                     4
	 Facilities	 to	 support	 the	 program	 include	 well-         OHT	 101	    Plant	Science	(2/2)	                                           3	
equipped	biology	and	chemistry	laboratories,	a	mod-             CMN	111	     Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                              	 	
ern	 greenhouse	 complex,	 and	 an	 extensive	 woody	           	    	       OR	                                                            3	
plants	collection	throughout	the	292-acre	West	Wind-            CMN	112	     Public	Speaking	(3/0)	
sor	Campus.	Occasional	field	trips	to	Longwood	Gar-             	     	      	


dens,	the	New	Jersey	Pine	Barrens,	Marquand	Park,	              ENG	 102	    English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                    3
and	elsewhere	offer	additional	opportunities	for	spe-           MAT	146	     Pre-Calculus	Mathematics	(4/0)	                                  4	
cialized	study	of	plant	specimens.                              BIO	 102	    General	Biology	II	(3/3)	                                        4
	 Successful	 graduates	 of	 Mercer’s	 Plant	 Science	          CHE	 102	    General	Chemistry	II	(3/3)	                                      4
                                                                	     	      	
program	generally	transfer	to	four-year	colleges	with	
                                                                BIO	 203	    Entomology	(3/3)	                                                4
full	junior	status.	Graduates	with	good	academic	re-
                                                                BIO	 204	    Ecology	(3/3)	                                                   4
cords	 can	 expect	 to	 transfer	 to	 institutions	 such	 as	
                                                                OHT	 204	    Plant	Diseases	(2/2)	                                            3
Stockton	 State	 College,	 Cook	 College	 (Rutgers	 Uni-
                                                                —	 —	        General	Education	elective1	                                     3
versity),	and	Delaware	Valley	College.                          	     	      	

	 Admission	to	Plant	Science	requires	a	high	school	            OHT	 108	    Soil	and	Plant	Nutrition	(3/3)	                                4
diploma	or	equivalent	with	at	least	one	year	of	science	        BIO	 202	    Woody	Plants	(3/3)	                                            4
(biology	 or	 chemistry)	 and	 two	 years	 of	 algebra.	 The	   HPE	 110	    Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                           2
successful	completion	of	the	Plant	Science	program	re-          —	 —	        General	Education	elective1	                                   3	
sults	in	the	award	of	the	Associate	in	Science	degree.          —	 —	        General	Education	elective1	                                   3
                                                                	                                                                       	_____	
                                                                	     	      	                                                              62
                                                                1
                                                                 At least one, but no more than two, must be Social Science electives. Choose from
                                                                 the following approved general education electives: ART 121, 122, 123, 124, 125,
                                                                 126; ECO 103, 111, 112; GEO 102; MUS 103, 224, 225; PHI 102, 113, 204, 205, 209;
                                                                 PHO 110; POL 101, 102, 201, 211, 220; REL 101, 102, 211, 235; SOC 101, 102, 103,
                                                                 203; SSC 201; THR 101, 110; all FRE, GER, ITA, HIS, PSY courses; all SPA courses
                                                                 except SPA 107 and 108; all literature courses above ENG 200.
                                                                †HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     6
                                                                                                                                                     -
                                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                     9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                         135
                          Professional Baking
                          Certificate of Proficiency
                          	 The	 Professional	 Baking	 certificate	 program	 pre-
Professional Baking


                          pares	 graduates	 for	 employment	 in	 individual	 bake	
                                                                                                             Curriculum
                          shops	 or	 in	 the	 bakery	 production	 departments	 of	   Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
                          healthcare	 institutions,	 restaurants,	 supermarkets,	    ENG	 101	   English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                          hotels,	catering	businesses	or	cruise	ships.               HOS	108	    Sanitation	and	Safety	in
                          	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:     	    	      Food	Service	Operations	(3/0)	                  3
                            •	 prepare	a	wide	variety	of	foodservice                 HOS	101	    Food	Preparation	I	(1/4)	                       3
                            	 bakery	products;                                       HOS	301	    Professional	Baking	I	(1/4)	                    3
                            •	 use	safe	and	sanitary	methods	in	the	produc-          HOS	311	    Professional	Baking	II	(1/4)	                   3
                               tion	of	a	wide	variety	of	bake	shop	goods	within	     HOS	322	    Professional	Baking	III	(1/3)	                  2
                               many	commercial	and	noncommercial	bakery	             HOS	203	    Hospitality	Purchasing	(3/0)	                   3
                               production	businesses;                                BUS	 103	   Business	Mathematics	(3/0)	                     3
                            •	 use	basic,	intermediate	and	advanced	baking	          HOS	202	    Internship	in	Hotel,	Restaurant	
                               techniques	and	tools	within	any	bake                  	    	                                                      3
                                                                                                 &	Institution	Management	(1/0	+	internship)	 	____	
                                                                                     	
                            	 shop	operation;
                                                                                     	   	       	                                             26
                            •	 contribute	to	the	overall	quality	of	the	baked	
                               goods	produced	and	served;
                            •	 understand	and	use	standardized	recipes;
                            •	 understand	the	culinary	terminology	used
                            	 within	the	food	service	industry;
                            •	 understand	the	needs	of	and	have	the	ability
                            	 to	purchase	food	and	nonfood	supplies	for
                            	 commercial	bakery	operations.
                          	 Most	of	the	credits	earned	in	acquiring	the	Profes-
                          sional	Baking	Certificate	can	be	applied	to	the	A.A.S.	
                          degree	in	Hotel,	Restaurant	and	Institution	Manage-
                          ment	or	the	Chef	Apprenticeship	program.
                          	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
                          diploma	or	its	equivalent.




                      2
                      0
                      0
                      6
                      -
                      2
                      0
                      0
                      9


               136                                                                                                               609.586.4800
                                                                  Professional Cooking
                                                                                       Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	Professional	Cooking	certificate	program	pre-




                                                                                                                                      Professional Cooking
pares	individuals	for	professional	entry	into	the	food	
                                                                                       Curriculum
service	 industry.	 It	 provides	 a	 working	 knowledge	      Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                 Credits
of	commercial	preparation	of	a	wide	variety	of	food	          ENG	 101	   English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                      3
products	combined	with	hands-on	skills.                       HOS	108	    Sanitation	and	Safety	in
	 Graduates	 can	 participate	 professionally	 in	 the	       	    	      Food	Service	Operations	(3/0)	                    3
food	production	departments	of	nursing	homes,	hos-            HOS	101	    Food	Preparation	I	(1/4)	                         3
pitals,	restaurants,	hotels,	conference	centers,	cater-       HOS	109	    Advanced	Culinary	Arts	(1/4)	                     3
ing	operations,	and	many	other	types	of	food	service	         HOS	102	    Volume	Food	Preparation	(1/4)	                    3
businesses.	 In	 some	 cases,	 this	 education	 prepares	     HOS	301	    Professional	Baking	(1/4)	                        3
students	to	enter	supervisory	positions.                      HOS	302	    Techniques	of	Healthy	Cooking	(1/4)	              3
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:        HOS	203	    Hospitality	Purchasing	(3/0)	                     3
  •	 prepare	a	wide	variety	of	food	products	used	in	         BUS	 103	   Business	Mathematics	(3/0)	                       3
     the	food	service	industry;                               HOS	202	    Internship	in	Hotel	Restaurant	&	Institution	
  •	 prepare	a	wide	variety	of	food	service	bakery	goods;     	    	      Management	(1/0	+	internship)	                    3
                                                              	                                                         	_____	
  •	 understand	and	use	standardized	recipes;
                                                              	   	       	                                               30
  •	 understand	the	culinary	terminology	used	with-
     in	the	food	service	industry;
  •	 plan	and	develop	appropriate	menus	which	
     meet	the	criteria	of	commercial	food	operations;
  •	 demonstrate	the	techniques	necessary	to	pre-
     pare	healthful	food	products	for	commercial	
     food	operations;
  •	 organize	and	direct	food	production	in	commer-
     cial	food	operations;
  •	 understand	the	needs	of,	and	have	the	ability	
     to	purchase	food	and	nonfood	supplies	for,	
     commercial	food	operations;
  •	 know	the	requirements	for	operating	a	safe	and	
     sanitary	food	service	operation	including	HACCP.
	 Most	 of	 the	 credits	 earned	 in	 acquiring	 the	 Pro-
fessional	 Cooking	 Certificate	 can	 be	 applied	 to	 the	
A.A.S.	 degree	 in	 Hotel,	 Restaurant	 and	 Institution	
Management	or	the	Chef	Apprenticeship	program.
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
diploma	or	its	equivalent.




                                                                                                                                  2
                                                                                                                                  0
                                                                                                                                  0
                                                                                                                                  6
                                                                                                                                  -
                                                                                                                                  2
                                                                                                                                  0
                                                                                                                                  0
                                                                                                                                  9

                                                                                                    Matthew Miliskievic
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                      137
            Radio
            Associate in Applied Science Degree in Radio/TV
            	 Radio,	one	of	the	two	options	of	the	Radio/TV	pro-
Radio


            gram,	prepares	students	for	employment	as	radio	an-
                                                                                                          Curriculum
            nouncers,	news	reporters,	salespersons,	copywriters,	             	
                                                                          Code	    Course	(lecture/studio	hours)	                                 Credits
            and	other	entry-level	positions.	Radio	classes	involve	       ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                        3
            practical	 hands-on	 work	 with	 state-of-the-art	 audio	     CMN	 101	 Mass	Media	(3/0)	                                                   3
            production	 studio	 equipment	 including	 radio	 con-         CMN	 111	 Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	
            soles,	analog	and	digital	recording	and	editing	equip-        	     	   OR	                                                                   3
            ment,	 CD	players,	and	newswire	services.	 Facilities	        CMN	 112	 Public	Speaking	(3/0)
            include	 complete	 stereo	 radio	 production	 studios	        CMN	 141	 Introduction	to	TV	Production	(2/2)	                                  3
            and	digital	audio	workstations.                               CMN	 151	 Introduction	to	Radio	(2/2)	                                          3
            	 In	 addition	 to	 practical	 and	 theoretical	 instruc-     	          	   	


            tion,	 the	 Radio	 program	 provides	 a	 course	 of	 study	   ENG	 102	 English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                         3
            emphasizing	 and	 developing	 communication	 skills.	         CMN	 153	 Audio	Production	for	Broadcasting	
            Qualified	students	intern	at	a	radio	station.	Pursued	        	    	    &	Entertainment	Industry	(2/2)	                                       3
            either	full-time	or	part-time,	the	complete	program	is	       CMN	 161	 Writing	for	Radio	and	TV	(3/0)	                                       3
            available	through	a	combination	of	daytime	and	eve-           IST	 101	 Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)1	
            ning	attendance.                                              	    	    OR	                                                                   3
            	 Radio	is	a	career-oriented	program	leading	to	em-           IST	 102	 Computer	Concepts	with	Programming	(2/2)1	
            ployment	following	graduation	or	transfer	to	four-year	       —	 —	 Visual	and	Performing	Arts	elective2	                                     3
                                                                          	          	   	
            institutions.	Radio	graduates	are	employed	by	radio	          CMN	 250	 Announcing	for	Radio	&	Electronic	Media	(2/2)	                        3
            stations	in	the	New	Jersey,	New	York,	and	Philadel-           —	 —	 General	Education	elective3	                                              3
            phia	areas.                                                   CMN	 273	 Sales	in	Broadcast	and	Cable	
            	 Mercer	 graduates	 have	 transferred	 to	 a	 number	        	    	    Communications	(3/0)	                                                 3
            of	colleges	and	universities	in	New	Jersey	and	other	         HPE	 110	 Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                                  2
            states,	 including	 Rutgers	 University,	 The	 College	 of	   —	 —	 Mathematics	elective4	                                                    3
            New	Jersey,	Montclair	University,	Rowan	University,	          —	 —	 Social	Science	elective	                                                  3
            William	Paterson	State	College,	Syracuse	University,	         	          	   	

            Ithaca	College,	Emerson	College,	Temple	University,	          CMN	 252	 Applied	Radio	Programming	(2/2)	            3
            New	 York	 University,	 Boston	 University,	 University	      CMN	 271	 New	Developments	in	Communication	(3/0)	    3
            of	Maryland,	and	UCLA.                                        CMN	 274	 Radio-TV	Management	(3/0)	                  3
            	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	            CMN	 301	 Internship	
            diploma	or	its	equivalent.	The	successful	graduate	of	        	    	    OR	                                         3	
            the	Radio	option	is	awarded	an	Associate	in	Applied	          CMN	 333	 Special	Studies	in	Radio
            Science	degree	in	Radio/TV	and	will	be	able	to:               —	 —	 Elective	                                       3
                                                                          	                                                 	_____	
               •	 achieve	entry-level	professional	competence	for	
                                                                          	      	       	                                                              62
                  a	position	in	commercial,	educational,	or	public	
                  radio	broadcasting;                                     NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
               •	write	and	edit	commercial	and	news	copy;                 to assure maximum transfer of credits.
               •	perform	analog	and	digital	editing;                      1
                                                                            A Natural Science or Technology course substitution is suggested for those students
               •	prepare	and	present	a	sales	proposal;                      with extensive prior computer background.
               •	work	cooperatively	with	colleagues;
                                                                          2
                                                                            Select from CMN 107, MUS 103, THR 104, DMA 105 or 120.
               •	use	effective	supervision	techniques;
                                                                          3
                                                                            Select from the following general education categories: Social Science, Historical
                                                                            Perspective, Humanities, Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language,
               •	operate	radio	studio	equipment	including	con-              Interdisciplinary General Education.
                  soles,	analog	and	digital	recording	devices,	CD	        4
                                                                            MAT 108 or 120 recommended.
                  players,	digital	audio	players	and	editing	soft-        † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                  ware,	and	computerized	on-air	systems;                  NOTE: Students must earn a minimum grade of C in all CMN courses to graduate.
               •	produce	and	announce	commercial	radio	programs.
        2
        0
        0
        6
        -
        2
        0
        0
        9


    138                                                                                                                              609.586.4800
                                                                                                     Radiography
                                                                          Associate in Applied Science Degree
	 The	Radiography	program	combines	courses	in	gen-




                                                                                                                                                 Radiography
eral	education	and	radiography	with	supervised	clini-
                                                                                               Curriculum
cal	experience	in	area	hospitals.	Graduates	are	eligible	      Code		        Course	(lecture/lab/clinical	days)	      Credits
to	take	the	American	Registry	of	Radiologic	Technolo-          BIO	 103	     Anatomy	&	Physiology	I	(3/3)	                  4
gist	Examination	in	Radiography	to	become	nationally	          MAT	—	        Mathematics	elective	(3/0)1	                3-4
certified	and	licensed	by	the	State	of	New	Jersey.             RAD	107	      Introduction	to	Radiography	(1/0)	             1
	 The	 program	 is	 accredited	 by	 the	 Joint	 Review	        RAD	119	      Principles	of	Imaging	Science	I	(2/0)	         2
Committee	 on	 Education	 in	 Radiologic	 Technology	          RAD	127	      Radiographic	Procedures	I	(3/3/24	days)	       6
(JRCERT)	 and	 the	 New	 Jersey	 Radiologic	 Technol-          	      	      	


ogy	Board	of	Examiners.	Graduates	are	employed	by	             BIO	 104	     Anatomy	&	Physiology	II	(3/3)	                             4
hospitals,	clinics,	diagnostic	imaging	centers,	and	the	       RAD	120	      Principles	of	Imaging	Science	II	(2/2)	                    3
offices	of	private	physicians.                                 RAD	128	      Radiographic	Procedures	II	(2/3/30	days)	                  6
	 Upon	successful	completion	of	the	program,	stu-              RAD	114	      Radiation	Protection	(2/0)	                                2
                                                               	      	      	
dents	are	awarded	the	Associate	in	Applied	Science	            HPE	 110	 Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                           2
degree	and	will	be	able	to:                                    RAD	205	 Clinical	Practicum	(0/0/50	days)	                               4
   •	 use	the	principles	of	radiation	protection               	      	      	

   	 in	diagnostic	radiographic	procedures;                    ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)2	                              3
   •	 communicate	effectively	with	patients	and                —	 —	         Social	Science	elective3	                                  3
   	 function	as	a	professional	member	of	the	health	          RAD	227	      Radiographic	Procedures	III	(2/3/45	days)	                 6
      care	team;                                               RAD	216	      Advanced	Imaging	Modalities	and	
   •	 perform	a	full	range	of	diagnostic	radiographic	         	    	        Special	Procedures	(3/0)	                                  3
      procedures;                                              	      	      	


   •	 utilize	critical	thinking	skills	in	the	performance	     ENG	 112	     English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	                  3
      of	radiographic	examinations.                            —	 —	         General	Education	elective4	                               3
	 Applicants	must	have	a	high	school	diploma	or	the	           RAD	220	      Quality	Assurance	and	Radiography	
equivalent	with	one	year	of	a	laboratory	science	and	          	    	        Seminar	(3/2)	                                             4
two	 years	 of	 academic	 mathematics.	 Students	 who	         RAD	224	      Introduction	to	Pathology	(2/0)	                           2
have	not	completed	these	courses	within	the	last	five	         RAD	240	      Advanced	Clinical	Experience	I	(0/0/45	days)	              3	
                                                               	      	      	
years	may	fulfill	this	requirement	by	completing	Ba-           RAD	242	 Advanced	Clinical	Experience	II	(0/0/30	days)	 2
sic	Algebra	(MAT	034)	and	one	of	the	following	sci-            	                                                   	_____ 	
ence	courses:	Physical	Science	Concepts	(PHY	111),	            	   	    	                                           69-70
Introductory	Chemistry	(CHE	100),	or	Biological	Sci-
ence	 Concepts	 (BIO	 113).	 Students	 are	 advised	 to	       NOTE: RAD 127, 128, and 227 require 15-30 minutes each week for
                                                               competency testing in the laboratory.
take	Physical	Science	Concepts	(PHY	111)	if	a	phys-             1
                                                                  MAT 115, 135, or approved alternative.
ics	course	was	not	completed	in	high	school.                   2
                                                                  ENG 102 is an acceptable alternative when combined with
	 In	order	to	be	accepted	into	the	professional	phase	            all RAD courses.
of	 the	 radiography	 program,	 the	 student	 must	 have	      3
                                                                  Approved Social Science electives: PSY 101, 204, 207; SOC 101,
completed	 all	 basic	 skills	 and	 ESL	 courses	 and	 be	        102, 209, 219.
eligible	 to	 enroll	 in	 college-level	 English	 and	 math-   4
                                                                  Select from the following general education categories: Historical
ematics.	 Students	 must	 be	 at	 least	 18	 years	 of	 age	      Perspective, Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, or
                                                                  Interdisciplinary General Education.
by	January	of	their	first	year	in	radiography	courses.	
                                                               † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
Enrollment	 in	 the	 professional	 phase	 of	 the	 radiog-
                                                               NOTE: Students must earn a minimum grade of C in BIO
raphy	program	is	limited,	with	priority	given	to	stu-          103 and 104, mathematics, and all RAD courses.
dents	who	have	completed	all	required	science	and	
mathematics	courses.
	 Details	 regarding	 the	 acceptance	 procedure	 are	
available	 on	 the	 college	 website	 and	 may	 be	 ob-
tained	 by	 contacting	 the	 Enrollment	 Services	 office	                                                                                   2
or	Science	&	Health	Professions	division.                                                                                                    0
                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                             6
                                                                                                                                             -
                                                                                                                                             2
                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                             9

                                                                                                                       Nick D’Amico
www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                 139
                          Respiratory Therapy
                          in cooperation with Brookdale Community College
                          Associate in Applied Science Degree
Respiratory Therapy


                          	 The	Respiratory	Therapy	program	is	offered	in	coop-
                          eration	 with	 Brookdale	 Community	 College.	 Students	
                                                                                                                          Curriculum
                          may	complete	the	general	education	component	of	the	                      Brookdale	Community	College	Courses
                          program	at	Mercer	County	Community	College	and	take	         Code	      	                                     Credits
                          the	specialized	courses	in	respiratory	therapy	at	Brook-     General Education — 30 credits as follows:
                          dale.	Provisions	of	the	agreement	are	available	from	the	    [see	corresponding	Mercer	courses	below]
                          Admissions	office	of	either	college.                         BIOL	 111	 Anatomy	&	Physiology	I	                     4
                          	 This	program	prepares	students	for	entry-level	po-         BIOL	 112	 Anatomy	&	Physiology	II	                    4
                          sitions	in	respiratory	care.	Students	work	in	the	treat-     BIOL	 213	 Microbiology	                               4
                          ment,	management,	control	and	care	of	patients	with	         COMP	 129	 Introduction	to	Computer	Literacy	          3
                          deficiencies	 and	 abnormalities	 associated	 with	 the	     	           	 Communications	                          6
                          cardiopulmonary	system.	           	         	       	       	           	 Humanities	                              3
                          						Graduates	work	closely	with	patients,	doctors	and	     	           	 Social	Science	                          3
                          nurses	to	provide	diagnostic	testing,	therapeutics,	ed-      	           	 Elective	                                3
                          ucation,	rehabilitation,	monitoring,	life	support,	and	
                                                                                       Career Studies — 37 credits as follows:
                          other	specialized	methods	of	treatment.
                                                                                       RESP	 161	 Cardiopulmonary	Anatomy	and	Physiology	                                    3
                          	 Upon	completion	of	the	program,	students	are	eli-
                                                                                       RESP	 162	 Fundamental	Skills	in	Respiratory	Therapy	                                 6
                          gible	to	sit	for	the	National	Board	of	Respiratory	Care	
                                                                                       RESP	 163	 Cardiopulmonary	Pathophysiology	                                           4
                          Examination	 (NBRC).	 After	 successful	 completion	
                                                                                       RESP	 164	 Patient	Assessment	and	Diagnostics	                                        5
                          of	 this	 examination	 and	 application	 to	 the	 Respira-
                                                                                       RESP	 261	 Neonatal	&	Pediatric	Respiratory	Care	                                     2
                          tory	Care	Board,	the	graduate	is	also	eligible	for	state	
                                                                                       RESP	 262	 Adult	Critical	Care	                                                       7
                          licensure	as	a	Certified	Respiratory	Therapist.	Once	
                                                                                       RESP	 263	 Subacute	Respiratory	Care	                                                 2
                          licensed,	graduates	are	eligible	to	take	the	Advanced	
                                                                                       RESP	 264	 Respiratory	Care	Practice	                                                 6
                          Practitioner	Examination	to	become	a	registered	Re-
                                                                                       RESP	 265	 Issues	and	Trends	in	Health	Care	                                          2
                          spiratory	Therapist	(RRT).
                          	 This	program	is	accredited	by	the	Commission	on	
                                                                                                 Mercer	County	Community	College	Courses
                          Accreditation	for	Allied	Health	Education	Programs	
                                                                                       Code	      	 Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	        Credits
                          (CAAHEP)	 in	 cooperation	 with	 the	 Committee	 on	
                                                                                       BIO		 		103	 Anatomy	and	Physiology	I	(3/3)	          4
                          Accreditation	 for	 Respiratory	 Care	 (CoArc),	 1701	
                                                                                       BIO	 104	 Anatomy	and	Physiology	II	(3/3)	            4
                          West	 Euless	 Blvd.,	 Suite	 300,	 Euless	 Texas	 76040	
                                                                                       BIO	 201	 Microbiology	(3/3)	                         4
                          (817-283-2835).
                                                                                       IST	 101	 Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	 3
                                                                                       ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                3
                                                                                       ENG	 102	 English	Composition	II	(3/0)	               3
                                                                                       —	       —	 General	Education	electives1	             9
                                                                                       1
                                                                                           Select general education electives in consultation with an MCCC advisor to ensure
                                                                                           transferability to Brookdale Community College.
                                                                                           Select from at least two of the following general education categories: Social Science,
                                                                                           Historical Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                                                           Perspective, Foreign Language.




                      2
                      0
                      0
                      6
                      -
                      2
                      0
                      0
                      9


               140                                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
                                                                            Retail Management
                                                                                        Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	Retail	Management	Certificate	is	designed	to	




                                                                                                                                     Retail Management
                                                                                        Curriculum
qualify	graduates	to	compete	for	entry-level	manage-
ment	positions	in	the	retail	industry.                         Code	 	      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	              Credits
	 Graduates	 can	 secure	 employment	 in	 positions	           ENG	 101	    English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                   3
with	 job	 titles	 such	 as	 assistant	 store	 manager	 and	   BUS	 103	    Business	Mathematics	(3/0)	                    3
manager	trainee	in	a	variety	of	retail	operations,	from	       MKT	101	     Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	                 3
supermarkets	to	specialty	chains,	franchises	and	ma-           MKT	230	     Retail	Management	(3/0)	                       3
jor	department	stores.                                         MKT	105	     Retail	Merchandising	(3/0)	                    3
	 The	 retail	 industry	 has	 many	 opportunities	 for	        MKT	103	     Personal	Salesmanship	(3/0)	                   3
qualified	 managers	 who	 possess	 knowledge	 in	 retail-      MKT	220	     Principles	of	Advertising	(3/0)	               3
ing,	 merchandising,	 advertising,	 sales,	 marketing	 and	    MKT	240	     Consumer	Behavior	(3/0)	                       3
total	quality	management.                                      IST		 101	   Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	     3
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:         BUS	 202	    Customer	Orientation	(3/0)	                    3
                                                               	                                                       	_____	
  •	 demonstrate	knowledge	of	the	terminology	and	             	    	       	                                            30
     procedures	of	the	retailing	field;
  •	 exhibit	knowledge	of	the	techniques	to	develop	
     an	effective	advertising	campaign;
  •	 effectively	merchandize	a	product;
  •	 read	and	interpret	business	reports	on
  	 job-related	problems;
  •	 determine	customer	needs	and	successfully	
     satisfy	and	exceed	customer	expectations.
	 Most	of	the	credits	earned	in	this	certificate	can	be	
applied	toward	the	Management	A.A.S.	degree.




                                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                 6
                                                                                                                                 -
                                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                 0
                                                                                                                                 9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                     141
                                          Small Business Employment Readiness
                                          Certificate of Proficiency
                                          	 The	 Small	 Business	 Employment	 Readiness	 cer-
Small Business Employment Readiness


                                          tificate	program	is	designed	to	develop	the	essential	
                                                                                                                                          Curriculum
                                          skills	 and	 perspective	 needed	 to	 secure	 gainful	 em-      Code	 	         Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
                                          ployment	in	a	small	business.                                   ENG	 101	       English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                                          	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:          BUS	 103	       Business	Mathematics	(3/0)	                     3
                                             •	 use	terminology	common	to	the	business	environ-           BUS	 105	       Communication	Skills	for	Business	(3/0)	        3
                                                ment	in	effective	written	and	oral	communications;        CMN	111	        Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)
                                             •	 use	effective	methods	to	attract	and	retain               	     	         OR	                                             3
                                             	 customers	in	a	business	setting;                           CMN	112	        Public	Speaking	(3/0)
                                             •	 analyze	and	resolve	real-world	problems	typical	          ACC	 106	       Office	Accounting	I	(3/0)	                      3
                                                of	a	small	business	environment;                          BUS	 118	       Introduction	to	Total	Quality	Management	(3/0)	 3
                                             •	 perform	entry-level	skills	in	at	least	one	market-        IST		 101	      Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	      3
                                                able	specialty	area.                                      —	 —	           Specialty	Area	electives1	                    6-7 	
                                                                                                          	                                                          	_____
                                          	 Success	 in	 this	 program	 requires	 the	 participant	 to	
                                                                                                          	        	      	                                             27-28
                                          possess	the	necessary	reading,	writing	and	math	skills	
                                          for	beginning	college-level	work	as	well	as	a	strong	desire	    1
                                                                                                              Select two courses from one specialty area:
                                          to	work	and	succeed	in	a	small	business	environment.                Computer Systems Technology: NET 101, 106
                                          	 Most	 of	 the	 credits	 earned	 can	 be	 applied	 to	 an	         Customer Service: MKT 101, 240
                                          A.A.S.	 degree.	 Admission	 to	 the	 program	 requires	 a	          Office Systems Technology: OST 111, CIS 112
                                                                                                              Ornamental Horticulture Technology: OHT 101, 102
                                          high	school	diploma	or	its	equivalent.
                                                                                                              Professional Cooking: HOS 101, 108




                                      2
                                      0
                                      0
                                      6
                                      -
                                      2
                                      0
                                      0
                                      9


                             142                                                                                                                                 609.586.4800
                                             Small Business Management
                                                                                      Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	 Small	 Business	 Management	 certificate	 pro-




                                                                                                                                    Small Business Management
gram	prepares	students	to	operate	or	assist	in	the	op-                                Curriculum
eration	of	a	successful	small	business.                      Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                 Credits
	 At	any	given	time	in	this	country,	7000	to	10,000	         ENG	 101	   English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                      3
people	are	considering	starting	a	new	business.	In	the	      ACC	 106	   Office	Accounting	I	(3/0)	                        3
last	decade,	small	businesses	have	outstripped	large	        BUS	 103	   Business	Mathematics	(3/0)	                       3
companies	 as	 incubators	 of	 new	 jobs.	 The	 National	    ECO	 103	   Basic	Economics	(3/0)	                            3
Federation	of	Independent	Businesses	states	that	two	        IST	 101	   Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	        3
of	every	three	new	jobs	in	the	last	10	years	have	been	      BUS	 107	   Business	Law	I	(3/0)	                             3
at	companies	with	fewer	than	100	employees.                  BUS	 202	   Customer	Orientation	(3/0)	                       3
	 The	 certificate	 program	 informs	 students	 of	 the	     BUS	 210	   Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	                   3
inherent	 pitfalls	 and	 management	 skill	 deficiencies	    BUS	 313	   Small	Business	Management	(3/0)	
which	result	in	the	high	failure	rate	experienced	by	        	    	      OR	                                               3
many	small	businesses.                                       BUS	 296	   International	Business	Practice	Firm	(1/6)	
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:       MKT	101	    Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	                    3
                                                             	                                                        	_____	
   •	analyze	accounting	reports	to	determine
                                                             	   	       	                                              30
   	 profitability,	solvency,	and	liquidity	of	a	business;
   •	implement	effective	methods	to	attract	and
   	 retain	customers	in	a	small	business	setting;
   •	use	terminology	common	to	the	business
   	 environment	for	effective	communication;
   •	apply	supervision	principles	in	performing
   	 management	duties;
   •	analyze/resolve	problems	common	to
   	 small	businesses.
	 Most	 credits	 earned	 in	 acquiring	 the	 Small	 Busi-
ness	Management	Certificate	can	be	applied	toward	
the	Management	A.A.S.	degree.
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
diploma	or	its	equivalent.	A	strong	desire	to	work	and	
succeed	in	a	small	business	environment	is	vital.




                                                                                                                                2
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                6
                                                                                                                                -
                                                                                                                                2
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                0
                                                                                                                                9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                    143
                     Social Service
                     Associate in Applied Science Degree in Human Services
                     	 Social	 Service,	 an	 option	 of	 the	 Human	 Services	
Social Service


                     program,	 prepares	 students	 to	 work	 as	 entry-level	
                                                                                                                       Curriculum
                     professionals	in	human	service	agencies	such	as	hos-              Code		        Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                                Credits
                     pitals,	social	work	institutions,	and	public	or	private	          ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                     3
                     social	services.	The	program	provides	students	with	              SOC	 101	     Introduction	to	Sociology	(3/0)	                                 3
                     specific	theory	and	knowledge	about	human	behav-                  PSY	 101	     Introductory	Psychology	(3/0)	                                   3
                     ior	necessary	to	engage	in	entry-level	practice	in	the	           SOC	 110	     Introduction	to	Human	Services	(3/0)*	                           3
                     social	service	field.                                             MAT	135	      Intermediate	Algebra	                                            4
                     	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:            	      	      	

                        •	 demonstrate	and	use	an	advanced	working	                    ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                     3
                           knowledge	of	social	service	agencies;                       SOC	 102	     Social	Problems	(3/0)
                        •	 diagnose,	in	writing,	client	behaviors	and                  	    	        OR	                                                               3
                        	 consequences	using	case	descriptions;                        SOC	 205	     Criminology	(3/0)
                        •	 develop,	in	writing,	treatment	plans	that	specify	          CMN	112	      Public	Speaking	(3/0)*	                                           3
                           type,	duration,	and	mode	of	treatment;                      SOC	 227	     Human	Behavior	in	Social	Environment	I	(3/0)	                     3
                        •	 demonstrate	and	use	improved	written	and                    MAT	200	      Statistics	for	Health	&	Social	Sciences	I	                        2
                        	 verbal	case	assessment	skills	with	clients	across	           	      	      	


                           diverse	age,	ethnic,	and	income	categories.                 POL	 102	     State	&	Local	Government	(3/0)	                                  3
                     	 Although	some	courses	are	offered	in	the	evening,	              SOC	 209	     Racial,	Ethnic	and	Minority	Groups	(3/0)*	                       3
                     the	 complete	 option	 requires	 some	 daytime	 atten-            SOC	 229	     Human	Behavior	in	Social	Environment	II	(3/0)	                   3
                     dance.	The	option	is	best	completed	full-time,	though	            IST	 101	     Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	                       3
                     part-time	enrollment	is	possible.	During	the	Spring	se-           PSY	 204	     Social	Psychology	(3/0)	                                         3
                                                                                       	      	      	
                     mester	of	the	sophomore	year,	students	participate	in	
                                                                                       SOC	 225	     Multidisciplinary	Social	Service	Practices	(3/0)	 3
                     an	intensive	four-day-per-week	cooperative	education	
                                                                                       SOC	 299	     Cooperative	Education	–	Human	Services
                     field	experience	at	an	approved	site.	DHS	employees	
                                                                                       —	 —	         Field	Experience	(4	days/week)*	                  6
                     are	encouraged	to	make	this	an	on-the-job	credit-earn-
                                                                                       —	 —	         Natural	Science	elective	(lab	science)	           3
                     ing	experience.	Arrangements	for	the	field	experience	
                                                                                       HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	              2
                     must	be	made	during	the	preceding	Fall	semester.
                                                                                       —	 —	         General	Education	elective1	                      3
                     	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	successful	com-               	                                                           	_____	
                     pletion	 of	 the	 certificate	 in	 child	 protective	 services	   	      	      	                                                                63
                     (CPS)	or	permission	of	the	program	coordinator.
                                                                                       * Certificate in Child Protective Services (CPS): 12 credits
                                                                                          Module 1 – Communication
                                                                                          Module 2 – Cultural Competence
                                                                                          Module 3 – Assessment & Documentation
                                                                                          Module 4 – Child Development and Identifying Abuse & Neglect
                                                                                          Module 5 – Family Centered Protective Services
                                                                                       1
                                                                                         Select courses from the following general education categories: Historical
                                                                                         Perspective, Humanities, Visual and Performing Arts, Diversity and Global
                                                                                         Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.
                                                                                       † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.




                 2
                 0
                 0
                 6
                 -
                 2
                 0
                 0
                 9


           144                                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
                                                                                    Technical Studies
                                                                           Associate in Applied Science Degree
	 Over	the	past	decade,	corporate	training	programs,	




                                                                                                                                                               Technical Studies
industry-based	 training	 programs,	 military	 training	                                         Curriculum
programs,	 and	 certified	 apprenticeship	 programs	 in	      Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
the	 building	 and	 construction	 trades	 have	 become	       ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
sophisticated	 operations	 that	 enable	 employees	 to	       ENG	 112	        English	Composition	II	with	Speech	(3/0)	         	
enter	a	career	or	move	up	a	career	ladder	after	par-          		   		          OR	                                             3
ticipating	in	a	formalized	training	process.	                 ENG	 102	        English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                     	
	 The	A.A.S.	degree	in	Technical	Studies	provides	a	          —	 —	            Mathematics	elective	                        3-4
means	for	students	to	acquire	credits	based	on	tech-          —	 —	            Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective	      3-4
nical	 training	 within	 their	 employing	 organization.	     —	 —	            General	Education	electives1	                   9
Credit	 is	 granted	 to	 individuals	 who	 have	 success-     IST	 101	        Computer	Concepts	with	Applications	(2/2)	        	
fully	completed	courses	in	a	corporate,	industrial,	or	       		   		          OR	                                             3
military	 training	 program	 or	 through	 a	 certified	 ap-   IST	 102	        Computer	Concepts	with	Programming	(2/2)	         	
prenticeship	 training	 program	 in	 the	 building	 and	      HPE	 110	        Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(3/0)	               	
construction	trades	and	who	are	interested	in	pursu-          		   		          OR	                                          2-3
ing	an	associate	in	applied	science	degree.                   HPE	 111	        Living	with	Health	(3/0)	                        	
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:	       	                                                          _______	
   •	compete	effectively	in	a	technology-based                	        	       	                                                         	 26-29
   	 global	economy;
   •	demonstrate	the	necessary	skills	to	be	more
   	 productive	in	their	chosen	profession	and	career;        Students	will	meet	with	an	advisor	to	select	an	area	of	
   •	demonstrate	competence	in	a	broad	array	of               concentration	from	among	all	of	MCCC’s	technically-oriented	
   	 intellectual	and	communications	skills	with              A.A.S.	degree	programs.
   	 information	and	habits	of	mind	that	enrich	their	        •	 A	faculty	advisor	for	the	selected	concentration	area	
     lives	and	enable	them	to	participate	more	fully	in	         will	develop	with	each	student	or	group	of	students	
     a	democratic	society.                                       a	plan	of	study	to	include	at	least	four	courses	from	
                                                                 that	field	of	study.
                                                              •	 Between	3	and	25	credits	must	be	earned	through	
                                                                 portfolio	assessment	as	block	credits	in	Technical	
                                                                 Studies	for	corporate,	industrial,	or	military	training	
                                                                 programs	or	for	certified	apprenticeship	training	
                                                                 programs	in	the	building	and	construction	trades	         31-34
                                                                 after	review	by	faculty	of	a	related	program	and/or	
                                                                 the	appropriate	academic	dean.	These	credits	will	
                                                                 be	posted	to	a	student’s	MCCC	transcript	on	a	
                                                                 matching	basis	as	students	earn	credit	for	courses	
                                                                 taken	at	MCCC.
                                                              •	 Additional	electives	may	be	selected	from	other	
                                                                 disciplines	with	assistance	from	a	faculty	advisor.	
                                                              	                                                           	_____	
                                                              	     	      	         Total	Degree	Credits	(minimum):	        60
                                                              1
                                                                  Students must select courses from at least two of the following general education
                                                                  categories: Society and Human Behavior, Historical Perspective, Aesthetic Perspective,
                                                                  Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Integrated General Education.




                                                                                                                                                           2
                                                                                                                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                           6
                                                                                                                                                           -
                                                                                                                                                           2
                                                                                                                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                           0
                                                                                                                                                           9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                               145
                 Television
                 Associate in Applied Science Degree in Radio/TV
                 	 The	Television	option	of	the	Radio/TV	program	is	
Television


                 designed	 to	 empower	 students	 with	 the	 knowledge	                                       Curriculum
                 and	skills	to	seek	professional	careers	in	all	phases	of	     Code		        Course	(lecture/studio	hours)	                           Credits
                 the	dynamic	worlds	of	film	and	television,	broadcast	         ENG	 101	     English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                   3
                 journalism,	 and	 video	 production;	 and	 to	 prepare	       CMN	141	      Introduction	to	TV	Production	(2/2)	                           3
                 graduates	for	enrollment	into	four-year	institutions.
                                                                               CMN	111	      Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	
                 	 In	order	to	enjoy	productive	careers	and	compete	
                 successfully,	 graduates	 must	 meet	 the	 challenge	 of	     	    	        OR	                                                              3
                 technological	 change.	 Therefore,	 Television	 option	       CMN	112	      Public	Speaking	(3/0)
                 A.A.S.	degree	candidates	benefit	from	hands-on	real-          CMN	151	      Introduction	to	Radio	(2/2)	                                     3
                 world	training	utilizing	cutting-edge	technology	pre-         HPE	 110	     Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                             2
                 paring	them	for	employment	as	directors,	producers,	          	      	      	

                 editors,	 camera	 operators,	 compositors,	 audio	 engi-      ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                    3
                 neers,	writers,	and	other	entry-level	positions	within	       CMN	101	      Mass	Media	(3/0)	                                                3
                 the	TV	and	video	production	industries.                       CMN	142	      Intermediate	TV	Production	(2/2)	                                3
                 	 Television	majors	also	have	the	opportunity	to	cre-         CMN	161	      Writing	for	Radio/TV	(3/0)	                                      3
                 ate	television	programming	to	be	cablecast	through-           CMN	143	      Graphics	&	Effects	for	Video	                                    3
                 out	 Mercer	 County	 on	 MCTV,	 channel	 23/26.	 The	         CMN	153	      Audio	Production	for	Broadcasting
                 program	of	study	culminates	with	students	entering	           	    	        &	Entertainment	Industries	                                      3
                 their	own	short	features	for	the	college’s	annual	video	      	      	      	
                 recognition	ceremony,	The	Bernie	Awards.                      —	 —	         Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective	                          3
                 	 All	production	classes	involve	state-of-the-art	TV	         CMN	241	      Applied	Field	Production	for	Video	(2/2)	                        3
                 studio	 and	 control	 room	 equipment,	 and	 include	         CMN	273	      Sales	in	Broadcast	and	Cable	
                 practical	experience	with	studio	and	portable	camer-
                                                                               	   	         Communication	(3/0)	                                             3
                 as,	video	editing,	graphics,	special	effects,	producing,	
                 writing,	and	 directing.	Students	should	be	 prepared	        —	 —	         Mathematics	elective	                                            3
                 for	 a	 course	 of	 study	 emphasizing	 and	 developing	      —	 —	         Social	Science	elective	                                         3
                                                                               	      	      	
                 communication	 skills	 in	 addition	 to	 practical	 and	
                 theoretical	television	instruction.                           CMN	242	      Advanced	TV	Production	(2/2)	                 3
                 	 Many	 alumni	 of	 the	 Television	 option	 are	 em-         CMN	271	      New	Developments	in	Communication	(3/0)	      3
                 ployed	by	facilities	in	Philadelphia,	New	Jersey	and	         CMN	274	      Radio/TV	Management	(3/0)	                    3
                 New	York,	assuming	a	wide	variety	of	jobs	at	all	levels	      CMN	301	      Internship	
                 in	 the	 television	 industry.	 Many	 are	 successful	 pro-   	   	         OR	                                           3	
                 ducers	 in	 documentary,	 educational,	 industrial,	 and	     CMN	332	      Special	Studies	in	Television	Production	
                 other	video	work.	In	addition,	graduates	have	trans-          —	 —	         General	Education	elective1	                  3
                 ferred	to	colleges	and	universities	in	New	Jersey	and	        	                                                       	_____	
                 other	states	including	Rutgers	University,	The	College	       	      	      	                                                              62
                 of	 New	 Jersey,	 Rider	 University,	 Rowan	 University,	
                 William	Paterson	State	University,	Syracuse	Univer-           NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
                                                                               to assure maximum transfer of credits. Students must earn a minimum grade of C
                 sity,	Ithaca	College,	Emerson	College,	Temple	Univer-         in all CMN courses to graduate.
                 sity,	New	York	University,	Boston	University,	Arizona	        1
                                                                                 Select from the following general education categories: Historical Perspective,
                 State	University,	University	of	Maryland,	and	UCLA.             Humanities, Diversity and Global Perspective, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary
                 	 Admission	to	the	Television	option	requires	visual	           General Education.
                 and	 aural	 acuity	 and	 a	 high	 school	 diploma	 or	 its	   † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.
                 equivalent.	Awarded	an	Associate	in	Applied	Science	
                 degree	 in	 Radio/TV,	 the	 successful	 graduate	 will	 be	
                 able	to:
                   •	 create	cable	television	shows;                           •	 produce	a	short	film	or	documentary;
                   •	 achieve	entry-level	professional	competence	for          •	 work	on	a	professional	project;
                   	 a	position	in	commercial,	public,	industrial,             •	 use	cutting-edge	non-linear	video	editing	equipment;
                   	 instructional,	and	cable	television	studios	and	          •	 use	compositing	software;
             2     	 facilities;                                               •	 build	a	strong,	competitive	portfolio;
             0
             0     •	 write,	produce,	direct,	and	edit	a	variety	of	video	     •	 supervise	people	to	obtain	maximum	productive	results;
             6     	 productions;                                              •	 operate	a	broadcast	TV	switcher	and	audio	console;
             -     •	 write	various	scripts,	including	commercials,	           •	 operate	a	character	generator;
             2     	 news,	and	short	film;                                     •	 prepare	a	broadcast	sales	presentation.
             0     •	 operate	ENG	(electronic	news	gathering)
             0
             9     	 equipment;


        146                                                                                                                              609.586.4800
                                                                                                                                           Theatre
                                                                       Associate in Arts Degree in Performing Arts
                                                                  Associate in Fine Arts Degree in Performing Arts*




                                                                                                                                                                            Theatre
	 Two	Theatre	options	(A.A.	and	A.F.A.)	of	the	Perform-                          taught	in	two	dance	studios,	a	theatre	workshop	space,	and	
ing	Arts	degree	program	provide	students	with	the	knowl-                         the	Kelsey	Theatre	scene	shop.
edge	and	mastery	of	fundamental	theatre	skills	and	pre-                          	 Employment	 opportunities	 in	 theatre	 performance	 are	
pare	them	for	further	study.	                                                    highly	 dependent	 on	 individual	 talent.	 Either	 option	 en-
	 The	 A.A.	 option	 prepares	 students	 for	 transfer	 as	 ju-                  hances	 the	 employment	 prospects	 of	 talented	 students	
niors	into	bachelor	of	arts	programs	in	Theatre.                                 through	general	education	and	the	development	of	artistic	
	 The	 A.F.A.	 option	 combines	 conservatory	 training	 in	                     techniques.
the	 performing	 arts	 –	 theatre,	 dance,	 and	 music	 –	 with	                 	 Admission	to	either	option	requires	a	high	school	diplo-
academic	education	in	the	liberal	arts	and	sciences.                             ma	or	its	equivalent.	The	student	may	pursue	the	program	
	 Students	are	expected	to	become	involved	in	the	tech-                          full-time	or	part-time.	Theatre	courses	are	offered	during	the	
nical,	 managerial,	 and	 performance	 aspects	 of	 theatre	                     afternoon	and	early	evening.	Students	are	required	to	attend	
production	 through	 participation	 in	 workshops	 and	 pro-                     some	day	classes	in	order	to	complete	the	program.
ductions.	 In	 addition	 to	 the	 Kelsey	 Theatre,	 classes	 are	


                            Curriculum                                                                             Curriculum
                   Associate in Arts degree                                                          Associate in Fine Arts degree*
     	
Code	 	 Course	(lecture/studio	hours)	     Credits                               Code		          Course	(lecture/studio	hours)	                           Credits
THR	 101	 Introduction	to	Theatre	(3/0)	         3                               THR	 101	       Introduction	to	Theatre	(3/0)	                                 3
THR	 104	 Fundamentals	of	Acting	(2/2)	          3                               THR	 104	       Fundamentals	of	Acting	(2/2)	                                  3
ENG	 101	 English	Composition	I	(3/0)	           3                               ENG	 101	       English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                                   3
CMN	111	 Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)                                       MAT	—	          Mathematics	elective1	                                         3
	 	 	 	 OR	       	        	        	            3                               DAN	102	        Ballet	I	(0/3)	                                                2
CMN	112	 Public	Speaking	(3/0)                                                   	        	      	

MAT		—		 Mathematics	elective1	 	                3                               THR	 105	       Acting	II:	Principles	of	Characterization	(2/2)	                  3
DAN	102	 Ballet	I	(0/3)	 	          	            2                               THR	 102	       Stagecraft	(2/2)	                                                 3
	      	      	
                                                                                 ENG	 102	       English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                     3
THR	 210	     Theatre	History:	Classical	to	Elizabethan	(3/0)	             3     CMN	111	        Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)
THR	 105	     Acting	II:	Principles	of	Characterization	(2/2)	             3     	    	          OR	                                                               3
ENG	 102	     English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                3     CMN	112	        Public	Speaking	(3/0)
                                                                                 HPE	 110	       Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                              2
—	 	—		       Lab	Science	elective	       	                                3
—	 	—		       Social	Science	elective	 	                                   3     DAN	103	        Modern	Dance	I	(0/3)	                                             2
                                                                                 	        	      	
DAN		—		      Dance	Technique	elective		                                   2     THR	 207	       Scene	Study	I	(3/0)	                                              3
	      	      	
                                                                                 THR	 103	       Play	Production	(2/2)	                                            3
THR	 207	     Scene	Study	I	(3/0)	       	                                 3
                                                                                 VPA	 228	       Artistic	Collaboration	Workshop	(2/2)	                            3
VPA	228		     Artistic	Collaboration	Workshop	(2/2)	                       3     —	 —	           Social	Science	elective	                                          3
MAT		—		      Mathematics	elective1	 	                                     3     DAN	105	        Jazz	Dance	I	(0/3)	                                               2
HIS	 	—		     Historical	Perspective	elective	                             3     —	 —	           General	Education	elective2	                                      3
—	 	—		       Social	Science	elective	 	                                   3     	        	      	
	      	      	
                                                                                 THR	 217	       Theatre	Production	(1/5)	                         3
THR	 217	    Theatre	Production	(1/5)
                                                                                 THR	 210	       Theatre	History:	Classical	to	Elizabethan	(3/0)	 3
	 	 			 	    OR	     	        	         	                3
                                                                                 DAN	101	        Introduction	to	Dance	(2/2)	                      3
THR	 103	    Play	Production	(2/2)
HPE	 110	    Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	        2                       —	 —	           Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective	           3
—	 	—		      Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective	     3                       THR	 212	       Central	Voices	in	World	Drama	(3/0)	              3
                                                                                 	                                                             	_____	
HIS		 	—		   Historical	Perspective	elective	            3                       	        	      	                                                               62
THR	 212	    Central	Voices	in	World	Drama	(3/0)	        3                                                                                                              2
		                                                   _____ 	                     NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in order
		     	    		       	        	         	               63                       to assure maximum transfer of credits.                                                 0
                                                                                                                                                                        0
                                                                                 1
                                                                                     MAT 108 or 120 recommended.                                                        6
NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in
order to assure maximum transfer of credits.
                                                                                 2
                                                                                     Select courses from the following general education categories: Historical         -
1
  MAT 108 and 120 recommended.                                                       Perspective, Humanities, Foreign Language, Interdisciplinary General Education.    2
† HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.                                          † HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.                                                0
                                                                                 *A.F.A. designation and Performing Arts program pending final statewide review.
                                                                                                                                                                        0
NOTE: Students must earn a minimum grade of C in all THR, DAN, MUS, and                                                                                                 9
CMN courses to graduate.


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                                            147
                               Total Quality Management
                               Certificate of Proficiency
                               	 The	Total	Quality	Management	Certificate	equips	
Total Quality Management


                               students	with	a	working	knowledge	of	the	principles	
                                                                                                                      Curriculum
                               of	 continuous	 quality	 improvement.	 Graduates	 are	         Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	               Credits
                               prepared	 to	 participate	 effectively	 as	 managers	 in	 a	   ENG	 101	   English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                    3
                               company	that	has	implemented	the	concepts	of	con-              BUS	 118	   Introduction	to	Total	Quality	Management	(3/0)	 3
                               tinuous	 quality	 improvement.	 Managers	 and	 pro-            BUS	 128	   Team	Building	and	Business	Management	(3/0)	 3
                               spective	 managers	 learn	 how	 to	 use	 the	 concepts,	       MKT	101	    Principles	of	Marketing	(3/0)	                  3
                               techniques	and	tools	of	continuous	quality	improve-            	    	      	

                               ment	in	the	work	environment.                                  BUS	 202	 Customer	Orientation	(3/0)	                   3
                               	 Upon	completion	of	this	program,	the	successful	             BUS	 210	 Principles	of	Management	(3/0)	               3
                               graduate	will	be	able	to:                                                                                              3
                                                                                              BUS	 225	 Employee	Motivation	and	Leadership	(3/0)	 	_____	
                                                                                              	
                                  •	 explain	the	evolution	and	importance	of                  	    	    	                                            21
                                  	 continuous	quality	improvement;
                                  •	 relate	the	principles	of	continuous	quality
                                  	 improvement	to	applications	in	the	workplace;
                                  •	 collect	and	analyze	data	according	to
                                  	 established	methods;
                                  •	 use	basic	continuous	quality	improvement	tools	
                                     to	improve	processes;
                                  •	 use	total	quality	problem-solving	and
                                  	 management	tools;
                                  •	 demonstrate	leadership	and	facilitation	skills;
                                  •	 participate	effectively	on	problem-solving	teams.
                               	 Most	 credits	 earned	 in	 acquiring	 the	 Total	 Qual-
                               ity	Management	Certificate	can	be	applied	toward	the	      	
                               Management	A.A.S.	degree.
                               	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	di-
                               ploma	or	its	equivalent,	with	one	year	of	mathematics.




                           2
                           0
                           0
                           6
                           -
                           2
                           0
                           0
                           9


                   148                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
                                                                                                         Travel Agent
                                                                                                  Certificate of Proficiency
	 The	 Travel	 Agent	 certificate	 program	 prepares	 stu-




                                                                                                                                                  Travel Agent
dents	to	work	successfully	as	professional	travel	agents.	
                                                                                                 Curriculum
Travel	 agency	 operations,	 international	 protocol,	 cus-   Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                 Credits
tomer	service	and	cultural	diversity	are	stressed.	Practi-    ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                      3
cal	applications	on	a	live	system	in	a	controlled	envi-       BUS	 103	        Business	Mathematics	(3/0)	                       3
ronment	constitute	the	capstone	course.                       HOS	123	         Introduction	to	Travel	and	Tourism	(3/0)	         3
	 Successful	graduates	of	the	program	will	be	able	to:        HOS	124	         Computerized	Reservations	(3/0)	                  3
  •	 assess	customer	needs	and	make	the	best                  HOS	103	         Protocol	for	International	Travel	(3/0)	          3
  	 possible	travel	arrangements;                             BUS	 202	        Customer	Orientation	(3/0)	                       3
  •	 know	how	to	use	reference	directories	of	the	            CMN	111	         Speech:	Human	Communication	(3/0)	                3
     travel	industry;                                         GEO	 102	        Cultural	Geography	(3/0)	                         3
  	•	use	computer	resources	to	obtain	information	            BUS	 296	                                                          3
                                                                               International	Business	Practice	Firm	(1/5)1	 	_____	
                                                              	
     on	airline	schedules	and	fares	as	well	as	hotel	
                                                              	        	       	                                                         27
     and	car	rental	availability	and	rates;
  	•	understand	customs	regulations,	passports	and	           1
                                                                  Students must enroll in the section with the travel agency business.
     visas,	health	permits,	and	how	to	interpret
  	 currency	exchange	rates;
  	•	provide	international	travelers	with	the	protocol	
     for	appropriate	dress,	language	and	gestures,	
     and	other	behavior	information;
  	•	develop	vacation	packages	and	business/pleasure	
     trip	combinations.
	 Most	of	the	credits	earned	in	acquiring	the	Travel	
Agent	Certificate	can	be	applied	to	the	A.A.S.	degree	
in	Aviation	Customer	Relations.
	 Admission	to	the	program	requires	a	high	school	
diploma	or	its	equivalent.




                                                                                                                                              2
                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                              6
                                                                                                                                              -
                                                                                                                                              2
                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                              9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                  149
                  Visual Arts
                  Associate in Fine Arts Degree
                  	 The	 Associate	 in	 Fine	 Arts	 degree	 in	 Visual	 Arts	     	 The	 Fine Arts	 concentration,	 with	 an	 emphasis	 on	
Visual Arts


                  prepares	 students	 to	 transfer	 into	 the	 third	 year	 of	   drawing,	painting,	and	printmaking	courses,	develops	stu-
                  a	 baccalaureate	 degree	 program	 or	 to	 work	 in	 their	     dents’	technical	skills	and	personal	expression,	and	pro-
                  field	of	concentration.	Students	gain	a	broad	knowl-            vides	a	deeper	knowledge	and	appreciation	of	art	history.
                  edge	through	the	core	curriculum	and	complete	their	            	 The	 Photography	 concentration	 encourages	 devel-
                  degree	requirements	through	extensive	experience	in	            opment	 of	 skills	 in	 traditional	 as	 well	 as	 digital	 camera	
                  one	of	four	concentrations,	or	through	a	tailored	set	          operation,	exposure,	film	development,	printing,	comput-
                  of	electives	from	these	four	areas.                             ers,	 digital	 printing,	 and	 the	 use	 of	 artificial	 and	 natu-
                  	 Through	 the	 Art History	 concentration,	 students	          ral	lighting.	The	program	incorporates	a	fine	balance	of	
                  gain	an	understanding	of	the	arts	of	both	western	and	          traditional	and	digital	photographic	techniques	allowing	
                  non-western	 societies,	 including	 so-called	 primitive	       students	to	understand	technology’s	role	in	photography.	
                  cultures.	Students	study	the	history	of	painting,	sculp-        It	emphasizes	aesthetic	growth	while	creating	a	balance	
                  ture,	architecture,	printmaking,	photography,	and	dec-          between	 personal	 expression	 and	 commercial	 applica-
                  orative	arts	not	only	in	relation	to	aesthetics,	but	also	      tion.	 Before	 completion	 of	 the	 degree,	 students	 are	 re-
                  in	relation	to	and	as	an	indicator	of	world	history.            quired	 to	 develop	 a	 portfolio	 to	 serve	 in	 the	 pursuit	 of	
                  	 The	 Ceramics/Sculpture	 concentration	 provides	             further	education	or	employment.
                  students	 with	 both	 aesthetic	 understanding	 and	            	 Students	 learn	 in	 modern,	 well-equipped	 facilities.	
                  broad-based	knowledge	of	three-dimensional	arts:	de-            Most	courses	are	offered	through	day	or	evening	classes,	
                  sign,	ceramics,	and	sculpture.	Students	develop	their	          and	an	Associate	in	Fine	Arts	degree	may	be	pursued	ei-
                  creativity	 in	 and	 knowledge	 of	 a	 variety	 of	 three-di-   ther	full-	or	part-time.	Admission	to	the	Visual	Arts	pro-
                  mensional	media,	technical	processes,	and	traditions.           gram	requires	a	high	school	diploma	or	its	equivalent.




              2
              0
              0
              6
              -
              2
              0
              0
              9

                                         Melissa Antler
         150                                                                                                                   609.586.4800
                                                                                                                                                                 Visual Arts
                            Core Curriculum                                                                    Concentrations
Code		           Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                              Credits                   Art	History	Concentration	Electives
ENG	 101	        English	Composition	I	(3/0)		                                  3      HIS	 101	 History	of	Western	Civilization	to	1648	(3/0)	      3
                                                                                       	    	       	
ART	 102	        Basic	Drawing	(1/4)	                                           3
                                                                                       HIS		 102	   History	of	Western	Civilization	Since	1648	(3/0)	 3
ART	 105	        Two-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                                  3
                                                                                       PHO	110	     History	of	Photography	(3/0)	                     3
ART	 123	        History	of	Modern	Art	(3/0)	                                   3
                                                                                       ARC	 124	    History	and	Theory	of	Modern		
—	 —		           Visual	Arts	concentration	elective	                         3-4
	         	      	                                                                     	     	      Architecture	(3/0)	                               3
                                                                                       	    	       	
ENG	 102	        English	Composition	II	(3/0)	                                    3
                                                                                       ART	 124	 History	of	Non-Western	Art	(3/0)	                   3
HPE	 110	        Concepts	of	Health	&	Fitness	(1/2)†	                             2
                                                                                       —	 —	 Foreign	Language	elective	                              3
ART	 121	        History	of	Art	I	(3/0)		                                         3    	    	       	

—	 —		           Visual	Arts	concentration	elective	                              3    —	 —	 General	Education	elective	                             3
—	 —	            Visual	Arts	concentration	elective	                              3
—	 —	            Visual	Arts	concentration	elective	                              3            Ceramics/Sculpture	Concentration	Electives
	         	      	                                                                     ART	 106	 Three-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                     3
                                                                                       	    	       	
—	        —	     Natural	Science	OR	Technology	elective	                          3	
                                                                                       ART	 104	 Life	Drawing	(1/4)	                                 3
—	        —	     Social	Science	elective	                                         3	
                                                                                       ART	 145	 Beginning	Ceramics:	Handbuilding	(1/4)	             3
—	        —	     Visual	Arts	concentration	elective	                              3	
                                                                                       ART	 130	 Painting	I	(1/4)	                                   3
—	        —	     Visual	Arts	concentration	elective	                              3	   	    	       	

—	        —	     General	Education	elective1	                                     3    ART	 141	 Sculpture	I	(1/4)	                                  3
	         	      	
                                                                                       ART	 146	 Beginning	Ceramics:	Wheel-Throwing	(1/4)	           3
CMN	112	         Public	Speaking	(3/0)	                        3                       	    	       	

MAT	—	           Mathematics	elective2	                        3                       ART	 241	 Sculpture	II	(1/4)	                                 3
—	 —	            Diversity	&	Global	Perspective	elective	      3
ART	 122	        History	of	Art	II	(3/0)	                      3                                     Fine	Arts	Concentration	Electives
—	 —	            Visual	Arts	concentration	elective	         3-6                       ART		106	 Three-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                     3
	                                                         	_____	                      	    	       	


	         	      	                                         62-66                       ART	 130	 Painting	I	(1/4)	                                   3
                                                                                       ART	 141	 Sculpture	I	(1/4)	                                  3
NOTE: Electives should be selected in consultation with an academic advisor in         ART	 104	 Life	Drawing	(1/4)	                                 3
order to ensure maximum transfer of credits.                                           	    	       	

1
    Select from the following general education categories: Historical Perspective,    ART	 150	    Printmaking	(1/4)	                               3
    Humanities.                                                                        ART	 230	    Painting	II	(1/4)	                                   	
2
    Recommended: MAT 120 (preferred) or 108.                                           		   		      OR	                                              3
† HPE 111 is an acceptable alternative.                                                ART	 241	    Sculpture	II	(1/4)	
                                                                                       	    	       	

                                                                                       ART	 233	    Watercolor	Painting	(1/4)	
                                                                                       	    	       OR	                                              3
                                                                                       ART	 145	    Beginning	Ceramics:	Handbuilding	(1/4)	
                                                                                       —	 —	        Visual	Arts	elective	                            3	
                                                                                                   Photography	Concentration	Electives
                                                                                       PHO	101	 Introduction	to	Photography	(2/3)	                   3
                                                                                       DMA	105	 Introduction	to	Computer	Art	(1/4)	                  3	
                                                                                       	    	       	

                                                                                       PHO	102	 Intermediate	Photography	(1/4)	                      3
                                                                                       DMA	110	 Digital	Imaging	(1/4)	                               3
                                                                                       	    	       	

                                                                                       PHO	203	     Digital	Photography	(1/4)	                       3
                                                                                       PHO	202	     Studio	Photography	(1/4)
                                                                                       	   	        OR	                                              3       2
                                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                       PHO	251	     Photographic	Journalism	(1/4)                            0
                                                                                       	    	       	
                                                                                                                                                             6
                                                                                       PHO	110	 History	of	Photography	(3/0)	                        3       -
                                                                                       PHO	204	 Advanced	Still	Photography	-	Portfolio	(1/4)	        3       2
                                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                                             0
                                                                                                                                                             9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                                 151
                 Web Design
                 Certificate of Proficiency
                 	 The	Web	Design	Certificate	prepares	students	for	
Web Design


                 positions	 as	 web	 designers,	 web	 animators,	 and	 in-
                                                                                                           Curriculum
                 teractive	 art	 directors	 –	 positions	 most	 often	 found	     Code		      Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                 Credits
                 in	 interactive	 multimedia	 studios,	 advertising	 agen-        ENG	 101	   English	Composition	I	(3/0)	                      3
                 cies,	 and	 design	 firms.	 It	 also	 prepares	 students	 for	   ART	 105	   Two-Dimensional	Design	(1/4)	                     3
                 advanced	study	in	interactive	media	design.                      DMA	105	    Introduction	to	Computer	Art	(1/4)	               3
                 	 The	successful	graduate	in	the	Web	Design	certifi-
                                                                                  ADV	 110	   Typography	I	(1/4)	                               3
                 cate	program	will	be	able	to:
                   •	 design	an	architectural	plan	for	a	website;                 DMA	110	    Digital	Imaging	I	(1/4)	                          3
                   •	 use	professional	software	applications	to	create            DMA	145	    Web	Design	I	(1/4)	                               3
                   	 a	website	with	advanced	design	and	content;                  DMA	135	    Digital	Video	and	Audio	(1/4)	                    3
                   •	 use	professional	software	to	create	interactive	            DMA	245	    Web	Design	II	(1/4)	                              3
                      games	and	educational	modules;                              DMA	240	    Interactive	Animation	(1/4)	                      3
                   •	 use	professional	software	to	edit	digital	video             DMA	246	    Web	Design	III	(1/4)	                             3
                   	 and	audio;                                                   DMA	250	    Current	Topics	in	Digital	Media	Arts	(1/4)	       3
                   •	 use	design	principles	to	create	web	pages	that	             	                                                          	____	
                      communicate	effectively;                                    	   		      	                                                33
                   •	 use	the	principles	of	user	interaction	and
                   	 usability	to	create	user-friendly	websites;
                   •	 create	websites	that	are	accessible	to	and	serve	a	
                      variety	of	different	user	needs	and	technologies;
                   •	 successfully	develop	and	present	ideas	in	both	
                      written	and	oral	formats;
                   •	 create	a	professional	portfolio	to	serve	in	the
                   	 pursuit	of	further	education	or	employment.




             2
             0
             0
             6
             -
             2
             0
             0
             9


        152                                                                                                                    609.586.4800
                                       English as a Second Language
                                                                                                              Special Program
	 The	 English	 as	 a	 Second	 Language	 (ESL)	 pro-




                                                                                                                                                  English as a Second Language
gram	 offers	 non-native	 speakers	 an	 opportunity	 to	
                                                                                               Curriculum
develop	their	English	skills	as	part	of	their	full-time	       Code		    Course	(lecture/lab	hours)	                            Credits
college	 program.	 It	 is	 also	 available	 part-time	 for	    Pre-Level I
students	 preparing	 to	 enter	 a	 degree	 program	 and	       ESL	 010	 ESL	Beginning	Grammar	Lab	(0/2)	                                1
for	 those	 who	 wish	 to	 improve	 their	 skills	 for	 per-   ESL	 100	 ESL	Beginning	Grammar	I	(3/0)	                                  3
sonal	or	employment	reasons.                                   	        	      	

	 Students	who	wish	to	enroll	in	the	program	should	           Level I
complete	an	ESL	placement	test	at	the	International	           ESL	 015	       ESL	Grammar	I	Laboratory	(0/2)	                           1
Student	Services	and	ESL	office.	International	stu-            ESL	 105	       ESL	Grammar	I	(3/0)	                                      3
dents	 who	 wish	 to	 enter	 a	 program	 of	 study	 must	      ESL	 111	       ESL	Conversation	(3/0)	                                   3	
complete	the	Test	of	English	as	a	Foreign	Language	            ESL	 024	       ESL	Basic	Writing	Laboratory	(0/2)	                       1	
(TOEFL),	 administered	 worldwide	 by	 Educational	            ESL	 124	       ESL	Basic	Writing	(3/0)	                                  3	
Testing	 Service.	 The	 college’s	 Enrollment	 Services	       CSS	 101	       College	Success	Seminar	(2/0)	                            2
office	 provides	 a	 packet	 detailing	 other	 current	 re-    	        	      	


quirements	for	international	students.                         Level II
	 The	 ESL	 program	 consists	 of	 eleven	 (11)	 se-           ESL	 016	       ESL	Grammar	II	Laboratory	(0/2)	                          1
quenced	credit	courses	that	stress	English	grammar,	           ESL	 106	       ESL	Grammar	II	(3/0)	                                     3
speech,	 reading,	 and	 writing	 skills.	 Students	 who	       ESL	 012	       ESL	Advanced	Pronunciation	Laboratory	(3/0)	              1
complete	 the	 highest-level	 courses	 in	 writing	 (ESL	      ESL	 112	       ESL	Advanced	Pronunciation	(3/0)	                         3
126)	 and	 reading	 /	 critical	 thinking	 (ESL	 131)	 are	    ESL	 025	       ESL	Writing	I	Laboratory	(0/2)	                           1
ready	to	enter	into	a	full-time	college	program.	Stu-          ESL	 125	       ESL	Writing	I	(3/0)	                                      3
dents	at	lower	levels	of	competence	in	English	may	            ESL	 030	       ESL	Intermediate	Reading	&	Critical	Thinking	Lab	(0/2)	   1
enroll	in	a	limited	number	of	college	courses	accord-          ESL	 130	       ESL	Intermediate	Reading	&	Critical	Thinking	(0/2)	       3
                                                               	        	      	
ing	to	their	ability	in	specific	disciplines.
                                                               Level III
                                                               ESL	 017	       ESL	Grammar	III	Laboratory	(0/2)	                1	
                                                               ESL	 107	       ESL	Grammar	III	(3/0)	                           3
                                                               ESL	 026	       ESL	Writing	II	Laboratory	(0/2)	                 1
                                                               ESL	 126	       ESL	Writing	II	(3/0)	                            3
                                                               ESL	 031	       ESL	Advanced	Reading/	
                                                               	    	          Critical	Thinking	Laboratory	(0/2)	              1
                                                               ESL	 131	       ESL	Advanced	Reading	&	Critical	Thinking	(3/0)	 3
                                                               —	 —	           Mathematics	elective1	                         3-4
                                                               	                                                           	_____ 	
                                                               	        	      	                                                 44-49
                                                               1
                                                                   Mathematics by placement.




                                                                                                                                              2
                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                              6
                                                                                                                                              -
                                                                                                                                              2
                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                              0
                                                                                                                                              9


www.mccc.edu                                                                                                                                  153

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:12
posted:10/16/2011
language:English
pages:100